<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/dogco-secrets" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>DogCo Secrets</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/dogco-secrets</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>Ready to scale your pet care business? Practical advice you can implement easily and quickly to 10x the growth of your business, musings on the current state of the pet care industry, and all the tips and tricks I've learned from coaching over 200 companies in the last two years.</description>
    <copyright>© 2026 Michelle Kline</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>803cfec8-4637-5b5a-abb8-f8ceadd30471</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked owner="michelle@dogcolaunch.com">no</podcast:locked>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 05:00:27 -0400</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 05:05:34 -0400</lastBuildDate>
    <link>http://www.dogcolaunch.com</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistorcdn.com/7uoMFvk25kSfHb06TQBNaijF_v9I-EwI13SKHnQwdbA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lZWI1/MjA3MDZhZGFiMzJj/YTEyZTUxMDc3Yjlk/ZWU1Yi5wbmc.jpg</url>
      <title>DogCo Secrets</title>
      <link>http://www.dogcolaunch.com</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/7uoMFvk25kSfHb06TQBNaijF_v9I-EwI13SKHnQwdbA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lZWI1/MjA3MDZhZGFiMzJj/YTEyZTUxMDc3Yjlk/ZWU1Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>Ready to scale your pet care business? Practical advice you can implement easily and quickly to 10x the growth of your business, musings on the current state of the pet care industry, and all the tips and tricks I've learned from coaching over 200 companies in the last two years.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>Ready to scale your pet care business.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Michelle Kline</itunes:name>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>Repost: Client Retention with Joey Coleman | Ep. 113</title>
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>113</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Repost: Client Retention with Joey Coleman | Ep. 113</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28b0cff7-6a52-4f26-8536-425a69ec1e60</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/47fc9143</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the biggest growth opportunity in your business this year isn’t more leads, but keeping the people you already have, both your clients and your team?</p><p><br></p><p>In this conversation with bestselling author Joey Coleman, we dive deep into client retention, employee retention, customer experience, AI, automation, relationship-building, and what actually creates loyalty in 2026. This episode originally aired earlier in the DogCo Secrets podcast, but honestly? It may be even MORE relevant now.</p><p><br></p><p>As more businesses race toward automation, AI systems, and scale-at-all-costs growth models, Joey brings the conversation back to something timeless: humans want to feel seen, valued, remembered, and connected.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>00:00 – Why this conversation matters even more in 2026</p><p>01:20 – Meet Joey Coleman &amp; his background</p><p>05:20 – Why humans are “beautiful and messy”</p><p>07:40 – Curiosity before criticism</p><p>11:30 – Transactional vs relational businesses</p><p>16:50 – AI, automation &amp; the danger of losing connection</p><p>19:00 – Why businesses obsess over acquisition instead of retention</p><p>27:00 – Building loyalty through identity &amp; belonging</p><p>35:20 – The easiest retention strategy almost everyone ignores</p><p>40:20 – Why the basics still outperform “fancy” strategies</p><p><br></p><p>We also talk about:</p><p>🐾 Why pet care businesses are uniquely positioned for retention</p><p>📈 The dangerous obsession with customer acquisition</p><p>🤖 AI vs real relationship-building</p><p>🧠 Curiosity vs assumptions in leadership</p><p>💡 Why remarkable businesses obsess over small moments</p><p>📸 The retention power of simple client touchpoints</p><p>🔥 Why most “advanced” strategies fail without basics</p><p><br></p><p>Joey is officially returning for the 2026 DogCo Summit. Want to get in on the action? Get your in-person or virtual tickets:</p><p>https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever struggled with churn, team culture, scaling relationships, or building a business people genuinely want to stay with, this one is packed. This conversation with Joey Coleman is a powerful reminder that sustainable growth is built through relationships, not just acquisition. The businesses that win in 2026 will be the ones that make people feel valued long after the initial transaction or hiring date. If you want to build a business people genuinely want to stay connected to, this episode is packed with insight.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the biggest growth opportunity in your business this year isn’t more leads, but keeping the people you already have, both your clients and your team?</p><p><br></p><p>In this conversation with bestselling author Joey Coleman, we dive deep into client retention, employee retention, customer experience, AI, automation, relationship-building, and what actually creates loyalty in 2026. This episode originally aired earlier in the DogCo Secrets podcast, but honestly? It may be even MORE relevant now.</p><p><br></p><p>As more businesses race toward automation, AI systems, and scale-at-all-costs growth models, Joey brings the conversation back to something timeless: humans want to feel seen, valued, remembered, and connected.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>00:00 – Why this conversation matters even more in 2026</p><p>01:20 – Meet Joey Coleman &amp; his background</p><p>05:20 – Why humans are “beautiful and messy”</p><p>07:40 – Curiosity before criticism</p><p>11:30 – Transactional vs relational businesses</p><p>16:50 – AI, automation &amp; the danger of losing connection</p><p>19:00 – Why businesses obsess over acquisition instead of retention</p><p>27:00 – Building loyalty through identity &amp; belonging</p><p>35:20 – The easiest retention strategy almost everyone ignores</p><p>40:20 – Why the basics still outperform “fancy” strategies</p><p><br></p><p>We also talk about:</p><p>🐾 Why pet care businesses are uniquely positioned for retention</p><p>📈 The dangerous obsession with customer acquisition</p><p>🤖 AI vs real relationship-building</p><p>🧠 Curiosity vs assumptions in leadership</p><p>💡 Why remarkable businesses obsess over small moments</p><p>📸 The retention power of simple client touchpoints</p><p>🔥 Why most “advanced” strategies fail without basics</p><p><br></p><p>Joey is officially returning for the 2026 DogCo Summit. Want to get in on the action? Get your in-person or virtual tickets:</p><p>https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever struggled with churn, team culture, scaling relationships, or building a business people genuinely want to stay with, this one is packed. This conversation with Joey Coleman is a powerful reminder that sustainable growth is built through relationships, not just acquisition. The businesses that win in 2026 will be the ones that make people feel valued long after the initial transaction or hiring date. If you want to build a business people genuinely want to stay connected to, this episode is packed with insight.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/47fc9143/b71dea10.mp3" length="44602148" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2785</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the biggest growth opportunity in your business this year isn’t more leads, but keeping the people you already have, both your clients and your team?</p><p><br></p><p>In this conversation with bestselling author Joey Coleman, we dive deep into client retention, employee retention, customer experience, AI, automation, relationship-building, and what actually creates loyalty in 2026. This episode originally aired earlier in the DogCo Secrets podcast, but honestly? It may be even MORE relevant now.</p><p><br></p><p>As more businesses race toward automation, AI systems, and scale-at-all-costs growth models, Joey brings the conversation back to something timeless: humans want to feel seen, valued, remembered, and connected.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>00:00 – Why this conversation matters even more in 2026</p><p>01:20 – Meet Joey Coleman &amp; his background</p><p>05:20 – Why humans are “beautiful and messy”</p><p>07:40 – Curiosity before criticism</p><p>11:30 – Transactional vs relational businesses</p><p>16:50 – AI, automation &amp; the danger of losing connection</p><p>19:00 – Why businesses obsess over acquisition instead of retention</p><p>27:00 – Building loyalty through identity &amp; belonging</p><p>35:20 – The easiest retention strategy almost everyone ignores</p><p>40:20 – Why the basics still outperform “fancy” strategies</p><p><br></p><p>We also talk about:</p><p>🐾 Why pet care businesses are uniquely positioned for retention</p><p>📈 The dangerous obsession with customer acquisition</p><p>🤖 AI vs real relationship-building</p><p>🧠 Curiosity vs assumptions in leadership</p><p>💡 Why remarkable businesses obsess over small moments</p><p>📸 The retention power of simple client touchpoints</p><p>🔥 Why most “advanced” strategies fail without basics</p><p><br></p><p>Joey is officially returning for the 2026 DogCo Summit. Want to get in on the action? Get your in-person or virtual tickets:</p><p>https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever struggled with churn, team culture, scaling relationships, or building a business people genuinely want to stay with, this one is packed. This conversation with Joey Coleman is a powerful reminder that sustainable growth is built through relationships, not just acquisition. The businesses that win in 2026 will be the ones that make people feel valued long after the initial transaction or hiring date. If you want to build a business people genuinely want to stay connected to, this episode is packed with insight.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Only 3 Tools You Need In Your Pet Care Business | Ep. 112</title>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>112</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Only 3 Tools You Need In Your Pet Care Business | Ep. 112</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a133845-234d-425a-ad78-432b7227dbd6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3ce87743</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the three pieces of software I would use if I had to run a pet care business as simply and effectively as possible.</p><p><br></p><p>There are a lot of tools out there, and it’s easy to overcomplicate your tech stack. But if your goal is to grow and scale, you don’t need everything, you need the right things working together.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through the three core systems I believe are non-negotiable, a pet care software to run your operations, a dedicated team communication platform to replace text messaging, and a scheduling or CRM tool to streamline how clients book with you.</p><p><br></p><p>We also get into why delaying these decisions can cost you growth, how the right systems improve both team experience and client experience, and where you can start simple versus where it might make sense to build something more advanced over time.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re trying to clean up your operations or feel like things are more complicated than they need to be, this episode will help you refocus on what actually matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• You don’t need a large tech stack to scale effectively</p><p>• A pet care software is a non-negotiable for growth</p><p>• The right system can directly increase revenue</p><p>• Text messaging is not a sustainable team communication tool</p><p>• Centralized communication improves clarity and culture</p><p>• Scheduling tools reduce friction in the sales process</p><p>• Letting clients book directly increases efficiency and conversions</p><p>• CRMs can add power, but simplicity wins early on</p><p>• Systems should support both your team and your clients</p><p>• Start simple, then layer complexity as needed</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a more efficient, scalable pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th 📍Winston-Salem, North Carolina 👉 <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p><br></p><p>–M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the three pieces of software I would use if I had to run a pet care business as simply and effectively as possible.</p><p><br></p><p>There are a lot of tools out there, and it’s easy to overcomplicate your tech stack. But if your goal is to grow and scale, you don’t need everything, you need the right things working together.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through the three core systems I believe are non-negotiable, a pet care software to run your operations, a dedicated team communication platform to replace text messaging, and a scheduling or CRM tool to streamline how clients book with you.</p><p><br></p><p>We also get into why delaying these decisions can cost you growth, how the right systems improve both team experience and client experience, and where you can start simple versus where it might make sense to build something more advanced over time.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re trying to clean up your operations or feel like things are more complicated than they need to be, this episode will help you refocus on what actually matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• You don’t need a large tech stack to scale effectively</p><p>• A pet care software is a non-negotiable for growth</p><p>• The right system can directly increase revenue</p><p>• Text messaging is not a sustainable team communication tool</p><p>• Centralized communication improves clarity and culture</p><p>• Scheduling tools reduce friction in the sales process</p><p>• Letting clients book directly increases efficiency and conversions</p><p>• CRMs can add power, but simplicity wins early on</p><p>• Systems should support both your team and your clients</p><p>• Start simple, then layer complexity as needed</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a more efficient, scalable pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th 📍Winston-Salem, North Carolina 👉 <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p><br></p><p>–M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3ce87743/6d55084c.mp3" length="7333155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>456</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the three pieces of software I would use if I had to run a pet care business as simply and effectively as possible.</p><p><br></p><p>There are a lot of tools out there, and it’s easy to overcomplicate your tech stack. But if your goal is to grow and scale, you don’t need everything, you need the right things working together.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through the three core systems I believe are non-negotiable, a pet care software to run your operations, a dedicated team communication platform to replace text messaging, and a scheduling or CRM tool to streamline how clients book with you.</p><p><br></p><p>We also get into why delaying these decisions can cost you growth, how the right systems improve both team experience and client experience, and where you can start simple versus where it might make sense to build something more advanced over time.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re trying to clean up your operations or feel like things are more complicated than they need to be, this episode will help you refocus on what actually matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• You don’t need a large tech stack to scale effectively</p><p>• A pet care software is a non-negotiable for growth</p><p>• The right system can directly increase revenue</p><p>• Text messaging is not a sustainable team communication tool</p><p>• Centralized communication improves clarity and culture</p><p>• Scheduling tools reduce friction in the sales process</p><p>• Letting clients book directly increases efficiency and conversions</p><p>• CRMs can add power, but simplicity wins early on</p><p>• Systems should support both your team and your clients</p><p>• Start simple, then layer complexity as needed</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a more efficient, scalable pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th 📍Winston-Salem, North Carolina 👉 <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p><br></p><p>–M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>4 Things I got Wrong in 2026 | Ep. 111</title>
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>111</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>4 Things I got Wrong in 2026 | Ep. 111</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cdcca151-4f1c-472b-a884-b5eaec45ec13</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/29d3734b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain a bit and sharing four assumptions I made coming into 2026 that either weren’t correct or should have been on my radar earlier.</p><p><br></p><p>This year has already forced a lot of growth for me, and I’m realizing that some of the biggest lessons aren’t about what’s working, they’re about what I missed.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through everything from the identity shift required when your team scales quickly, to how changes in AI and search are impacting lead flow, to some personal decisions around travel and energy that didn’t play out the way I expected.</p><p><br></p><p>We also get into a tactical miss around marketing cadence, specifically how stepping away from audience building too early created friction when it came time to promote something new.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re in a season of growth or things feel a little messy right now, this episode will help you think more clearly about what might be happening underneath the surface and how to adjust.</p><p><br></p><p>And if you’re looking to grow alongside other operators who are thinking this way, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. 👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why I’m reflecting this early into the year</p><p>1:30 – The “messy middle” of growth</p><p>2:00 – Mistake #1: Not making the identity shift to CEO</p><p>4:20 – Leading vs collaborating inside a growing team</p><p>6:00 – Mistake #2: Misreading changes in SEO and AI discovery</p><p>8:00 – Why lead flow has shifted in 2026</p><p>9:30 – Mistake #3: Overloading the first half of the year with travel</p><p>12:00 – The cost of poor energy and calendar planning</p><p>13:30 – Mistake #4: Neglecting audience building early in the year</p><p>15:30 – Give vs ask, and why marketing felt off</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Rapid growth requires an identity shift as a leader</p><p>• You can’t scale a team while operating like an individual contributor</p><p>• How businesses get discovered online is changing quickly</p><p>• SEO alone is no longer a reliable lead source</p><p>• Asking better questions early leads to better decisions</p><p>• Poor calendar planning creates unnecessary stress and risk</p><p>• Energy management is just as important as strategy</p><p>• Audience building must happen before you need it</p><p>• Giving value consistently builds trust and conversion</p><p>• Marketing without value feels forced and less effective</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about growing your pet care business and want to be around others navigating similar challenges, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>–M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain a bit and sharing four assumptions I made coming into 2026 that either weren’t correct or should have been on my radar earlier.</p><p><br></p><p>This year has already forced a lot of growth for me, and I’m realizing that some of the biggest lessons aren’t about what’s working, they’re about what I missed.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through everything from the identity shift required when your team scales quickly, to how changes in AI and search are impacting lead flow, to some personal decisions around travel and energy that didn’t play out the way I expected.</p><p><br></p><p>We also get into a tactical miss around marketing cadence, specifically how stepping away from audience building too early created friction when it came time to promote something new.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re in a season of growth or things feel a little messy right now, this episode will help you think more clearly about what might be happening underneath the surface and how to adjust.</p><p><br></p><p>And if you’re looking to grow alongside other operators who are thinking this way, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. 👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why I’m reflecting this early into the year</p><p>1:30 – The “messy middle” of growth</p><p>2:00 – Mistake #1: Not making the identity shift to CEO</p><p>4:20 – Leading vs collaborating inside a growing team</p><p>6:00 – Mistake #2: Misreading changes in SEO and AI discovery</p><p>8:00 – Why lead flow has shifted in 2026</p><p>9:30 – Mistake #3: Overloading the first half of the year with travel</p><p>12:00 – The cost of poor energy and calendar planning</p><p>13:30 – Mistake #4: Neglecting audience building early in the year</p><p>15:30 – Give vs ask, and why marketing felt off</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Rapid growth requires an identity shift as a leader</p><p>• You can’t scale a team while operating like an individual contributor</p><p>• How businesses get discovered online is changing quickly</p><p>• SEO alone is no longer a reliable lead source</p><p>• Asking better questions early leads to better decisions</p><p>• Poor calendar planning creates unnecessary stress and risk</p><p>• Energy management is just as important as strategy</p><p>• Audience building must happen before you need it</p><p>• Giving value consistently builds trust and conversion</p><p>• Marketing without value feels forced and less effective</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about growing your pet care business and want to be around others navigating similar challenges, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>–M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/29d3734b/97bb6e56.mp3" length="16590092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1035</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain a bit and sharing four assumptions I made coming into 2026 that either weren’t correct or should have been on my radar earlier.</p><p><br></p><p>This year has already forced a lot of growth for me, and I’m realizing that some of the biggest lessons aren’t about what’s working, they’re about what I missed.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through everything from the identity shift required when your team scales quickly, to how changes in AI and search are impacting lead flow, to some personal decisions around travel and energy that didn’t play out the way I expected.</p><p><br></p><p>We also get into a tactical miss around marketing cadence, specifically how stepping away from audience building too early created friction when it came time to promote something new.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re in a season of growth or things feel a little messy right now, this episode will help you think more clearly about what might be happening underneath the surface and how to adjust.</p><p><br></p><p>And if you’re looking to grow alongside other operators who are thinking this way, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. 👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why I’m reflecting this early into the year</p><p>1:30 – The “messy middle” of growth</p><p>2:00 – Mistake #1: Not making the identity shift to CEO</p><p>4:20 – Leading vs collaborating inside a growing team</p><p>6:00 – Mistake #2: Misreading changes in SEO and AI discovery</p><p>8:00 – Why lead flow has shifted in 2026</p><p>9:30 – Mistake #3: Overloading the first half of the year with travel</p><p>12:00 – The cost of poor energy and calendar planning</p><p>13:30 – Mistake #4: Neglecting audience building early in the year</p><p>15:30 – Give vs ask, and why marketing felt off</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Rapid growth requires an identity shift as a leader</p><p>• You can’t scale a team while operating like an individual contributor</p><p>• How businesses get discovered online is changing quickly</p><p>• SEO alone is no longer a reliable lead source</p><p>• Asking better questions early leads to better decisions</p><p>• Poor calendar planning creates unnecessary stress and risk</p><p>• Energy management is just as important as strategy</p><p>• Audience building must happen before you need it</p><p>• Giving value consistently builds trust and conversion</p><p>• Marketing without value feels forced and less effective</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about growing your pet care business and want to be around others navigating similar challenges, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>–M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How I Doubled My Team's Tips | Ep. 110</title>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>110</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How I Doubled My Team's Tips | Ep. 110</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">385528dd-a1a7-4a6f-a40a-597a5a268a6b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f38db61</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing one of the more controversial strategies I’ve used in my business, and one that had a direct impact on increasing take-home pay for my team.</p><p><br></p><p>As a business owner, there are real limits to how much you can increase wages without putting pressure on your margins. I ran into that ceiling myself, and instead of pushing further on hourly pay, I started asking a different question: how can I increase what my team takes home in a way the business can actually sustain?  </p><p><br></p><p>That led me to rethink how tipping works inside a service business, and more specifically, how systems influence behavior.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I walk through the exact shift I made, moving from an “opt-in” tipping model to an “opt-out” system, and how that simple change significantly increased tips for my team. We also talk about the concept of friction, how small barriers inside your systems shape client decisions, and why where you place that friction matters.</p><p><br></p><p>This is not a one-size-fits-all approach, and I want you to make the decision that feels aligned for your business. But if you’re looking for ways to better support your team financially without breaking your model, this is worth thinking about.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Wage increases are often limited by business margins</p><p>• Systems can influence behavior more than intention alone</p><p>• Opt-out models typically outperform opt-in models</p><p>• Friction determines what actions clients take or avoid</p><p>• Small system changes can create a significant financial impact</p><p>• Tipping can be structured intentionally, not left to chance</p><p>• Supporting your team may require creative problem-solving</p><p>• Transparency is key when implementing changes like this</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a stronger, more sustainable pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing one of the more controversial strategies I’ve used in my business, and one that had a direct impact on increasing take-home pay for my team.</p><p><br></p><p>As a business owner, there are real limits to how much you can increase wages without putting pressure on your margins. I ran into that ceiling myself, and instead of pushing further on hourly pay, I started asking a different question: how can I increase what my team takes home in a way the business can actually sustain?  </p><p><br></p><p>That led me to rethink how tipping works inside a service business, and more specifically, how systems influence behavior.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I walk through the exact shift I made, moving from an “opt-in” tipping model to an “opt-out” system, and how that simple change significantly increased tips for my team. We also talk about the concept of friction, how small barriers inside your systems shape client decisions, and why where you place that friction matters.</p><p><br></p><p>This is not a one-size-fits-all approach, and I want you to make the decision that feels aligned for your business. But if you’re looking for ways to better support your team financially without breaking your model, this is worth thinking about.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Wage increases are often limited by business margins</p><p>• Systems can influence behavior more than intention alone</p><p>• Opt-out models typically outperform opt-in models</p><p>• Friction determines what actions clients take or avoid</p><p>• Small system changes can create a significant financial impact</p><p>• Tipping can be structured intentionally, not left to chance</p><p>• Supporting your team may require creative problem-solving</p><p>• Transparency is key when implementing changes like this</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a stronger, more sustainable pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8f38db61/baefb9ea.mp3" length="6478405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>403</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing one of the more controversial strategies I’ve used in my business, and one that had a direct impact on increasing take-home pay for my team.</p><p><br></p><p>As a business owner, there are real limits to how much you can increase wages without putting pressure on your margins. I ran into that ceiling myself, and instead of pushing further on hourly pay, I started asking a different question: how can I increase what my team takes home in a way the business can actually sustain?  </p><p><br></p><p>That led me to rethink how tipping works inside a service business, and more specifically, how systems influence behavior.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I walk through the exact shift I made, moving from an “opt-in” tipping model to an “opt-out” system, and how that simple change significantly increased tips for my team. We also talk about the concept of friction, how small barriers inside your systems shape client decisions, and why where you place that friction matters.</p><p><br></p><p>This is not a one-size-fits-all approach, and I want you to make the decision that feels aligned for your business. But if you’re looking for ways to better support your team financially without breaking your model, this is worth thinking about.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Wage increases are often limited by business margins</p><p>• Systems can influence behavior more than intention alone</p><p>• Opt-out models typically outperform opt-in models</p><p>• Friction determines what actions clients take or avoid</p><p>• Small system changes can create a significant financial impact</p><p>• Tipping can be structured intentionally, not left to chance</p><p>• Supporting your team may require creative problem-solving</p><p>• Transparency is key when implementing changes like this</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a stronger, more sustainable pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Knowing When to Invest &amp; When to Play it Safe | Ep. 109</title>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>109</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Knowing When to Invest &amp; When to Play it Safe | Ep. 109</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">be917dc2-9b85-4bba-a2a1-b2abc18b1465</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/57e12d05</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down when it actually makes sense to invest in your business, and when it doesn’t. I’m very pro-investment, but there is nuance, and knowing the difference is what allows you to grow strategically instead of reactively.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through three scenarios where investing tends to make sense, including when you see a clear return, when you’re solving a specific skill gap, and when an investment frees up your time. We also get into the other side of this, the conditions where you should be more cautious, especially around financial stability, lack of savings, or being behind on taxes.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt unsure about where to put your time or money, this episode will help you think more clearly about how to make those decisions. If you’re ready to take your business seriously and surround yourself with other operators doing the same, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. We’re bringing together top speakers and real operators to help you grow and scale with clarity. 👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why investing needs more nuance</p><p>1:30 – Time vs money as forms of investment</p><p>3:00 – Infinite opportunities, limited resources</p><p>4:00 – The DogCo Business Summit announcement</p><p>5:15 – Scenario 1: Clear return on investment (80/20)</p><p>7:00 – Why data matters before spending money</p><p>8:30 – Scenario 2: Closing a specific skill gap</p><p>10:15 – Scenario 3: Buying back your time</p><p>12:00 – When NOT to invest (financial stability, savings, taxes)</p><p>14:30 – Final framework for making better decisions</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Not all investments are created equal</p><p>• Time is often your most expensive resource</p><p>• Invest more into what produces disproportionate returns</p><p>• Data should guide your financial decisions</p><p>• Solving a clear skill gap can justify investment</p><p>• Buying back your time creates long-term leverage</p><p>• Avoid “panic investing” without clear direction</p><p>• Financial stability should come before major risk</p><p>• Savings create flexibility in decision-making</p><p>• Strategic thinking leads to better long-term growth</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about growing your pet care business and want to be around others doing the same, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. October 2nd–4th, 2026 📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Learn more at: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down when it actually makes sense to invest in your business, and when it doesn’t. I’m very pro-investment, but there is nuance, and knowing the difference is what allows you to grow strategically instead of reactively.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through three scenarios where investing tends to make sense, including when you see a clear return, when you’re solving a specific skill gap, and when an investment frees up your time. We also get into the other side of this, the conditions where you should be more cautious, especially around financial stability, lack of savings, or being behind on taxes.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt unsure about where to put your time or money, this episode will help you think more clearly about how to make those decisions. If you’re ready to take your business seriously and surround yourself with other operators doing the same, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. We’re bringing together top speakers and real operators to help you grow and scale with clarity. 👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why investing needs more nuance</p><p>1:30 – Time vs money as forms of investment</p><p>3:00 – Infinite opportunities, limited resources</p><p>4:00 – The DogCo Business Summit announcement</p><p>5:15 – Scenario 1: Clear return on investment (80/20)</p><p>7:00 – Why data matters before spending money</p><p>8:30 – Scenario 2: Closing a specific skill gap</p><p>10:15 – Scenario 3: Buying back your time</p><p>12:00 – When NOT to invest (financial stability, savings, taxes)</p><p>14:30 – Final framework for making better decisions</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Not all investments are created equal</p><p>• Time is often your most expensive resource</p><p>• Invest more into what produces disproportionate returns</p><p>• Data should guide your financial decisions</p><p>• Solving a clear skill gap can justify investment</p><p>• Buying back your time creates long-term leverage</p><p>• Avoid “panic investing” without clear direction</p><p>• Financial stability should come before major risk</p><p>• Savings create flexibility in decision-making</p><p>• Strategic thinking leads to better long-term growth</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about growing your pet care business and want to be around others doing the same, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. October 2nd–4th, 2026 📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Learn more at: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/57e12d05/864d7e69.mp3" length="15421077" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>962</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down when it actually makes sense to invest in your business, and when it doesn’t. I’m very pro-investment, but there is nuance, and knowing the difference is what allows you to grow strategically instead of reactively.  </p><p><br></p><p>I walk through three scenarios where investing tends to make sense, including when you see a clear return, when you’re solving a specific skill gap, and when an investment frees up your time. We also get into the other side of this, the conditions where you should be more cautious, especially around financial stability, lack of savings, or being behind on taxes.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt unsure about where to put your time or money, this episode will help you think more clearly about how to make those decisions. If you’re ready to take your business seriously and surround yourself with other operators doing the same, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. We’re bringing together top speakers and real operators to help you grow and scale with clarity. 👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why investing needs more nuance</p><p>1:30 – Time vs money as forms of investment</p><p>3:00 – Infinite opportunities, limited resources</p><p>4:00 – The DogCo Business Summit announcement</p><p>5:15 – Scenario 1: Clear return on investment (80/20)</p><p>7:00 – Why data matters before spending money</p><p>8:30 – Scenario 2: Closing a specific skill gap</p><p>10:15 – Scenario 3: Buying back your time</p><p>12:00 – When NOT to invest (financial stability, savings, taxes)</p><p>14:30 – Final framework for making better decisions</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Not all investments are created equal</p><p>• Time is often your most expensive resource</p><p>• Invest more into what produces disproportionate returns</p><p>• Data should guide your financial decisions</p><p>• Solving a clear skill gap can justify investment</p><p>• Buying back your time creates long-term leverage</p><p>• Avoid “panic investing” without clear direction</p><p>• Financial stability should come before major risk</p><p>• Savings create flexibility in decision-making</p><p>• Strategic thinking leads to better long-term growth</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about growing your pet care business and want to be around others doing the same, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit. October 2nd–4th, 2026 📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Learn more at: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 3 Takeaways from My Conversation with Steve Beck | Ep. 108</title>
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>108</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Top 3 Takeaways from My Conversation with Steve Beck | Ep. 108</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">84edc7f9-2342-444c-8c64-e15ce2872153</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bd5d6c6e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down my top three takeaways from my recent conversation with Steve Beck, and why I think they matter so much for how you lead your business right now.</p><p><br></p><p>The biggest one is this, avoiding hard conversations is often the real bottleneck in your business. Not operations, not marketing, not lead flow, but the things you know need to be addressed and haven’t.  </p><p><br></p><p>I also talk about why inconsistent feedback creates bigger problems over time, and how normalizing feedback early and often changes the entire dynamic of your team.</p><p><br></p><p>And finally, we get into something that I think is non-negotiable for leaders, you cannot create psychological safety for your team if you are not practicing it yourself.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a quick reflection, but it’s one I’d encourage you to take seriously. If something here stands out to you, it’s probably worth addressing directly.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Avoiding hard conversations creates hidden bottlenecks in your business</p><p>• People problems are often the root of stalled growth</p><p>• Inconsistent feedback makes small issues harder to fix later</p><p>• Frequent feedback makes teams stronger and more adaptable</p><p>• Leaders set the tone for how feedback is received</p><p>• Psychological safety starts with the leader, not the team</p><p>• You can’t expect vulnerability if you’re not modeling it</p><p>• Addressing problems early prevents bigger breakdowns</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If this episode resonated, this is exactly the kind of work we’re diving deeper into at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down my top three takeaways from my recent conversation with Steve Beck, and why I think they matter so much for how you lead your business right now.</p><p><br></p><p>The biggest one is this, avoiding hard conversations is often the real bottleneck in your business. Not operations, not marketing, not lead flow, but the things you know need to be addressed and haven’t.  </p><p><br></p><p>I also talk about why inconsistent feedback creates bigger problems over time, and how normalizing feedback early and often changes the entire dynamic of your team.</p><p><br></p><p>And finally, we get into something that I think is non-negotiable for leaders, you cannot create psychological safety for your team if you are not practicing it yourself.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a quick reflection, but it’s one I’d encourage you to take seriously. If something here stands out to you, it’s probably worth addressing directly.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Avoiding hard conversations creates hidden bottlenecks in your business</p><p>• People problems are often the root of stalled growth</p><p>• Inconsistent feedback makes small issues harder to fix later</p><p>• Frequent feedback makes teams stronger and more adaptable</p><p>• Leaders set the tone for how feedback is received</p><p>• Psychological safety starts with the leader, not the team</p><p>• You can’t expect vulnerability if you’re not modeling it</p><p>• Addressing problems early prevents bigger breakdowns</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If this episode resonated, this is exactly the kind of work we’re diving deeper into at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bd5d6c6e/9402a6b9.mp3" length="7600650" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>473</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down my top three takeaways from my recent conversation with Steve Beck, and why I think they matter so much for how you lead your business right now.</p><p><br></p><p>The biggest one is this, avoiding hard conversations is often the real bottleneck in your business. Not operations, not marketing, not lead flow, but the things you know need to be addressed and haven’t.  </p><p><br></p><p>I also talk about why inconsistent feedback creates bigger problems over time, and how normalizing feedback early and often changes the entire dynamic of your team.</p><p><br></p><p>And finally, we get into something that I think is non-negotiable for leaders, you cannot create psychological safety for your team if you are not practicing it yourself.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a quick reflection, but it’s one I’d encourage you to take seriously. If something here stands out to you, it’s probably worth addressing directly.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Avoiding hard conversations creates hidden bottlenecks in your business</p><p>• People problems are often the root of stalled growth</p><p>• Inconsistent feedback makes small issues harder to fix later</p><p>• Frequent feedback makes teams stronger and more adaptable</p><p>• Leaders set the tone for how feedback is received</p><p>• Psychological safety starts with the leader, not the team</p><p>• You can’t expect vulnerability if you’re not modeling it</p><p>• Addressing problems early prevents bigger breakdowns</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If this episode resonated, this is exactly the kind of work we’re diving deeper into at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Hard Conversations Can Save Your Business with Steve Beck | Ep. 107</title>
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>107</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Hard Conversations Can Save Your Business with Steve Beck | Ep. 107</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">559e0362-addd-4854-8fa1-e51004e7c6c8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/16fe7fd5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Steve Beck: someone I’ve known for a long time and someone whose work has become incredibly relevant for the clients I serve today.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about one of the most overlooked challenges in growing a team, navigating people, conflict, and communication in a way that actually moves the business forward.  </p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt like your business got harder as you added more people, or like you accidentally became a “people leader” without being trained for it, this conversation will resonate.</p><p><br></p><p>Steve shares how most team issues don’t come from big moments; they come from a lack of clarity, avoided conversations, and delayed feedback. We also get into what actually creates psychological safety on a team, why insecurity shows up in leadership, and how to start addressing problems earlier, before they become much harder to fix.</p><p><br></p><p>This is one of those conversations that will challenge how you think about leadership, not from a theory standpoint, but from what actually happens inside real teams.</p><p><br></p><p>Learn more about Steve on his Website: 👉 https://www.cstevebeck.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introducing Steve Beck + why this conversation matters</p><p>2:00 – From loving animals to managing people</p><p>4:30 – Why most people problems are actually preventable</p><p>7:30 – The real friction point: lack of clarity and expectations</p><p>10:00 – Why feedback breakdowns create team issues</p><p>12:45 – Can leaders create psychological safety?</p><p>14:30 – Signs ego is driving your leadership</p><p>16:00 – Avoiding hard conversations and the cost</p><p>17:45 – “Everything you want is on the other side of a hard conversation”</p><p>19:30 – Courage vs fear in leadership</p><p>22:00 – Why avoidance turns into resentment</p><p>25:00 – How to normalize feedback early</p><p>27:30 – Catching problems before they compound</p><p>30:00 – How great teams review and improve consistently</p><p>31:30 – What Steve hopes for businesses in 2026</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Most team issues come from delayed or avoided conversations</p><p>• Clarity of expectations prevents the majority of conflict</p><p>• Leadership requires a completely different skill set than execution</p><p>• Psychological safety starts with the leader</p><p>• Insecurity shows up as reactivity or avoidance</p><p>• Hard conversations are unavoidable if you want to grow</p><p>• Feedback should be frequent, not reserved for big problems</p><p>• Avoidance leads to resentment and bigger breakdowns</p><p>• Strong teams normalize feedback in all directions</p><p>• Growth requires courage, not the absence of fear</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If this conversation hit for you, this is exactly the type of work we’re going deeper into at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>Steve will be speaking live, and we’ll be working through these exact challenges, leadership, communication, and building stronger teams.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Steve Beck: someone I’ve known for a long time and someone whose work has become incredibly relevant for the clients I serve today.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about one of the most overlooked challenges in growing a team, navigating people, conflict, and communication in a way that actually moves the business forward.  </p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt like your business got harder as you added more people, or like you accidentally became a “people leader” without being trained for it, this conversation will resonate.</p><p><br></p><p>Steve shares how most team issues don’t come from big moments; they come from a lack of clarity, avoided conversations, and delayed feedback. We also get into what actually creates psychological safety on a team, why insecurity shows up in leadership, and how to start addressing problems earlier, before they become much harder to fix.</p><p><br></p><p>This is one of those conversations that will challenge how you think about leadership, not from a theory standpoint, but from what actually happens inside real teams.</p><p><br></p><p>Learn more about Steve on his Website: 👉 https://www.cstevebeck.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introducing Steve Beck + why this conversation matters</p><p>2:00 – From loving animals to managing people</p><p>4:30 – Why most people problems are actually preventable</p><p>7:30 – The real friction point: lack of clarity and expectations</p><p>10:00 – Why feedback breakdowns create team issues</p><p>12:45 – Can leaders create psychological safety?</p><p>14:30 – Signs ego is driving your leadership</p><p>16:00 – Avoiding hard conversations and the cost</p><p>17:45 – “Everything you want is on the other side of a hard conversation”</p><p>19:30 – Courage vs fear in leadership</p><p>22:00 – Why avoidance turns into resentment</p><p>25:00 – How to normalize feedback early</p><p>27:30 – Catching problems before they compound</p><p>30:00 – How great teams review and improve consistently</p><p>31:30 – What Steve hopes for businesses in 2026</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Most team issues come from delayed or avoided conversations</p><p>• Clarity of expectations prevents the majority of conflict</p><p>• Leadership requires a completely different skill set than execution</p><p>• Psychological safety starts with the leader</p><p>• Insecurity shows up as reactivity or avoidance</p><p>• Hard conversations are unavoidable if you want to grow</p><p>• Feedback should be frequent, not reserved for big problems</p><p>• Avoidance leads to resentment and bigger breakdowns</p><p>• Strong teams normalize feedback in all directions</p><p>• Growth requires courage, not the absence of fear</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If this conversation hit for you, this is exactly the type of work we’re going deeper into at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>Steve will be speaking live, and we’ll be working through these exact challenges, leadership, communication, and building stronger teams.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/16fe7fd5/60edf8e6.mp3" length="35455548" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2214</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m joined by Steve Beck: someone I’ve known for a long time and someone whose work has become incredibly relevant for the clients I serve today.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about one of the most overlooked challenges in growing a team, navigating people, conflict, and communication in a way that actually moves the business forward.  </p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt like your business got harder as you added more people, or like you accidentally became a “people leader” without being trained for it, this conversation will resonate.</p><p><br></p><p>Steve shares how most team issues don’t come from big moments; they come from a lack of clarity, avoided conversations, and delayed feedback. We also get into what actually creates psychological safety on a team, why insecurity shows up in leadership, and how to start addressing problems earlier, before they become much harder to fix.</p><p><br></p><p>This is one of those conversations that will challenge how you think about leadership, not from a theory standpoint, but from what actually happens inside real teams.</p><p><br></p><p>Learn more about Steve on his Website: 👉 https://www.cstevebeck.com</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introducing Steve Beck + why this conversation matters</p><p>2:00 – From loving animals to managing people</p><p>4:30 – Why most people problems are actually preventable</p><p>7:30 – The real friction point: lack of clarity and expectations</p><p>10:00 – Why feedback breakdowns create team issues</p><p>12:45 – Can leaders create psychological safety?</p><p>14:30 – Signs ego is driving your leadership</p><p>16:00 – Avoiding hard conversations and the cost</p><p>17:45 – “Everything you want is on the other side of a hard conversation”</p><p>19:30 – Courage vs fear in leadership</p><p>22:00 – Why avoidance turns into resentment</p><p>25:00 – How to normalize feedback early</p><p>27:30 – Catching problems before they compound</p><p>30:00 – How great teams review and improve consistently</p><p>31:30 – What Steve hopes for businesses in 2026</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Most team issues come from delayed or avoided conversations</p><p>• Clarity of expectations prevents the majority of conflict</p><p>• Leadership requires a completely different skill set than execution</p><p>• Psychological safety starts with the leader</p><p>• Insecurity shows up as reactivity or avoidance</p><p>• Hard conversations are unavoidable if you want to grow</p><p>• Feedback should be frequent, not reserved for big problems</p><p>• Avoidance leads to resentment and bigger breakdowns</p><p>• Strong teams normalize feedback in all directions</p><p>• Growth requires courage, not the absence of fear</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If this conversation hit for you, this is exactly the type of work we’re going deeper into at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>Steve will be speaking live, and we’ll be working through these exact challenges, leadership, communication, and building stronger teams.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Number 1 Rule on Feedback | Ep. 106</title>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>106</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My Number 1 Rule on Feedback | Ep. 106</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">92b3fc4f-33d0-4d03-8f6a-8ff161e3216b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a3e03bb1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing a simple rule we use at DogCo that has had a significant impact on how our team operates: if you have feedback to give, give it within 24 hours.</p><p><br></p><p>Most issues inside a team aren’t big at the start, they become big because no one addressed them early. They are often a result of avoided conversations, delayed feedback, and an attempt to keep things comfortable in the moment, which creates much bigger problems later.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about normalizing feedback as part of your culture, not something that only happens when things go wrong. When feedback is consistent, timely, and expected, it becomes easier to give, easier to receive, and far less emotionally charged.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want a stronger team, better communication, and fewer “hard conversations,” this is a rule worth implementing.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Delayed feedback creates bigger problems over time</p><p>• Most “hard conversations” could be avoided with earlier input</p><p>• Feedback should be normalized, not reserved for mistakes</p><p>• Timely feedback reduces emotional weight and tension</p><p>• Consistency builds trust across a team</p><p>• Avoiding feedback limits growth and clarity</p><p>• Feedback is one of the most valuable tools for development</p><p>• Strong teams are built on clear, ongoing communication</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a stronger team and scaling your pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing a simple rule we use at DogCo that has had a significant impact on how our team operates: if you have feedback to give, give it within 24 hours.</p><p><br></p><p>Most issues inside a team aren’t big at the start, they become big because no one addressed them early. They are often a result of avoided conversations, delayed feedback, and an attempt to keep things comfortable in the moment, which creates much bigger problems later.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about normalizing feedback as part of your culture, not something that only happens when things go wrong. When feedback is consistent, timely, and expected, it becomes easier to give, easier to receive, and far less emotionally charged.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want a stronger team, better communication, and fewer “hard conversations,” this is a rule worth implementing.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Delayed feedback creates bigger problems over time</p><p>• Most “hard conversations” could be avoided with earlier input</p><p>• Feedback should be normalized, not reserved for mistakes</p><p>• Timely feedback reduces emotional weight and tension</p><p>• Consistency builds trust across a team</p><p>• Avoiding feedback limits growth and clarity</p><p>• Feedback is one of the most valuable tools for development</p><p>• Strong teams are built on clear, ongoing communication</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a stronger team and scaling your pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a3e03bb1/a7cc8f50.mp3" length="5919594" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>368</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing a simple rule we use at DogCo that has had a significant impact on how our team operates: if you have feedback to give, give it within 24 hours.</p><p><br></p><p>Most issues inside a team aren’t big at the start, they become big because no one addressed them early. They are often a result of avoided conversations, delayed feedback, and an attempt to keep things comfortable in the moment, which creates much bigger problems later.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about normalizing feedback as part of your culture, not something that only happens when things go wrong. When feedback is consistent, timely, and expected, it becomes easier to give, easier to receive, and far less emotionally charged.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want a stronger team, better communication, and fewer “hard conversations,” this is a rule worth implementing.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Delayed feedback creates bigger problems over time</p><p>• Most “hard conversations” could be avoided with earlier input</p><p>• Feedback should be normalized, not reserved for mistakes</p><p>• Timely feedback reduces emotional weight and tension</p><p>• Consistency builds trust across a team</p><p>• Avoiding feedback limits growth and clarity</p><p>• Feedback is one of the most valuable tools for development</p><p>• Strong teams are built on clear, ongoing communication</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re serious about building a stronger team and scaling your pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>👉 <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How I'm Using AI in 2026 So Far | Ep. 105</title>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>105</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How I'm Using AI in 2026 So Far | Ep. 105</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">34510ca9-058d-4564-b5a3-1b3429700054</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c9641107</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I walk through how I’m currently using AI inside my business and what I’m learning as I go. I share a few specific ways it’s been useful so far, along with a challenge I created to get more intentional about how I use it.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>I’ll be honest, I don’t consider myself an early adopter when it comes to technology. It’s not something I naturally gravitate toward. But after hearing a compelling argument about how businesses that ignore AI right now may end up in the same position as those that ignored the internet, I decided to take it seriously.</p><p><br></p><p>So this is not a “perfect system” episode. This is a real look at how I’m learning, testing, and building a working understanding of AI in real time.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve been hesitant to explore AI or you’re not sure where it actually fits in your business, this will give you a practical starting point without overcomplicating it.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why I decided to take AI seriously</p><p>1:10 – The risk of ignoring AI right now</p><p>2:30 – Where I draw the line with AI</p><p>3:45 – Using AI to synthesize content into tools</p><p>5:15 – Turning ideas and SOPs into usable outputs</p><p>6:40 – Using AI for analysis and feedback</p><p>8:20 – AI as a thinking and planning partner</p><p>9:45 – My AI learning challenge</p><p>11:15 – The importance of context when using AI</p><p>12:45 – Treating AI like an employee</p><p>14:00 – Using AI to support, not replace thinking</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• AI is a tool to support how you work, not replace you</p><p>• Ignoring AI right now may put businesses at a disadvantage</p><p>• Synthesizing information is one of the most practical use cases</p><p>• AI can help bring clarity to data and decision-making</p><p>• Context significantly improves the quality of output</p><p>• Treat AI like something you need to train and refine</p><p>• It can be useful as a thinking and planning partner</p><p>• You don’t need to master it, you need to start using it</p><p>• Structured practice accelerates learning</p><p>• The goal is better clarity, not less thinking</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re serious about growing and scaling your pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>We’ve brought together top operators and speakers to give you real strategies for growth, leadership, and scaling.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I walk through how I’m currently using AI inside my business and what I’m learning as I go. I share a few specific ways it’s been useful so far, along with a challenge I created to get more intentional about how I use it.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>I’ll be honest, I don’t consider myself an early adopter when it comes to technology. It’s not something I naturally gravitate toward. But after hearing a compelling argument about how businesses that ignore AI right now may end up in the same position as those that ignored the internet, I decided to take it seriously.</p><p><br></p><p>So this is not a “perfect system” episode. This is a real look at how I’m learning, testing, and building a working understanding of AI in real time.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve been hesitant to explore AI or you’re not sure where it actually fits in your business, this will give you a practical starting point without overcomplicating it.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why I decided to take AI seriously</p><p>1:10 – The risk of ignoring AI right now</p><p>2:30 – Where I draw the line with AI</p><p>3:45 – Using AI to synthesize content into tools</p><p>5:15 – Turning ideas and SOPs into usable outputs</p><p>6:40 – Using AI for analysis and feedback</p><p>8:20 – AI as a thinking and planning partner</p><p>9:45 – My AI learning challenge</p><p>11:15 – The importance of context when using AI</p><p>12:45 – Treating AI like an employee</p><p>14:00 – Using AI to support, not replace thinking</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• AI is a tool to support how you work, not replace you</p><p>• Ignoring AI right now may put businesses at a disadvantage</p><p>• Synthesizing information is one of the most practical use cases</p><p>• AI can help bring clarity to data and decision-making</p><p>• Context significantly improves the quality of output</p><p>• Treat AI like something you need to train and refine</p><p>• It can be useful as a thinking and planning partner</p><p>• You don’t need to master it, you need to start using it</p><p>• Structured practice accelerates learning</p><p>• The goal is better clarity, not less thinking</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re serious about growing and scaling your pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>We’ve brought together top operators and speakers to give you real strategies for growth, leadership, and scaling.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c9641107/f2e34c17.mp3" length="13748390" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>857</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I walk through how I’m currently using AI inside my business and what I’m learning as I go. I share a few specific ways it’s been useful so far, along with a challenge I created to get more intentional about how I use it.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>I’ll be honest, I don’t consider myself an early adopter when it comes to technology. It’s not something I naturally gravitate toward. But after hearing a compelling argument about how businesses that ignore AI right now may end up in the same position as those that ignored the internet, I decided to take it seriously.</p><p><br></p><p>So this is not a “perfect system” episode. This is a real look at how I’m learning, testing, and building a working understanding of AI in real time.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve been hesitant to explore AI or you’re not sure where it actually fits in your business, this will give you a practical starting point without overcomplicating it.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why I decided to take AI seriously</p><p>1:10 – The risk of ignoring AI right now</p><p>2:30 – Where I draw the line with AI</p><p>3:45 – Using AI to synthesize content into tools</p><p>5:15 – Turning ideas and SOPs into usable outputs</p><p>6:40 – Using AI for analysis and feedback</p><p>8:20 – AI as a thinking and planning partner</p><p>9:45 – My AI learning challenge</p><p>11:15 – The importance of context when using AI</p><p>12:45 – Treating AI like an employee</p><p>14:00 – Using AI to support, not replace thinking</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• AI is a tool to support how you work, not replace you</p><p>• Ignoring AI right now may put businesses at a disadvantage</p><p>• Synthesizing information is one of the most practical use cases</p><p>• AI can help bring clarity to data and decision-making</p><p>• Context significantly improves the quality of output</p><p>• Treat AI like something you need to train and refine</p><p>• It can be useful as a thinking and planning partner</p><p>• You don’t need to master it, you need to start using it</p><p>• Structured practice accelerates learning</p><p>• The goal is better clarity, not less thinking</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re serious about growing and scaling your pet care business, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>We’ve brought together top operators and speakers to give you real strategies for growth, leadership, and scaling.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Redesign Your Workflow in 3 Hours | Ep. 104</title>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>104</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Redesign Your Workflow in 3 Hours | Ep. 104</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e328d348-f9da-4b47-b36a-56ad68c8a02e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f79678c0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m talking about something that has become a major focus for me recently: designing a systems workflow for your team.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re looking for one of the highest leverage areas in your business right now, this might be it.</p><p><br></p><p>As DogCo has grown, I’ve had to rethink how work actually moves through the business. What worked when it was just me or a very small team stopped working quickly once we added more people. Communication started breaking down, things weren’t as visible, and it became harder to track who was responsible for what.</p><p><br></p><p>I share a personal realization I had recently. I was asking my team to operate inside structured systems, but I hadn’t fully done that for myself yet. Once I built out my own workflow inside a project management system, it immediately changed how I think, how I prioritize, and how I execute.</p><p>So this episode is about what happens when you move from individual effort to structured workflow, and why that shift is critical if you want your team (and yourself) to operate at a high level.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>I walk through how I’ve been building this out internally, from capturing meeting notes and turning them into actionable tasks, to creating project dashboards that give visibility across the entire team. I share some great tools that can be used to accomplish this. </p><p><br></p><p>I also talk about building what I would call a “second brain,” a system for capturing ideas and resources in a way that actually helps you solve problems over time, instead of constantly starting from scratch.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel like things are slipping through the cracks in your business, or like your team isn’t as aligned as they could be, this episode will help you start thinking differently about how work gets done.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Workflow design is one of the highest leverage areas in your business</p><p>• What works for a small team breaks quickly as you grow</p><p>• Lack of visibility creates confusion and missed communication</p><p>• Systems create accountability and clarity across a team</p><p>• You need to operationalize yourself, not just your team</p><p>• Organized thinking leads to better execution</p><p>• A “second brain” helps you retain and apply what you learn</p><p>• You don’t need perfect systems, you just need to start</p><p>• Most workflow systems can be built in a few focused hours</p><p>• Treat yourself like an operator inside your own business</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re ready to take your pet care business to the next level, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>We’ve brought together some of the best speakers and operators in the industry to give you real strategies for growth, scaling, and leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 Learn more and grab your spot at: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m talking about something that has become a major focus for me recently: designing a systems workflow for your team.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re looking for one of the highest leverage areas in your business right now, this might be it.</p><p><br></p><p>As DogCo has grown, I’ve had to rethink how work actually moves through the business. What worked when it was just me or a very small team stopped working quickly once we added more people. Communication started breaking down, things weren’t as visible, and it became harder to track who was responsible for what.</p><p><br></p><p>I share a personal realization I had recently. I was asking my team to operate inside structured systems, but I hadn’t fully done that for myself yet. Once I built out my own workflow inside a project management system, it immediately changed how I think, how I prioritize, and how I execute.</p><p>So this episode is about what happens when you move from individual effort to structured workflow, and why that shift is critical if you want your team (and yourself) to operate at a high level.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>I walk through how I’ve been building this out internally, from capturing meeting notes and turning them into actionable tasks, to creating project dashboards that give visibility across the entire team. I share some great tools that can be used to accomplish this. </p><p><br></p><p>I also talk about building what I would call a “second brain,” a system for capturing ideas and resources in a way that actually helps you solve problems over time, instead of constantly starting from scratch.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel like things are slipping through the cracks in your business, or like your team isn’t as aligned as they could be, this episode will help you start thinking differently about how work gets done.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Workflow design is one of the highest leverage areas in your business</p><p>• What works for a small team breaks quickly as you grow</p><p>• Lack of visibility creates confusion and missed communication</p><p>• Systems create accountability and clarity across a team</p><p>• You need to operationalize yourself, not just your team</p><p>• Organized thinking leads to better execution</p><p>• A “second brain” helps you retain and apply what you learn</p><p>• You don’t need perfect systems, you just need to start</p><p>• Most workflow systems can be built in a few focused hours</p><p>• Treat yourself like an operator inside your own business</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re ready to take your pet care business to the next level, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>We’ve brought together some of the best speakers and operators in the industry to give you real strategies for growth, scaling, and leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 Learn more and grab your spot at: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 07:01:56 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f79678c0/12744722.mp3" length="9349372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>582</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m talking about something that has become a major focus for me recently: designing a systems workflow for your team.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re looking for one of the highest leverage areas in your business right now, this might be it.</p><p><br></p><p>As DogCo has grown, I’ve had to rethink how work actually moves through the business. What worked when it was just me or a very small team stopped working quickly once we added more people. Communication started breaking down, things weren’t as visible, and it became harder to track who was responsible for what.</p><p><br></p><p>I share a personal realization I had recently. I was asking my team to operate inside structured systems, but I hadn’t fully done that for myself yet. Once I built out my own workflow inside a project management system, it immediately changed how I think, how I prioritize, and how I execute.</p><p>So this episode is about what happens when you move from individual effort to structured workflow, and why that shift is critical if you want your team (and yourself) to operate at a high level.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>I walk through how I’ve been building this out internally, from capturing meeting notes and turning them into actionable tasks, to creating project dashboards that give visibility across the entire team. I share some great tools that can be used to accomplish this. </p><p><br></p><p>I also talk about building what I would call a “second brain,” a system for capturing ideas and resources in a way that actually helps you solve problems over time, instead of constantly starting from scratch.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel like things are slipping through the cracks in your business, or like your team isn’t as aligned as they could be, this episode will help you start thinking differently about how work gets done.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Workflow design is one of the highest leverage areas in your business</p><p>• What works for a small team breaks quickly as you grow</p><p>• Lack of visibility creates confusion and missed communication</p><p>• Systems create accountability and clarity across a team</p><p>• You need to operationalize yourself, not just your team</p><p>• Organized thinking leads to better execution</p><p>• A “second brain” helps you retain and apply what you learn</p><p>• You don’t need perfect systems, you just need to start</p><p>• Most workflow systems can be built in a few focused hours</p><p>• Treat yourself like an operator inside your own business</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Join Me at the DogCo Business Summit</p><p>If you’re ready to take your pet care business to the next level, I want you in the room at the DogCo Business Summit.</p><p><br></p><p>📍 October 2nd–4th, 2026</p><p>📍 Winston-Salem, North Carolina</p><p><br></p><p>We’ve brought together some of the best speakers and operators in the industry to give you real strategies for growth, scaling, and leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 Learn more and grab your spot at: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Regrouping for Q2: LFG | Ep. 103</title>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>103</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Regrouping for Q2: LFG | Ep. 103</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">915f94c0-8903-43a2-b709-6365af26405b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2f09972a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re 90 days into the year, and this is where most business owners either drift or get intentional. In this episode, I’m walking through how to regroup after Q1, refocus your strategy, and set a clear 90-day plan so you actually make progress in Q2 instead of just staying busy.  </p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why Q2 is the perfect reset point</p><p>1:30 – Thinking in 90-day sprints</p><p>3:00 – How to properly evaluate Q1</p><p>5:00 – “If there isn’t a system, there isn’t a commitment.”</p><p>7:30 – From effort to systems thinking</p><p>9:00 – Scaling team structure and workflow</p><p>11:00 – Going digital with operations</p><p>12:30 – Purpose over panic mindset shift</p><p>14:00 – How to measure real progress</p><p>16:30 – When to pivot vs stay the course</p><p>18:30 – Seasonal realities in pet care businesses</p><p>20:00 – Building your Q2 90-day plan</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• 90-day sprints create focus and flexibility</p><p>• You should be directionally on track by the end of Q1</p><p>• Systems turn effort into sustainable growth</p><p>• Team organization directly impacts output</p><p>• Visibility and accountability are critical as you scale</p><p>• Panic is not a sustainable operating strategy</p><p>• Progress does not need to be linear, but it must be measurable</p><p>• If something isn’t working, adjust the inputs</p><p>• Focus on three priorities for the next 90 days</p><p>• Consistency beats intensity over time</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want Help Structuring Your Next 90 Days?</p><p>If you’re trying to figure out what to focus on next and want a clearer path forward, I put together a case study showing how a pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and execution.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>Thanks for watching! You got this!</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re 90 days into the year, and this is where most business owners either drift or get intentional. In this episode, I’m walking through how to regroup after Q1, refocus your strategy, and set a clear 90-day plan so you actually make progress in Q2 instead of just staying busy.  </p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why Q2 is the perfect reset point</p><p>1:30 – Thinking in 90-day sprints</p><p>3:00 – How to properly evaluate Q1</p><p>5:00 – “If there isn’t a system, there isn’t a commitment.”</p><p>7:30 – From effort to systems thinking</p><p>9:00 – Scaling team structure and workflow</p><p>11:00 – Going digital with operations</p><p>12:30 – Purpose over panic mindset shift</p><p>14:00 – How to measure real progress</p><p>16:30 – When to pivot vs stay the course</p><p>18:30 – Seasonal realities in pet care businesses</p><p>20:00 – Building your Q2 90-day plan</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• 90-day sprints create focus and flexibility</p><p>• You should be directionally on track by the end of Q1</p><p>• Systems turn effort into sustainable growth</p><p>• Team organization directly impacts output</p><p>• Visibility and accountability are critical as you scale</p><p>• Panic is not a sustainable operating strategy</p><p>• Progress does not need to be linear, but it must be measurable</p><p>• If something isn’t working, adjust the inputs</p><p>• Focus on three priorities for the next 90 days</p><p>• Consistency beats intensity over time</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want Help Structuring Your Next 90 Days?</p><p>If you’re trying to figure out what to focus on next and want a clearer path forward, I put together a case study showing how a pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and execution.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>Thanks for watching! You got this!</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2f09972a/b511a223.mp3" length="19737736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1231</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’re 90 days into the year, and this is where most business owners either drift or get intentional. In this episode, I’m walking through how to regroup after Q1, refocus your strategy, and set a clear 90-day plan so you actually make progress in Q2 instead of just staying busy.  </p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why Q2 is the perfect reset point</p><p>1:30 – Thinking in 90-day sprints</p><p>3:00 – How to properly evaluate Q1</p><p>5:00 – “If there isn’t a system, there isn’t a commitment.”</p><p>7:30 – From effort to systems thinking</p><p>9:00 – Scaling team structure and workflow</p><p>11:00 – Going digital with operations</p><p>12:30 – Purpose over panic mindset shift</p><p>14:00 – How to measure real progress</p><p>16:30 – When to pivot vs stay the course</p><p>18:30 – Seasonal realities in pet care businesses</p><p>20:00 – Building your Q2 90-day plan</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• 90-day sprints create focus and flexibility</p><p>• You should be directionally on track by the end of Q1</p><p>• Systems turn effort into sustainable growth</p><p>• Team organization directly impacts output</p><p>• Visibility and accountability are critical as you scale</p><p>• Panic is not a sustainable operating strategy</p><p>• Progress does not need to be linear, but it must be measurable</p><p>• If something isn’t working, adjust the inputs</p><p>• Focus on three priorities for the next 90 days</p><p>• Consistency beats intensity over time</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want Help Structuring Your Next 90 Days?</p><p>If you’re trying to figure out what to focus on next and want a clearer path forward, I put together a case study showing how a pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and execution.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 https://dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>Thanks for watching! You got this!</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Most Underrated Metric in Your Business: LTV | Ep. 102</title>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>102</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Most Underrated Metric in Your Business: LTV | Ep. 102</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b7e42c4-9299-4550-a132-2a1ed2ec575e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c08b567</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the metric I’ve become the most obsessed with this year, lifetime value, or LTV.</p><p><br></p><p>This is one of the most underrated numbers in your business, and once you understand it, it changes how you think about growth, marketing, and retention.</p><p><br></p><p>LTV is the total revenue a client generates for your business over time, minus your cost to deliver the service. When you know that number, you can make better decisions about how much you can afford to spend to acquire a client, and what it’s worth to keep them.</p><p><br></p><p>The reality in pet care is that most clients are not very valuable at the beginning. By the time you factor in onboarding, meet and greets, communication, and time, that first booking often isn’t very profitable. But over time, especially with recurring services, that same client can become incredibly valuable to your business.</p><p><br></p><p>That’s where this gets powerful. The goal isn’t just getting new clients, it’s keeping the right clients for as long as possible.</p><p><br></p><p>When you start looking at lifetime value across different client types, you begin to see patterns. Some services naturally produce higher value clients, and that should influence how you market, how you sell, and how you guide client behavior.</p><p><br></p><p>It also puts a real number behind things like customer experience. If better service keeps someone with you longer, that directly increases their lifetime value. That’s not just a nice-to-have, it’s a revenue driver.</p><p><br></p><p>If you take anything from this episode, start getting familiar with your numbers. Look at how long your clients stay, how much they spend, and what that actually turns into for your business over time.</p><p><br></p><p>You don’t need to overcomplicate it, but you do need to start paying attention to it.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Lifetime value (LTV) is one of the most important metrics in your business</p><p>• Most clients are not profitable at the beginning</p><p>• Long-term retention is where real value is created</p><p>• LTV helps determine what you can spend on client acquisition</p><p>• Different services produce different levels of client value</p><p>• Customer experience directly impacts revenue over time</p><p>• Better data leads to better decision-making</p><p>• You don’t need perfect systems to start tracking this</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See This Applied in a Real Business?</p><p>If you want to understand how metrics like this actually translate into growth, I put together a case study showing how a pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and retention.</p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the metric I’ve become the most obsessed with this year, lifetime value, or LTV.</p><p><br></p><p>This is one of the most underrated numbers in your business, and once you understand it, it changes how you think about growth, marketing, and retention.</p><p><br></p><p>LTV is the total revenue a client generates for your business over time, minus your cost to deliver the service. When you know that number, you can make better decisions about how much you can afford to spend to acquire a client, and what it’s worth to keep them.</p><p><br></p><p>The reality in pet care is that most clients are not very valuable at the beginning. By the time you factor in onboarding, meet and greets, communication, and time, that first booking often isn’t very profitable. But over time, especially with recurring services, that same client can become incredibly valuable to your business.</p><p><br></p><p>That’s where this gets powerful. The goal isn’t just getting new clients, it’s keeping the right clients for as long as possible.</p><p><br></p><p>When you start looking at lifetime value across different client types, you begin to see patterns. Some services naturally produce higher value clients, and that should influence how you market, how you sell, and how you guide client behavior.</p><p><br></p><p>It also puts a real number behind things like customer experience. If better service keeps someone with you longer, that directly increases their lifetime value. That’s not just a nice-to-have, it’s a revenue driver.</p><p><br></p><p>If you take anything from this episode, start getting familiar with your numbers. Look at how long your clients stay, how much they spend, and what that actually turns into for your business over time.</p><p><br></p><p>You don’t need to overcomplicate it, but you do need to start paying attention to it.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Lifetime value (LTV) is one of the most important metrics in your business</p><p>• Most clients are not profitable at the beginning</p><p>• Long-term retention is where real value is created</p><p>• LTV helps determine what you can spend on client acquisition</p><p>• Different services produce different levels of client value</p><p>• Customer experience directly impacts revenue over time</p><p>• Better data leads to better decision-making</p><p>• You don’t need perfect systems to start tracking this</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See This Applied in a Real Business?</p><p>If you want to understand how metrics like this actually translate into growth, I put together a case study showing how a pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and retention.</p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2026 10:00:37 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3c08b567/97e9d51b.mp3" length="6280313" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>390</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the metric I’ve become the most obsessed with this year, lifetime value, or LTV.</p><p><br></p><p>This is one of the most underrated numbers in your business, and once you understand it, it changes how you think about growth, marketing, and retention.</p><p><br></p><p>LTV is the total revenue a client generates for your business over time, minus your cost to deliver the service. When you know that number, you can make better decisions about how much you can afford to spend to acquire a client, and what it’s worth to keep them.</p><p><br></p><p>The reality in pet care is that most clients are not very valuable at the beginning. By the time you factor in onboarding, meet and greets, communication, and time, that first booking often isn’t very profitable. But over time, especially with recurring services, that same client can become incredibly valuable to your business.</p><p><br></p><p>That’s where this gets powerful. The goal isn’t just getting new clients, it’s keeping the right clients for as long as possible.</p><p><br></p><p>When you start looking at lifetime value across different client types, you begin to see patterns. Some services naturally produce higher value clients, and that should influence how you market, how you sell, and how you guide client behavior.</p><p><br></p><p>It also puts a real number behind things like customer experience. If better service keeps someone with you longer, that directly increases their lifetime value. That’s not just a nice-to-have, it’s a revenue driver.</p><p><br></p><p>If you take anything from this episode, start getting familiar with your numbers. Look at how long your clients stay, how much they spend, and what that actually turns into for your business over time.</p><p><br></p><p>You don’t need to overcomplicate it, but you do need to start paying attention to it.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Lifetime value (LTV) is one of the most important metrics in your business</p><p>• Most clients are not profitable at the beginning</p><p>• Long-term retention is where real value is created</p><p>• LTV helps determine what you can spend on client acquisition</p><p>• Different services produce different levels of client value</p><p>• Customer experience directly impacts revenue over time</p><p>• Better data leads to better decision-making</p><p>• You don’t need perfect systems to start tracking this</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See This Applied in a Real Business?</p><p>If you want to understand how metrics like this actually translate into growth, I put together a case study showing how a pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and retention.</p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What To Do When You REALLY Want Out of Your Business | Ep. 101</title>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>101</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What To Do When You REALLY Want Out of Your Business | Ep. 101</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">633ed04c-bdcc-41de-b268-cdb3724df5bd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e07e3cef</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m walking through a moment that almost every entrepreneur hits at some point, the feeling of “I just want to be done.”</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed, frustrated, or like you’ve hit a wall in your business, this is a conversation to slow that moment down and actually evaluate what’s going on before making a decision you can’t undo.</p><p><br></p><p>I want to be clear upfront, I don’t believe you should stay in something that isn’t serving you. If your business truly isn’t aligned anymore, it is okay to call that. But what I don’t want to see is a decision made purely out of burnout, exhaustion, or a temporary emotional low.</p><p><br></p><p>In most cases, when someone is ready to quit, it comes down to one of two things, they are either completely exhausted from carrying too much for too long, or they feel stuck in a situation they don’t believe they can change.</p><p><br></p><p>So in this episode, I break down practical steps to help you step out of the noise, reset your thinking, and figure out what your next move actually should be.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why every entrepreneur hits this point</p><p>1:10 – When quitting is valid vs emotional</p><p>2:30 – The sunk cost fallacy in business</p><p>3:40 – Exhaustion vs disempowerment</p><p>5:20 – Why most people want to quit</p><p>6:10 – Step 1, take time away from the business</p><p>8:15 – The ROI of stepping back to think</p><p>10:00 – Step 2, reflect and write things out</p><p>11:45 – “If it’s not written, it’s not real”</p><p>12:50 – Step 3, what’s actually in your control</p><p>14:20 – Reframing ownership and responsibility</p><p>15:40 – Step 4, finding your 80/20 leverage</p><p>17:10 – Choosing your next step forward</p><p>18:30 – Planning time off before burnout hits</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Wanting to quit is a normal phase of entrepreneurship</p><p>• Not every “I’m done” moment means you should actually quit</p><p>• Burnout and lack of control are the two most common root causes</p><p>• Stepping away from the business creates clarity</p><p>• Writing things down helps you process what’s actually happening</p><p>• More is within your control than it feels like</p><p>• Avoiding hard decisions is still a decision</p><p>• Small changes can create disproportionate improvements</p><p>• You don’t need a full exit plan, just a next step</p><p>• Proactive rest is essential for long-term sustainability</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want Help Getting Unstuck in Your Business?</p><p>If this episode hits close to home and you’re trying to figure out what your next move should be, I put together a case study showing how one pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m walking through a moment that almost every entrepreneur hits at some point, the feeling of “I just want to be done.”</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed, frustrated, or like you’ve hit a wall in your business, this is a conversation to slow that moment down and actually evaluate what’s going on before making a decision you can’t undo.</p><p><br></p><p>I want to be clear upfront, I don’t believe you should stay in something that isn’t serving you. If your business truly isn’t aligned anymore, it is okay to call that. But what I don’t want to see is a decision made purely out of burnout, exhaustion, or a temporary emotional low.</p><p><br></p><p>In most cases, when someone is ready to quit, it comes down to one of two things, they are either completely exhausted from carrying too much for too long, or they feel stuck in a situation they don’t believe they can change.</p><p><br></p><p>So in this episode, I break down practical steps to help you step out of the noise, reset your thinking, and figure out what your next move actually should be.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why every entrepreneur hits this point</p><p>1:10 – When quitting is valid vs emotional</p><p>2:30 – The sunk cost fallacy in business</p><p>3:40 – Exhaustion vs disempowerment</p><p>5:20 – Why most people want to quit</p><p>6:10 – Step 1, take time away from the business</p><p>8:15 – The ROI of stepping back to think</p><p>10:00 – Step 2, reflect and write things out</p><p>11:45 – “If it’s not written, it’s not real”</p><p>12:50 – Step 3, what’s actually in your control</p><p>14:20 – Reframing ownership and responsibility</p><p>15:40 – Step 4, finding your 80/20 leverage</p><p>17:10 – Choosing your next step forward</p><p>18:30 – Planning time off before burnout hits</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Wanting to quit is a normal phase of entrepreneurship</p><p>• Not every “I’m done” moment means you should actually quit</p><p>• Burnout and lack of control are the two most common root causes</p><p>• Stepping away from the business creates clarity</p><p>• Writing things down helps you process what’s actually happening</p><p>• More is within your control than it feels like</p><p>• Avoiding hard decisions is still a decision</p><p>• Small changes can create disproportionate improvements</p><p>• You don’t need a full exit plan, just a next step</p><p>• Proactive rest is essential for long-term sustainability</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want Help Getting Unstuck in Your Business?</p><p>If this episode hits close to home and you’re trying to figure out what your next move should be, I put together a case study showing how one pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e07e3cef/76bb4b6e.mp3" length="16588862" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1035</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m walking through a moment that almost every entrepreneur hits at some point, the feeling of “I just want to be done.”</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed, frustrated, or like you’ve hit a wall in your business, this is a conversation to slow that moment down and actually evaluate what’s going on before making a decision you can’t undo.</p><p><br></p><p>I want to be clear upfront, I don’t believe you should stay in something that isn’t serving you. If your business truly isn’t aligned anymore, it is okay to call that. But what I don’t want to see is a decision made purely out of burnout, exhaustion, or a temporary emotional low.</p><p><br></p><p>In most cases, when someone is ready to quit, it comes down to one of two things, they are either completely exhausted from carrying too much for too long, or they feel stuck in a situation they don’t believe they can change.</p><p><br></p><p>So in this episode, I break down practical steps to help you step out of the noise, reset your thinking, and figure out what your next move actually should be.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why every entrepreneur hits this point</p><p>1:10 – When quitting is valid vs emotional</p><p>2:30 – The sunk cost fallacy in business</p><p>3:40 – Exhaustion vs disempowerment</p><p>5:20 – Why most people want to quit</p><p>6:10 – Step 1, take time away from the business</p><p>8:15 – The ROI of stepping back to think</p><p>10:00 – Step 2, reflect and write things out</p><p>11:45 – “If it’s not written, it’s not real”</p><p>12:50 – Step 3, what’s actually in your control</p><p>14:20 – Reframing ownership and responsibility</p><p>15:40 – Step 4, finding your 80/20 leverage</p><p>17:10 – Choosing your next step forward</p><p>18:30 – Planning time off before burnout hits</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Wanting to quit is a normal phase of entrepreneurship</p><p>• Not every “I’m done” moment means you should actually quit</p><p>• Burnout and lack of control are the two most common root causes</p><p>• Stepping away from the business creates clarity</p><p>• Writing things down helps you process what’s actually happening</p><p>• More is within your control than it feels like</p><p>• Avoiding hard decisions is still a decision</p><p>• Small changes can create disproportionate improvements</p><p>• You don’t need a full exit plan, just a next step</p><p>• Proactive rest is essential for long-term sustainability</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want Help Getting Unstuck in Your Business?</p><p>If this episode hits close to home and you’re trying to figure out what your next move should be, I put together a case study showing how one pet care business scaled from $17K to $73K/month by improving structure, decision-making, and leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>100th Episode Podcast Takeover with Collin Funkhouser | Ep. 100</title>
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>100</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>100th Episode Podcast Takeover with Collin Funkhouser | Ep. 100</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">65da67f8-1191-4846-8666-0f3c56de72cb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/94eaad4a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Episode 100 felt like the right time for me to step back and look at what has actually changed over the past few years, not just in results, but in how I make decisions and evaluate the business. </p><p><br></p><p>In this conversation, my good friend Collin, the co-host of the Pet Sitters Confessional - https://www.petsitterconfessional.com/ - takes over the podcast and asks me direct questions that force a clearer look at some of my progress this past year. We are not just talking about tactics here. We are talking about the shifts in thinking that led to better outcomes. Early on, a lot of my decisions were reactive, but over time, that shifted toward more structured evaluation, clearer metrics, and a better understanding of where growth actually comes from (and how data is such a huge part of that revelation). </p><p><br></p><p>This episode is essentially a real-time diagnosis of that transition. What used to feel unclear is now easier for me to identify. What used to create friction is now more predictable. The biggest change has not been effort, it has been clarity around what actually matters and what does not.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are in a phase where your results feel inconsistent or difficult to interpret, I hope that my own reflections on my business journey will help you zoom out and understand what tends to change as your business matures.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Episode 100 and why I wanted to have this conversation</p><p>1:18 – Collin’s opening question, what actually changed?</p><p>3:02 – How I used to make decisions vs how I think now</p><p>5:11 – How my interpretation of results has evolved</p><p>7:36 – What I misunderstood about growth early on</p><p>10:04 – How I use data in decision-making today</p><p>12:48 – Emotional reactions vs analytical evaluation</p><p>15:21 – What has become simpler over time</p><p>18:07 – The shift in how I see myself as an operator</p><p>21:10 – How this changes the way I move forward</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Early on, I was making reactive decisions without enough clarity</p><p>• Growth became more predictable as I started tracking the right metrics</p><p>• Misinterpreting data led me to make unnecessary changes</p><p>• Emotional reactions distorted how I evaluated performance</p><p>• Over time, it became easier to identify the real constraint</p><p>• Better decision-making reduced friction across the business</p><p>• Simplicity came from experience, not shortcuts</p><p>• My identity as an owner shifted alongside the business</p><p>• Reflection helped me see what actually created progress</p><p>• Long-term growth has come from clarity, not just effort</p><p><br></p><p>PS - If you got value out of this episode, please check out the Pet Sitter Confessional Podcast, co-hosted by Collin and Meghan Funkhouser. Their podcast is amazing and if you are in the pet care space, you are sure to get value. </p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Episode 100 felt like the right time for me to step back and look at what has actually changed over the past few years, not just in results, but in how I make decisions and evaluate the business. </p><p><br></p><p>In this conversation, my good friend Collin, the co-host of the Pet Sitters Confessional - https://www.petsitterconfessional.com/ - takes over the podcast and asks me direct questions that force a clearer look at some of my progress this past year. We are not just talking about tactics here. We are talking about the shifts in thinking that led to better outcomes. Early on, a lot of my decisions were reactive, but over time, that shifted toward more structured evaluation, clearer metrics, and a better understanding of where growth actually comes from (and how data is such a huge part of that revelation). </p><p><br></p><p>This episode is essentially a real-time diagnosis of that transition. What used to feel unclear is now easier for me to identify. What used to create friction is now more predictable. The biggest change has not been effort, it has been clarity around what actually matters and what does not.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are in a phase where your results feel inconsistent or difficult to interpret, I hope that my own reflections on my business journey will help you zoom out and understand what tends to change as your business matures.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Episode 100 and why I wanted to have this conversation</p><p>1:18 – Collin’s opening question, what actually changed?</p><p>3:02 – How I used to make decisions vs how I think now</p><p>5:11 – How my interpretation of results has evolved</p><p>7:36 – What I misunderstood about growth early on</p><p>10:04 – How I use data in decision-making today</p><p>12:48 – Emotional reactions vs analytical evaluation</p><p>15:21 – What has become simpler over time</p><p>18:07 – The shift in how I see myself as an operator</p><p>21:10 – How this changes the way I move forward</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Early on, I was making reactive decisions without enough clarity</p><p>• Growth became more predictable as I started tracking the right metrics</p><p>• Misinterpreting data led me to make unnecessary changes</p><p>• Emotional reactions distorted how I evaluated performance</p><p>• Over time, it became easier to identify the real constraint</p><p>• Better decision-making reduced friction across the business</p><p>• Simplicity came from experience, not shortcuts</p><p>• My identity as an owner shifted alongside the business</p><p>• Reflection helped me see what actually created progress</p><p>• Long-term growth has come from clarity, not just effort</p><p><br></p><p>PS - If you got value out of this episode, please check out the Pet Sitter Confessional Podcast, co-hosted by Collin and Meghan Funkhouser. Their podcast is amazing and if you are in the pet care space, you are sure to get value. </p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/94eaad4a/a5159932.mp3" length="35055971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2189</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Episode 100 felt like the right time for me to step back and look at what has actually changed over the past few years, not just in results, but in how I make decisions and evaluate the business. </p><p><br></p><p>In this conversation, my good friend Collin, the co-host of the Pet Sitters Confessional - https://www.petsitterconfessional.com/ - takes over the podcast and asks me direct questions that force a clearer look at some of my progress this past year. We are not just talking about tactics here. We are talking about the shifts in thinking that led to better outcomes. Early on, a lot of my decisions were reactive, but over time, that shifted toward more structured evaluation, clearer metrics, and a better understanding of where growth actually comes from (and how data is such a huge part of that revelation). </p><p><br></p><p>This episode is essentially a real-time diagnosis of that transition. What used to feel unclear is now easier for me to identify. What used to create friction is now more predictable. The biggest change has not been effort, it has been clarity around what actually matters and what does not.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are in a phase where your results feel inconsistent or difficult to interpret, I hope that my own reflections on my business journey will help you zoom out and understand what tends to change as your business matures.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Episode 100 and why I wanted to have this conversation</p><p>1:18 – Collin’s opening question, what actually changed?</p><p>3:02 – How I used to make decisions vs how I think now</p><p>5:11 – How my interpretation of results has evolved</p><p>7:36 – What I misunderstood about growth early on</p><p>10:04 – How I use data in decision-making today</p><p>12:48 – Emotional reactions vs analytical evaluation</p><p>15:21 – What has become simpler over time</p><p>18:07 – The shift in how I see myself as an operator</p><p>21:10 – How this changes the way I move forward</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Early on, I was making reactive decisions without enough clarity</p><p>• Growth became more predictable as I started tracking the right metrics</p><p>• Misinterpreting data led me to make unnecessary changes</p><p>• Emotional reactions distorted how I evaluated performance</p><p>• Over time, it became easier to identify the real constraint</p><p>• Better decision-making reduced friction across the business</p><p>• Simplicity came from experience, not shortcuts</p><p>• My identity as an owner shifted alongside the business</p><p>• Reflection helped me see what actually created progress</p><p>• Long-term growth has come from clarity, not just effort</p><p><br></p><p>PS - If you got value out of this episode, please check out the Pet Sitter Confessional Podcast, co-hosted by Collin and Meghan Funkhouser. Their podcast is amazing and if you are in the pet care space, you are sure to get value. </p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When People Think You're Crazy for Entrepreneurship | Ep. 99</title>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>99</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When People Think You're Crazy for Entrepreneurship | Ep. 99</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">673ce70f-5b0f-4368-aead-be10f929b1e3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0ffb0806</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we’re talking about something almost every entrepreneur experiences but doesn’t always say out loud: What do you do when people in your life don’t understand your path?</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever had friends, family, or people in your network question your lifestyle, your work habits, or your decisions as a business owner… you’re not alone. More importantly, it doesn’t mean you’re doing something wrong.</p><p><br></p><p>Entrepreneurship is, by definition, a different path. It often looks intense, unpredictable, and even “crazy” to people who haven’t chosen it themselves. And while that concern can sometimes come from a good place, it can still feel isolating when you’re the one living it.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, we unpack what it really means to choose a path that isn’t “normal,” how to navigate that disconnect, and why learning to embrace your differences might be one of the most important mindset shifts you make as a business owner.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why entrepreneurship often looks “crazy” from the outside</p><p>• How to reframe other people’s concern or skepticism</p><p>• The reality that your lifestyle is different, and that’s okay</p><p>• Why driven, growth-oriented people often feel “out of place” early on</p><p>• The importance of accepting your unique wiring as an entrepreneur</p><p>• How to appreciate different lifestyles without conforming to them</p><p>• Why finding “your people” matters more than having a large network</p><p>• The power of choosing depth over breadth in relationships</p><p>• How long-term persistence leads to finding aligned community</p><p>• A reminder that not everyone needs to understand your path for it to be right</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See What’s Possible When You Stay the Course?</p><p>If you’re building something that other people don’t fully understand yet, you’re not alone, and you don’t have to figure it out by yourself.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we’re talking about something almost every entrepreneur experiences but doesn’t always say out loud: What do you do when people in your life don’t understand your path?</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever had friends, family, or people in your network question your lifestyle, your work habits, or your decisions as a business owner… you’re not alone. More importantly, it doesn’t mean you’re doing something wrong.</p><p><br></p><p>Entrepreneurship is, by definition, a different path. It often looks intense, unpredictable, and even “crazy” to people who haven’t chosen it themselves. And while that concern can sometimes come from a good place, it can still feel isolating when you’re the one living it.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, we unpack what it really means to choose a path that isn’t “normal,” how to navigate that disconnect, and why learning to embrace your differences might be one of the most important mindset shifts you make as a business owner.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why entrepreneurship often looks “crazy” from the outside</p><p>• How to reframe other people’s concern or skepticism</p><p>• The reality that your lifestyle is different, and that’s okay</p><p>• Why driven, growth-oriented people often feel “out of place” early on</p><p>• The importance of accepting your unique wiring as an entrepreneur</p><p>• How to appreciate different lifestyles without conforming to them</p><p>• Why finding “your people” matters more than having a large network</p><p>• The power of choosing depth over breadth in relationships</p><p>• How long-term persistence leads to finding aligned community</p><p>• A reminder that not everyone needs to understand your path for it to be right</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See What’s Possible When You Stay the Course?</p><p>If you’re building something that other people don’t fully understand yet, you’re not alone, and you don’t have to figure it out by yourself.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0ffb0806/f39d4b0f.mp3" length="7174501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today we’re talking about something almost every entrepreneur experiences but doesn’t always say out loud: What do you do when people in your life don’t understand your path?</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever had friends, family, or people in your network question your lifestyle, your work habits, or your decisions as a business owner… you’re not alone. More importantly, it doesn’t mean you’re doing something wrong.</p><p><br></p><p>Entrepreneurship is, by definition, a different path. It often looks intense, unpredictable, and even “crazy” to people who haven’t chosen it themselves. And while that concern can sometimes come from a good place, it can still feel isolating when you’re the one living it.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, we unpack what it really means to choose a path that isn’t “normal,” how to navigate that disconnect, and why learning to embrace your differences might be one of the most important mindset shifts you make as a business owner.  ￼</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why entrepreneurship often looks “crazy” from the outside</p><p>• How to reframe other people’s concern or skepticism</p><p>• The reality that your lifestyle is different, and that’s okay</p><p>• Why driven, growth-oriented people often feel “out of place” early on</p><p>• The importance of accepting your unique wiring as an entrepreneur</p><p>• How to appreciate different lifestyles without conforming to them</p><p>• Why finding “your people” matters more than having a large network</p><p>• The power of choosing depth over breadth in relationships</p><p>• How long-term persistence leads to finding aligned community</p><p>• A reminder that not everyone needs to understand your path for it to be right</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See What’s Possible When You Stay the Course?</p><p>If you’re building something that other people don’t fully understand yet, you’re not alone, and you don’t have to figure it out by yourself.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save This for When You Feel Discouraged | Ep. 98</title>
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>98</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Save This for When You Feel Discouraged | Ep. 98</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1b6ee530-1e8c-4567-91f5-920f93d44cd7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1b4b5e5d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this hot-take episode, I’m sharing something I want you to come back to whenever business starts to feel discouraging.</p><p><br></p><p>Because the truth is, entrepreneurship is not easy.</p><p><br></p><p>Running a business is messy, vulnerable, and often far more demanding than most people expect when they first get started. Many pet care business owners didn’t originally set out to build large teams or manage dozens of employees. Yet as companies grow, the complexity grows with them.</p><p><br></p><p>And on any given day, it’s easy to find something that feels discouraging.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that those difficult seasons are often the ones that shape us the most. In hindsight, the moments that feel the hardest are frequently the ones we end up being most proud of, because we stayed in the work instead of walking away.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re feeling overwhelmed, frustrated, or questioning whether you’re capable of figuring things out, this conversation is meant to serve as a quick reset.</p><p><br></p><p>Sometimes what we need most isn’t another strategy.</p><p><br></p><p>Sometimes we just need someone to remind us that it’s going to be okay and that there’s always another move we can make.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why discouragement is a normal part of entrepreneurship</p><p>• The emotional reality of growing and managing a team</p><p>• How difficult seasons often become the most meaningful ones in hindsight</p><p>• Why pushing through discomfort builds stronger leadership</p><p>• The value of having someone remind you that you can figure things out</p><p>• Why coaching often provides clarity beyond strategy</p><p>• The mindset shift that prevents entrepreneurs from spiraling</p><p>• The powerful reminder: you cannot lose if you do not quit</p><p>• How setbacks can become the turning point that drives better decisions</p><p>• Why every challenge in business contains an opportunity to pivot forward</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how structure, leadership, and better decision-making can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It walks through the real decisions, systems, and leadership shifts that made that growth possible.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you reset your mindset, share it with another pet care business owner who might need the reminder today.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this hot-take episode, I’m sharing something I want you to come back to whenever business starts to feel discouraging.</p><p><br></p><p>Because the truth is, entrepreneurship is not easy.</p><p><br></p><p>Running a business is messy, vulnerable, and often far more demanding than most people expect when they first get started. Many pet care business owners didn’t originally set out to build large teams or manage dozens of employees. Yet as companies grow, the complexity grows with them.</p><p><br></p><p>And on any given day, it’s easy to find something that feels discouraging.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that those difficult seasons are often the ones that shape us the most. In hindsight, the moments that feel the hardest are frequently the ones we end up being most proud of, because we stayed in the work instead of walking away.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re feeling overwhelmed, frustrated, or questioning whether you’re capable of figuring things out, this conversation is meant to serve as a quick reset.</p><p><br></p><p>Sometimes what we need most isn’t another strategy.</p><p><br></p><p>Sometimes we just need someone to remind us that it’s going to be okay and that there’s always another move we can make.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why discouragement is a normal part of entrepreneurship</p><p>• The emotional reality of growing and managing a team</p><p>• How difficult seasons often become the most meaningful ones in hindsight</p><p>• Why pushing through discomfort builds stronger leadership</p><p>• The value of having someone remind you that you can figure things out</p><p>• Why coaching often provides clarity beyond strategy</p><p>• The mindset shift that prevents entrepreneurs from spiraling</p><p>• The powerful reminder: you cannot lose if you do not quit</p><p>• How setbacks can become the turning point that drives better decisions</p><p>• Why every challenge in business contains an opportunity to pivot forward</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how structure, leadership, and better decision-making can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It walks through the real decisions, systems, and leadership shifts that made that growth possible.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you reset your mindset, share it with another pet care business owner who might need the reminder today.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1b4b5e5d/e57a4daa.mp3" length="5634973" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>350</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this hot-take episode, I’m sharing something I want you to come back to whenever business starts to feel discouraging.</p><p><br></p><p>Because the truth is, entrepreneurship is not easy.</p><p><br></p><p>Running a business is messy, vulnerable, and often far more demanding than most people expect when they first get started. Many pet care business owners didn’t originally set out to build large teams or manage dozens of employees. Yet as companies grow, the complexity grows with them.</p><p><br></p><p>And on any given day, it’s easy to find something that feels discouraging.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that those difficult seasons are often the ones that shape us the most. In hindsight, the moments that feel the hardest are frequently the ones we end up being most proud of, because we stayed in the work instead of walking away.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re feeling overwhelmed, frustrated, or questioning whether you’re capable of figuring things out, this conversation is meant to serve as a quick reset.</p><p><br></p><p>Sometimes what we need most isn’t another strategy.</p><p><br></p><p>Sometimes we just need someone to remind us that it’s going to be okay and that there’s always another move we can make.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why discouragement is a normal part of entrepreneurship</p><p>• The emotional reality of growing and managing a team</p><p>• How difficult seasons often become the most meaningful ones in hindsight</p><p>• Why pushing through discomfort builds stronger leadership</p><p>• The value of having someone remind you that you can figure things out</p><p>• Why coaching often provides clarity beyond strategy</p><p>• The mindset shift that prevents entrepreneurs from spiraling</p><p>• The powerful reminder: you cannot lose if you do not quit</p><p>• How setbacks can become the turning point that drives better decisions</p><p>• Why every challenge in business contains an opportunity to pivot forward</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how structure, leadership, and better decision-making can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It walks through the real decisions, systems, and leadership shifts that made that growth possible.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you reset your mindset, share it with another pet care business owner who might need the reminder today.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should You Take On a Business Partner? | Ep. 97</title>
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>97</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should You Take On a Business Partner? | Ep. 97</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7d3ba06-9c38-40cd-abd2-ba1f846ab746</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9724fe99</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I’m tackling a question that comes up often for growing pet care companies:</p><p><br></p><p>Should you bring on a business partner?</p><p><br></p><p>At first glance, partnership can feel like a smart move. Entrepreneurship can be lonely, the risk can feel heavy, and having someone to share the responsibility might seem like the safest path forward.</p><p><br></p><p>But in most cases, bringing on a partner does not actually reduce risk. In fact, it often introduces new complexity that can make running your business harder, not easier.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down why partnership is rarely the right solution for pet care businesses, and the three specific conditions where it might actually make sense.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever wondered whether bringing in a co-owner could help your business grow faster, this conversation will help you think through the decision more strategically.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction</p><p>0:18 – Should you bring on a business partner?</p><p>1:10 – Why entrepreneurs consider partnerships</p><p>2:45 – The hidden risks of co-ownership</p><p>4:30 – The 3 situations where partnership might make sense</p><p>6:20 – When money as a partner contribution matters</p><p>8:00 – When time contribution could justify partnership</p><p>9:10 – Why revenue sharing may be a better alternative</p><p>10:40 – Safeguards to put in place if you do partner</p><p>12:20 – Building advisors and mentors outside your business</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why partnership often increases complexity rather than reducing risk</p><p>• The emotional reasons entrepreneurs often want partners</p><p>• How splitting ownership can reduce reward without lowering risk</p><p>• The three situations where partnership might make strategic sense</p><p>• Why specialized knowledge can justify equity sharing</p><p>• When outside capital could accelerate business growth</p><p>• How time contribution from a partner could change the equation</p><p>• Why revenue sharing can sometimes work better than ownership</p><p>• The importance of written agreements and operating documents</p><p>• Why outside mentors and advisors are critical in partnerships</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real Example of What Scaling a Pet Care Business Looks Like?</p><p>If you want to see how structure, strategy, and leadership decisions can transform a pet care company, I’ve put together a case study showing how one business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the operational decisions and growth strategy behind that transformation.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p>If this episode helped you rethink how you’re structuring your business, share it with another pet care business owner who might benefit from the conversation.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I’m tackling a question that comes up often for growing pet care companies:</p><p><br></p><p>Should you bring on a business partner?</p><p><br></p><p>At first glance, partnership can feel like a smart move. Entrepreneurship can be lonely, the risk can feel heavy, and having someone to share the responsibility might seem like the safest path forward.</p><p><br></p><p>But in most cases, bringing on a partner does not actually reduce risk. In fact, it often introduces new complexity that can make running your business harder, not easier.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down why partnership is rarely the right solution for pet care businesses, and the three specific conditions where it might actually make sense.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever wondered whether bringing in a co-owner could help your business grow faster, this conversation will help you think through the decision more strategically.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction</p><p>0:18 – Should you bring on a business partner?</p><p>1:10 – Why entrepreneurs consider partnerships</p><p>2:45 – The hidden risks of co-ownership</p><p>4:30 – The 3 situations where partnership might make sense</p><p>6:20 – When money as a partner contribution matters</p><p>8:00 – When time contribution could justify partnership</p><p>9:10 – Why revenue sharing may be a better alternative</p><p>10:40 – Safeguards to put in place if you do partner</p><p>12:20 – Building advisors and mentors outside your business</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why partnership often increases complexity rather than reducing risk</p><p>• The emotional reasons entrepreneurs often want partners</p><p>• How splitting ownership can reduce reward without lowering risk</p><p>• The three situations where partnership might make strategic sense</p><p>• Why specialized knowledge can justify equity sharing</p><p>• When outside capital could accelerate business growth</p><p>• How time contribution from a partner could change the equation</p><p>• Why revenue sharing can sometimes work better than ownership</p><p>• The importance of written agreements and operating documents</p><p>• Why outside mentors and advisors are critical in partnerships</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real Example of What Scaling a Pet Care Business Looks Like?</p><p>If you want to see how structure, strategy, and leadership decisions can transform a pet care company, I’ve put together a case study showing how one business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the operational decisions and growth strategy behind that transformation.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p>If this episode helped you rethink how you’re structuring your business, share it with another pet care business owner who might benefit from the conversation.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 05:31:19 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9724fe99/dead9d11.mp3" length="13032849" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>812</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I’m tackling a question that comes up often for growing pet care companies:</p><p><br></p><p>Should you bring on a business partner?</p><p><br></p><p>At first glance, partnership can feel like a smart move. Entrepreneurship can be lonely, the risk can feel heavy, and having someone to share the responsibility might seem like the safest path forward.</p><p><br></p><p>But in most cases, bringing on a partner does not actually reduce risk. In fact, it often introduces new complexity that can make running your business harder, not easier.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down why partnership is rarely the right solution for pet care businesses, and the three specific conditions where it might actually make sense.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever wondered whether bringing in a co-owner could help your business grow faster, this conversation will help you think through the decision more strategically.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction</p><p>0:18 – Should you bring on a business partner?</p><p>1:10 – Why entrepreneurs consider partnerships</p><p>2:45 – The hidden risks of co-ownership</p><p>4:30 – The 3 situations where partnership might make sense</p><p>6:20 – When money as a partner contribution matters</p><p>8:00 – When time contribution could justify partnership</p><p>9:10 – Why revenue sharing may be a better alternative</p><p>10:40 – Safeguards to put in place if you do partner</p><p>12:20 – Building advisors and mentors outside your business</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why partnership often increases complexity rather than reducing risk</p><p>• The emotional reasons entrepreneurs often want partners</p><p>• How splitting ownership can reduce reward without lowering risk</p><p>• The three situations where partnership might make strategic sense</p><p>• Why specialized knowledge can justify equity sharing</p><p>• When outside capital could accelerate business growth</p><p>• How time contribution from a partner could change the equation</p><p>• Why revenue sharing can sometimes work better than ownership</p><p>• The importance of written agreements and operating documents</p><p>• Why outside mentors and advisors are critical in partnerships</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real Example of What Scaling a Pet Care Business Looks Like?</p><p>If you want to see how structure, strategy, and leadership decisions can transform a pet care company, I’ve put together a case study showing how one business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the operational decisions and growth strategy behind that transformation.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/casestudy</p><p>If this episode helped you rethink how you’re structuring your business, share it with another pet care business owner who might benefit from the conversation.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 Automations that Will Save you Time in Your Pet Care Business | Ep. 96</title>
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>96</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>3 Automations that Will Save you Time in Your Pet Care Business | Ep. 96</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aaafe9d3-7fd4-4bae-8ef1-6e93592dd988</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0013ccab</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s hot-take episode, I’m walking through three pieces of software that can dramatically simplify your business and free up your time as an owner.</p><p><br></p><p>These are not magic tools and they’re not the only options available. What matters is the principle behind them, building systems that remove friction, reduce errors, and allow your company to scale without relying on constant manual effort.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down three categories of automation that every growing pet care business should strongly consider: a pet-care-specific scheduling platform, a self-serve meeting scheduler, and a dedicated team communication tool.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re still coordinating visits through texts, emails, and Google Calendar, you are operating with unnecessary risk and complexity. Systems create clarity, reduce mistakes, and give your team the structure they need to perform well.</p><p><br></p><p>These tools are simple shifts, but they can completely change how organized and scalable your business becomes.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why pet-care-specific scheduling software is essential for growing companies</p><p>• The operational risks of managing visits through texts and emails</p><p>• How scheduling software protects against costly communication mistakes</p><p>• Why clients benefit from structured scheduling systems</p><p>• How tools like Calendly eliminate back-and-forth scheduling friction</p><p>• The role automation plays in scaling service businesses</p><p>• Why centralized team communication improves retention and clarity</p><p>• The hidden problems with using text messages to manage staff communication</p><p>• How better systems lead to more professional client experiences</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you rethink how you’re running your operations, share it with another pet care business owner who might need it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s hot-take episode, I’m walking through three pieces of software that can dramatically simplify your business and free up your time as an owner.</p><p><br></p><p>These are not magic tools and they’re not the only options available. What matters is the principle behind them, building systems that remove friction, reduce errors, and allow your company to scale without relying on constant manual effort.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down three categories of automation that every growing pet care business should strongly consider: a pet-care-specific scheduling platform, a self-serve meeting scheduler, and a dedicated team communication tool.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re still coordinating visits through texts, emails, and Google Calendar, you are operating with unnecessary risk and complexity. Systems create clarity, reduce mistakes, and give your team the structure they need to perform well.</p><p><br></p><p>These tools are simple shifts, but they can completely change how organized and scalable your business becomes.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why pet-care-specific scheduling software is essential for growing companies</p><p>• The operational risks of managing visits through texts and emails</p><p>• How scheduling software protects against costly communication mistakes</p><p>• Why clients benefit from structured scheduling systems</p><p>• How tools like Calendly eliminate back-and-forth scheduling friction</p><p>• The role automation plays in scaling service businesses</p><p>• Why centralized team communication improves retention and clarity</p><p>• The hidden problems with using text messages to manage staff communication</p><p>• How better systems lead to more professional client experiences</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you rethink how you’re running your operations, share it with another pet care business owner who might need it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0013ccab/c4a437b4.mp3" length="5207842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>323</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s hot-take episode, I’m walking through three pieces of software that can dramatically simplify your business and free up your time as an owner.</p><p><br></p><p>These are not magic tools and they’re not the only options available. What matters is the principle behind them, building systems that remove friction, reduce errors, and allow your company to scale without relying on constant manual effort.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down three categories of automation that every growing pet care business should strongly consider: a pet-care-specific scheduling platform, a self-serve meeting scheduler, and a dedicated team communication tool.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re still coordinating visits through texts, emails, and Google Calendar, you are operating with unnecessary risk and complexity. Systems create clarity, reduce mistakes, and give your team the structure they need to perform well.</p><p><br></p><p>These tools are simple shifts, but they can completely change how organized and scalable your business becomes.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why pet-care-specific scheduling software is essential for growing companies</p><p>• The operational risks of managing visits through texts and emails</p><p>• How scheduling software protects against costly communication mistakes</p><p>• Why clients benefit from structured scheduling systems</p><p>• How tools like Calendly eliminate back-and-forth scheduling friction</p><p>• The role automation plays in scaling service businesses</p><p>• Why centralized team communication improves retention and clarity</p><p>• The hidden problems with using text messages to manage staff communication</p><p>• How better systems lead to more professional client experiences</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you rethink how you’re running your operations, share it with another pet care business owner who might need it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>For When You Feel Like a Bad Boss | Ep. 95</title>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>95</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>For When You Feel Like a Bad Boss | Ep. 95</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f1c6eba-d548-4dfd-8d2b-deb221ec26e1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9535017</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I’m sharing a more honest look at something most business owners experience but rarely talk about: the “murky middle” of growth.</p><p><br></p><p>There are seasons in business where the data says things are working, but internally, it still feels messy. You’re learning new skills, pushing toward the next level, and suddenly the confidence you once had feels shaky.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about what it feels like when you’re trying to grow into a better leader, a better operator, and a better business owner, while also wrestling with ego, perfectionism, and the discomfort that real growth requires.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about leadership, mistakes I made earlier this year around hiring and staffing, why ego can block progress, and the difference between being responsible to people versus being responsible for them.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt like you weren’t showing up the way you wanted to as a leader, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction and why this episode is different</p><p>0:39 – When you feel like you’re a bad boss</p><p>1:16 – The “murky middle” of growth</p><p>2:57 – The tension between accountability and being human</p><p>4:09 – Why business forces personal growth</p><p>5:52 – Let the data guide you through uncertainty</p><p>6:20 – Lesson #1: Give yourself space to learn</p><p>9:01 – Lesson #2: Ego and the fear of imperfection</p><p>11:21 – A leadership mistake I made this year</p><p>15:13 – Lesson #3: Responsible to people, not for them</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why growth seasons often feel chaotic and disorienting</p><p>• What the “murky middle” of business development actually looks like</p><p>• How perfectionism and ego can slow your progress</p><p>• Why data should guide decisions during uncertain seasons</p><p>• The leadership tension between accountability and self-compassion</p><p>• Why nobody comes preloaded with leadership skills</p><p>• How vulnerability with your team can strengthen trust</p><p>• The importance of trusting data and forward planning in hiring decisions</p><p>• Why discomfort is often a signal of growth, not failure</p><p>• The difference between being responsible to your team versus responsible for them</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, systems, and leadership decisions can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode resonated with you, share it with another business owner who might be navigating their own “murky middle.”</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I’m sharing a more honest look at something most business owners experience but rarely talk about: the “murky middle” of growth.</p><p><br></p><p>There are seasons in business where the data says things are working, but internally, it still feels messy. You’re learning new skills, pushing toward the next level, and suddenly the confidence you once had feels shaky.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about what it feels like when you’re trying to grow into a better leader, a better operator, and a better business owner, while also wrestling with ego, perfectionism, and the discomfort that real growth requires.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about leadership, mistakes I made earlier this year around hiring and staffing, why ego can block progress, and the difference between being responsible to people versus being responsible for them.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt like you weren’t showing up the way you wanted to as a leader, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction and why this episode is different</p><p>0:39 – When you feel like you’re a bad boss</p><p>1:16 – The “murky middle” of growth</p><p>2:57 – The tension between accountability and being human</p><p>4:09 – Why business forces personal growth</p><p>5:52 – Let the data guide you through uncertainty</p><p>6:20 – Lesson #1: Give yourself space to learn</p><p>9:01 – Lesson #2: Ego and the fear of imperfection</p><p>11:21 – A leadership mistake I made this year</p><p>15:13 – Lesson #3: Responsible to people, not for them</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why growth seasons often feel chaotic and disorienting</p><p>• What the “murky middle” of business development actually looks like</p><p>• How perfectionism and ego can slow your progress</p><p>• Why data should guide decisions during uncertain seasons</p><p>• The leadership tension between accountability and self-compassion</p><p>• Why nobody comes preloaded with leadership skills</p><p>• How vulnerability with your team can strengthen trust</p><p>• The importance of trusting data and forward planning in hiring decisions</p><p>• Why discomfort is often a signal of growth, not failure</p><p>• The difference between being responsible to your team versus responsible for them</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, systems, and leadership decisions can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode resonated with you, share it with another business owner who might be navigating their own “murky middle.”</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Mar 2026 04:56:11 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b9535017/f9ec6a70.mp3" length="16653624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1039</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I’m sharing a more honest look at something most business owners experience but rarely talk about: the “murky middle” of growth.</p><p><br></p><p>There are seasons in business where the data says things are working, but internally, it still feels messy. You’re learning new skills, pushing toward the next level, and suddenly the confidence you once had feels shaky.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about what it feels like when you’re trying to grow into a better leader, a better operator, and a better business owner, while also wrestling with ego, perfectionism, and the discomfort that real growth requires.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about leadership, mistakes I made earlier this year around hiring and staffing, why ego can block progress, and the difference between being responsible to people versus being responsible for them.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt like you weren’t showing up the way you wanted to as a leader, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction and why this episode is different</p><p>0:39 – When you feel like you’re a bad boss</p><p>1:16 – The “murky middle” of growth</p><p>2:57 – The tension between accountability and being human</p><p>4:09 – Why business forces personal growth</p><p>5:52 – Let the data guide you through uncertainty</p><p>6:20 – Lesson #1: Give yourself space to learn</p><p>9:01 – Lesson #2: Ego and the fear of imperfection</p><p>11:21 – A leadership mistake I made this year</p><p>15:13 – Lesson #3: Responsible to people, not for them</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why growth seasons often feel chaotic and disorienting</p><p>• What the “murky middle” of business development actually looks like</p><p>• How perfectionism and ego can slow your progress</p><p>• Why data should guide decisions during uncertain seasons</p><p>• The leadership tension between accountability and self-compassion</p><p>• Why nobody comes preloaded with leadership skills</p><p>• How vulnerability with your team can strengthen trust</p><p>• The importance of trusting data and forward planning in hiring decisions</p><p>• Why discomfort is often a signal of growth, not failure</p><p>• The difference between being responsible to your team versus responsible for them</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, systems, and leadership decisions can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode resonated with you, share it with another business owner who might be navigating their own “murky middle.”</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3 Sales Strategies to Use At Meet &amp; Greets | Ep. 94</title>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>94</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>3 Sales Strategies to Use At Meet &amp; Greets | Ep. 94</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28c68b6e-4f63-4af0-bf0e-135618446324</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f9d65d3e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s hot-take episode, I am challenging how you think about meet and greets.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are treating them like simple information exchanges, you are leaving money on the table. Meet and greets are not just client onboarding moments. They are sales meetings. They are positioning moments. They are leverage points inside your revenue model.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down three tactical strategies you can use immediately to increase conversion rates and client lifetime value without being pushy, awkward, or salesy.</p><p><br></p><p>We’re talking about authority positioning, recurring service framing, and having a strategic down-sell in your back pocket.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want predictable revenue in your pet care business, this conversation matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why meet and greets should be treated as structured sales meetings</p><p>• The difference between client-centered and authority-positioned conversations</p><p>• How framing impacts conversion more than pricing</p><p>• Why recurring services must be positioned as the default, not the add-on</p><p>• How social reinforcement increases client buy-in</p><p>• Why friction should work in your favor inside your business model</p><p>• The case for charging more for one-off services</p><p>• How to create a strategic down-sell package that protects your margins</p><p>• Why onboarding must pay for itself</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of Predictable Revenue Growth?</p><p>If you want to see what happens when pet care businesses build predictable, recurring revenue systems instead of hoping for bookings, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the structure, decisions, and positioning that made that possible.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode made you rethink your meet and greet process, share it with another owner who needs to hear it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s hot-take episode, I am challenging how you think about meet and greets.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are treating them like simple information exchanges, you are leaving money on the table. Meet and greets are not just client onboarding moments. They are sales meetings. They are positioning moments. They are leverage points inside your revenue model.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down three tactical strategies you can use immediately to increase conversion rates and client lifetime value without being pushy, awkward, or salesy.</p><p><br></p><p>We’re talking about authority positioning, recurring service framing, and having a strategic down-sell in your back pocket.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want predictable revenue in your pet care business, this conversation matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why meet and greets should be treated as structured sales meetings</p><p>• The difference between client-centered and authority-positioned conversations</p><p>• How framing impacts conversion more than pricing</p><p>• Why recurring services must be positioned as the default, not the add-on</p><p>• How social reinforcement increases client buy-in</p><p>• Why friction should work in your favor inside your business model</p><p>• The case for charging more for one-off services</p><p>• How to create a strategic down-sell package that protects your margins</p><p>• Why onboarding must pay for itself</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of Predictable Revenue Growth?</p><p>If you want to see what happens when pet care businesses build predictable, recurring revenue systems instead of hoping for bookings, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the structure, decisions, and positioning that made that possible.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode made you rethink your meet and greet process, share it with another owner who needs to hear it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f9d65d3e/609ae2bc.mp3" length="8744592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>544</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s hot-take episode, I am challenging how you think about meet and greets.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are treating them like simple information exchanges, you are leaving money on the table. Meet and greets are not just client onboarding moments. They are sales meetings. They are positioning moments. They are leverage points inside your revenue model.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down three tactical strategies you can use immediately to increase conversion rates and client lifetime value without being pushy, awkward, or salesy.</p><p><br></p><p>We’re talking about authority positioning, recurring service framing, and having a strategic down-sell in your back pocket.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want predictable revenue in your pet care business, this conversation matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why meet and greets should be treated as structured sales meetings</p><p>• The difference between client-centered and authority-positioned conversations</p><p>• How framing impacts conversion more than pricing</p><p>• Why recurring services must be positioned as the default, not the add-on</p><p>• How social reinforcement increases client buy-in</p><p>• Why friction should work in your favor inside your business model</p><p>• The case for charging more for one-off services</p><p>• How to create a strategic down-sell package that protects your margins</p><p>• Why onboarding must pay for itself</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of Predictable Revenue Growth?</p><p>If you want to see what happens when pet care businesses build predictable, recurring revenue systems instead of hoping for bookings, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the structure, decisions, and positioning that made that possible.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode made you rethink your meet and greet process, share it with another owner who needs to hear it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5 Habits to Make You Rich in 2026 | Ep. 93</title>
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>93</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>5 Habits to Make You Rich in 2026 | Ep. 93</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76c446d6-f97a-4aef-be1e-6f249ad3253c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f31cef8a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I break down five habits that can meaningfully increase your likelihood of building wealth this year as a pet care business owner.</p><p><br></p><p>Yes, “five habits to make you wealthy” sounds bold. And I mean it with intention. But before we dive in, I share what I believe is the ultimate wealth-building lever: focusing on how to earn more, not just how to spend less.</p><p><br></p><p>From getting comfortable looking at your numbers daily, to gamifying savings, to automating wealth-building systems, these habits are about reducing avoidance, increasing clarity, and building long-term leverage.</p><p><br></p><p>This is practical, tactical, and rooted in real behavior shifts I have implemented myself.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – New office update + episode intro</p><p>0:35 – Five habits to make you wealthy this year</p><p>1:09 – Earn more vs spend less philosophy</p><p>2:11 – Habit #1: Get comfortable looking at your money</p><p>3:24 – Habit #2: Gamify your money</p><p>4:46 – Habit #3: Automate savings transfers</p><p>5:28 – Habit #4: Review numbers with experts</p><p>6:28 – Habit #5: Pay taxes monthly</p><p>7:07 – Recap and final encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why earning potential has more upside than expense compression</p><p>• How avoidance around money creates unnecessary stress</p><p>• The psychological power of checking your accounts daily</p><p>• How to gamify savings to build momentum</p><p>• Why automation removes willpower from wealth building</p><p>• The importance of reviewing numbers with financial professionals</p><p>• How paying estimated taxes monthly reduces anxiety</p><p>• Why time and consistency are your biggest leverage tools</p><p>• The difference between managing money and mastering it</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See What Strategic Growth Looks Like?</p><p>If you want a real-world example of what happens when pet care owners focus on increasing earning power and making smarter financial decisions, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year. It breaks down the structure, decisions, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the revenue jump.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you think differently about money, share it with another business owner who needs it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I break down five habits that can meaningfully increase your likelihood of building wealth this year as a pet care business owner.</p><p><br></p><p>Yes, “five habits to make you wealthy” sounds bold. And I mean it with intention. But before we dive in, I share what I believe is the ultimate wealth-building lever: focusing on how to earn more, not just how to spend less.</p><p><br></p><p>From getting comfortable looking at your numbers daily, to gamifying savings, to automating wealth-building systems, these habits are about reducing avoidance, increasing clarity, and building long-term leverage.</p><p><br></p><p>This is practical, tactical, and rooted in real behavior shifts I have implemented myself.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – New office update + episode intro</p><p>0:35 – Five habits to make you wealthy this year</p><p>1:09 – Earn more vs spend less philosophy</p><p>2:11 – Habit #1: Get comfortable looking at your money</p><p>3:24 – Habit #2: Gamify your money</p><p>4:46 – Habit #3: Automate savings transfers</p><p>5:28 – Habit #4: Review numbers with experts</p><p>6:28 – Habit #5: Pay taxes monthly</p><p>7:07 – Recap and final encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why earning potential has more upside than expense compression</p><p>• How avoidance around money creates unnecessary stress</p><p>• The psychological power of checking your accounts daily</p><p>• How to gamify savings to build momentum</p><p>• Why automation removes willpower from wealth building</p><p>• The importance of reviewing numbers with financial professionals</p><p>• How paying estimated taxes monthly reduces anxiety</p><p>• Why time and consistency are your biggest leverage tools</p><p>• The difference between managing money and mastering it</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See What Strategic Growth Looks Like?</p><p>If you want a real-world example of what happens when pet care owners focus on increasing earning power and making smarter financial decisions, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year. It breaks down the structure, decisions, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the revenue jump.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you think differently about money, share it with another business owner who needs it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f31cef8a/abde1278.mp3" length="7216524" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>449</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I break down five habits that can meaningfully increase your likelihood of building wealth this year as a pet care business owner.</p><p><br></p><p>Yes, “five habits to make you wealthy” sounds bold. And I mean it with intention. But before we dive in, I share what I believe is the ultimate wealth-building lever: focusing on how to earn more, not just how to spend less.</p><p><br></p><p>From getting comfortable looking at your numbers daily, to gamifying savings, to automating wealth-building systems, these habits are about reducing avoidance, increasing clarity, and building long-term leverage.</p><p><br></p><p>This is practical, tactical, and rooted in real behavior shifts I have implemented myself.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – New office update + episode intro</p><p>0:35 – Five habits to make you wealthy this year</p><p>1:09 – Earn more vs spend less philosophy</p><p>2:11 – Habit #1: Get comfortable looking at your money</p><p>3:24 – Habit #2: Gamify your money</p><p>4:46 – Habit #3: Automate savings transfers</p><p>5:28 – Habit #4: Review numbers with experts</p><p>6:28 – Habit #5: Pay taxes monthly</p><p>7:07 – Recap and final encouragement</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why earning potential has more upside than expense compression</p><p>• How avoidance around money creates unnecessary stress</p><p>• The psychological power of checking your accounts daily</p><p>• How to gamify savings to build momentum</p><p>• Why automation removes willpower from wealth building</p><p>• The importance of reviewing numbers with financial professionals</p><p>• How paying estimated taxes monthly reduces anxiety</p><p>• Why time and consistency are your biggest leverage tools</p><p>• The difference between managing money and mastering it</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want to See What Strategic Growth Looks Like?</p><p>If you want a real-world example of what happens when pet care owners focus on increasing earning power and making smarter financial decisions, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year. It breaks down the structure, decisions, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the revenue jump.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you think differently about money, share it with another business owner who needs it.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Still Not Tracking Your Data? 3 Hard Truths to Change Your Mind | Ep. 92</title>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>92</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Still Not Tracking Your Data? 3 Hard Truths to Change Your Mind | Ep. 92</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d200239a-15f8-40d2-96a2-6d35c8e91130</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7f0aa821</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I am sharing three hard truths that might challenge you, but they might also level you up.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are not tracking data inside your pet care business, this is not about shaming you. It is about empowering you. I am not advocating for mindlessly tracking every metric possible. I am advocating for clarity. If you want to influence change in your business, you need objective information that supports your decisions.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about eliminating guesswork, strengthening the quality of your decision-making, and reducing unnecessary anxiety as a business owner. Because when you choose not to track what matters, you are not just avoiding numbers. You are often choosing uncertainty.</p><p><br></p><p>These truths are direct, but I hope you feel them as intended (with respect and encouragement). If you have resisted tracking metrics because you do not see yourself as a “data person,” this conversation is especially for you.</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why not tracking data forces you to guess when you do not have to</p><p>• How guessing creates unnecessary risk in your business</p><p>• Why decisions made on “feel” are almost always less precise</p><p>• The difference between tracking everything and tracking strategically</p><p>• How clarity improves the specificity of your decisions</p><p>• Why data reduces second-guessing and internal chaos</p><p>• The connection between anxiety and lack of visibility</p><p>• How objective metrics create empowerment and control</p><p>• Why your business needs what it needs, even if it stretches you</p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of Data-Driven Growth?</p><p>If you want to see what happens when clarity replaces guessing, I have put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It walks through the decisions, leadership shifts, and tracking discipline that supported that growth, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and learn how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with data, confidence, and strategic focus.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode challenged you in a helpful way, share it with another business owner who needs to hear it.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I am sharing three hard truths that might challenge you, but they might also level you up.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are not tracking data inside your pet care business, this is not about shaming you. It is about empowering you. I am not advocating for mindlessly tracking every metric possible. I am advocating for clarity. If you want to influence change in your business, you need objective information that supports your decisions.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about eliminating guesswork, strengthening the quality of your decision-making, and reducing unnecessary anxiety as a business owner. Because when you choose not to track what matters, you are not just avoiding numbers. You are often choosing uncertainty.</p><p><br></p><p>These truths are direct, but I hope you feel them as intended (with respect and encouragement). If you have resisted tracking metrics because you do not see yourself as a “data person,” this conversation is especially for you.</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why not tracking data forces you to guess when you do not have to</p><p>• How guessing creates unnecessary risk in your business</p><p>• Why decisions made on “feel” are almost always less precise</p><p>• The difference between tracking everything and tracking strategically</p><p>• How clarity improves the specificity of your decisions</p><p>• Why data reduces second-guessing and internal chaos</p><p>• The connection between anxiety and lack of visibility</p><p>• How objective metrics create empowerment and control</p><p>• Why your business needs what it needs, even if it stretches you</p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of Data-Driven Growth?</p><p>If you want to see what happens when clarity replaces guessing, I have put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It walks through the decisions, leadership shifts, and tracking discipline that supported that growth, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and learn how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with data, confidence, and strategic focus.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode challenged you in a helpful way, share it with another business owner who needs to hear it.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Feb 2026 07:01:56 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7f0aa821/dbb734f3.mp3" length="6915623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>430</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode, I am sharing three hard truths that might challenge you, but they might also level you up.</p><p><br></p><p>If you are not tracking data inside your pet care business, this is not about shaming you. It is about empowering you. I am not advocating for mindlessly tracking every metric possible. I am advocating for clarity. If you want to influence change in your business, you need objective information that supports your decisions.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about eliminating guesswork, strengthening the quality of your decision-making, and reducing unnecessary anxiety as a business owner. Because when you choose not to track what matters, you are not just avoiding numbers. You are often choosing uncertainty.</p><p><br></p><p>These truths are direct, but I hope you feel them as intended (with respect and encouragement). If you have resisted tracking metrics because you do not see yourself as a “data person,” this conversation is especially for you.</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why not tracking data forces you to guess when you do not have to</p><p>• How guessing creates unnecessary risk in your business</p><p>• Why decisions made on “feel” are almost always less precise</p><p>• The difference between tracking everything and tracking strategically</p><p>• How clarity improves the specificity of your decisions</p><p>• Why data reduces second-guessing and internal chaos</p><p>• The connection between anxiety and lack of visibility</p><p>• How objective metrics create empowerment and control</p><p>• Why your business needs what it needs, even if it stretches you</p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of Data-Driven Growth?</p><p>If you want to see what happens when clarity replaces guessing, I have put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It walks through the decisions, leadership shifts, and tracking discipline that supported that growth, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and learn how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with data, confidence, and strategic focus.</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode challenged you in a helpful way, share it with another business owner who needs to hear it.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Your Board of Advisors with Jessica Barry | Ep. 91</title>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>91</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Building Your Board of Advisors with Jessica Barry | Ep. 91</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11078269-202d-4b4e-abee-6f81e8b2193e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2eb8b341</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s conversation, I sit down with Jessica Barry, founder of RCO Pet Care and Where Sit Happens to talk about what real growth actually looks like behind the scenes.</p><p><br></p><p>Jessica built and scaled her pet care company through grief, COVID, team expansion, and major identity shifts as a business owner. But what makes this episode powerful is not just the revenue growth. It is the internal growth.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about the emotional bottlenecks entrepreneurs create for themselves, how data can quiet panic, why boundaries are leadership, and how investing in yourself changes how seriously you take your business.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about stepping into your role fully. Not perfectly. But intentionally.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction to Jessica Barry</p><p>1:11 – From pre-vet student to pet care entrepreneur</p><p>3:21 – Surviving COVID and quitting her full-time job</p><p>5:24 – Ascending toward seven figures</p><p>7:13 – The real bottleneck: yourself</p><p>8:14 – Emotional overwhelm and leadership boundaries</p><p>10:26 – The revenue tracking system that changed everything</p><p>12:23 – Data vs emotion in business decisions</p><p>14:15 – Why Jessica invests heavily in coaching</p><p>16:20 – Building a personal “board of advisors”</p><p>20:04 – Turning knowledge into frameworks</p><p>22:46 – The truth about ROI in coaching</p><p>25:23 – Identity shift as a business owner</p><p>27:25 – The Vegas workshop story</p><p>29:03 – Final takeaways on investing in yourself</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• The biggest bottleneck in most businesses is the owner</p><p>• Data can neutralize emotional decision-making</p><p>• Tracking revenue correctly prevents panic</p><p>• Leadership requires boundaries, even when it is uncomfortable</p><p>• Coaching ROI is often internal before it is financial</p><p>• Building a “board of advisors” prevents chaos while encouraging growth</p><p>• Writing down frameworks accelerates clarity and execution</p><p>• Investing in yourself changes how seriously you take your business</p><p>• Growth is as much identity work as it is operational work</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode resonated, share it with another pet care owner who is ready to level up.</p><p><br>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s conversation, I sit down with Jessica Barry, founder of RCO Pet Care and Where Sit Happens to talk about what real growth actually looks like behind the scenes.</p><p><br></p><p>Jessica built and scaled her pet care company through grief, COVID, team expansion, and major identity shifts as a business owner. But what makes this episode powerful is not just the revenue growth. It is the internal growth.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about the emotional bottlenecks entrepreneurs create for themselves, how data can quiet panic, why boundaries are leadership, and how investing in yourself changes how seriously you take your business.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about stepping into your role fully. Not perfectly. But intentionally.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction to Jessica Barry</p><p>1:11 – From pre-vet student to pet care entrepreneur</p><p>3:21 – Surviving COVID and quitting her full-time job</p><p>5:24 – Ascending toward seven figures</p><p>7:13 – The real bottleneck: yourself</p><p>8:14 – Emotional overwhelm and leadership boundaries</p><p>10:26 – The revenue tracking system that changed everything</p><p>12:23 – Data vs emotion in business decisions</p><p>14:15 – Why Jessica invests heavily in coaching</p><p>16:20 – Building a personal “board of advisors”</p><p>20:04 – Turning knowledge into frameworks</p><p>22:46 – The truth about ROI in coaching</p><p>25:23 – Identity shift as a business owner</p><p>27:25 – The Vegas workshop story</p><p>29:03 – Final takeaways on investing in yourself</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• The biggest bottleneck in most businesses is the owner</p><p>• Data can neutralize emotional decision-making</p><p>• Tracking revenue correctly prevents panic</p><p>• Leadership requires boundaries, even when it is uncomfortable</p><p>• Coaching ROI is often internal before it is financial</p><p>• Building a “board of advisors” prevents chaos while encouraging growth</p><p>• Writing down frameworks accelerates clarity and execution</p><p>• Investing in yourself changes how seriously you take your business</p><p>• Growth is as much identity work as it is operational work</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode resonated, share it with another pet care owner who is ready to level up.</p><p><br>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2eb8b341/d3655791.mp3" length="29237975" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1825</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s conversation, I sit down with Jessica Barry, founder of RCO Pet Care and Where Sit Happens to talk about what real growth actually looks like behind the scenes.</p><p><br></p><p>Jessica built and scaled her pet care company through grief, COVID, team expansion, and major identity shifts as a business owner. But what makes this episode powerful is not just the revenue growth. It is the internal growth.</p><p><br></p><p>We talk about the emotional bottlenecks entrepreneurs create for themselves, how data can quiet panic, why boundaries are leadership, and how investing in yourself changes how seriously you take your business.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is about stepping into your role fully. Not perfectly. But intentionally.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Introduction to Jessica Barry</p><p>1:11 – From pre-vet student to pet care entrepreneur</p><p>3:21 – Surviving COVID and quitting her full-time job</p><p>5:24 – Ascending toward seven figures</p><p>7:13 – The real bottleneck: yourself</p><p>8:14 – Emotional overwhelm and leadership boundaries</p><p>10:26 – The revenue tracking system that changed everything</p><p>12:23 – Data vs emotion in business decisions</p><p>14:15 – Why Jessica invests heavily in coaching</p><p>16:20 – Building a personal “board of advisors”</p><p>20:04 – Turning knowledge into frameworks</p><p>22:46 – The truth about ROI in coaching</p><p>25:23 – Identity shift as a business owner</p><p>27:25 – The Vegas workshop story</p><p>29:03 – Final takeaways on investing in yourself</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• The biggest bottleneck in most businesses is the owner</p><p>• Data can neutralize emotional decision-making</p><p>• Tracking revenue correctly prevents panic</p><p>• Leadership requires boundaries, even when it is uncomfortable</p><p>• Coaching ROI is often internal before it is financial</p><p>• Building a “board of advisors” prevents chaos while encouraging growth</p><p>• Writing down frameworks accelerates clarity and execution</p><p>• Investing in yourself changes how seriously you take your business</p><p>• Growth is as much identity work as it is operational work</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode resonated, share it with another pet care owner who is ready to level up.</p><p><br>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If I Could Change One Thing From Owning My Pet Care Business | Ep. 90</title>
      <itunes:episode>90</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>90</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If I Could Change One Thing From Owning My Pet Care Business | Ep. 90</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8c383d02-2d57-43e7-b1b6-0c6f8756f57d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/db257777</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If I could go back and change just a few things about my pet care business, they wouldn’t be dramatic pivots or flashy reinventions. They would be quieter decisions that compound.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I share three things I would do differently if I still owned my pet care company. Not from regret, but from experience. I built that business from 2017 to 2023, grew it to 25 staff and 600 clients, navigated the pandemic, and ultimately sold it to launch DogCo Launch. Looking back now, with the perspective I have from working with so many companies, there are a few missed opportunities that feel crystal clear.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re building right now, I want to save you time, money, and frustration by helping you see what I didn’t fully understand then.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why working your leads consistently matters more than generating them</p><p>• How failing to nurture prospects quietly leaves revenue on the table</p><p>• Why retention and client lifetime value deserve more focus than new acquisition</p><p>• How structure and environment dramatically impact founder productivity</p><p>• Why investing in your workspace is sometimes a growth decision</p><p>• The hidden cost of “floundering” without proactive time blocking</p><p>• Why asking for feedback feels threatening but accelerates growth</p><p>• How accepting feedback earlier shortens the learning curve</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>This episode isn’t about regret. It’s about refinement. Entrepreneurship is iterative, and the more willing you are to examine your own patterns, the faster you evolve.</p><p>Cheering you on,<br>M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If I could go back and change just a few things about my pet care business, they wouldn’t be dramatic pivots or flashy reinventions. They would be quieter decisions that compound.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I share three things I would do differently if I still owned my pet care company. Not from regret, but from experience. I built that business from 2017 to 2023, grew it to 25 staff and 600 clients, navigated the pandemic, and ultimately sold it to launch DogCo Launch. Looking back now, with the perspective I have from working with so many companies, there are a few missed opportunities that feel crystal clear.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re building right now, I want to save you time, money, and frustration by helping you see what I didn’t fully understand then.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why working your leads consistently matters more than generating them</p><p>• How failing to nurture prospects quietly leaves revenue on the table</p><p>• Why retention and client lifetime value deserve more focus than new acquisition</p><p>• How structure and environment dramatically impact founder productivity</p><p>• Why investing in your workspace is sometimes a growth decision</p><p>• The hidden cost of “floundering” without proactive time blocking</p><p>• Why asking for feedback feels threatening but accelerates growth</p><p>• How accepting feedback earlier shortens the learning curve</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>This episode isn’t about regret. It’s about refinement. Entrepreneurship is iterative, and the more willing you are to examine your own patterns, the faster you evolve.</p><p>Cheering you on,<br>M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/db257777/f0a32dc2.mp3" length="10379666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>646</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If I could go back and change just a few things about my pet care business, they wouldn’t be dramatic pivots or flashy reinventions. They would be quieter decisions that compound.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I share three things I would do differently if I still owned my pet care company. Not from regret, but from experience. I built that business from 2017 to 2023, grew it to 25 staff and 600 clients, navigated the pandemic, and ultimately sold it to launch DogCo Launch. Looking back now, with the perspective I have from working with so many companies, there are a few missed opportunities that feel crystal clear.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re building right now, I want to save you time, money, and frustration by helping you see what I didn’t fully understand then.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why working your leads consistently matters more than generating them</p><p>• How failing to nurture prospects quietly leaves revenue on the table</p><p>• Why retention and client lifetime value deserve more focus than new acquisition</p><p>• How structure and environment dramatically impact founder productivity</p><p>• Why investing in your workspace is sometimes a growth decision</p><p>• The hidden cost of “floundering” without proactive time blocking</p><p>• Why asking for feedback feels threatening but accelerates growth</p><p>• How accepting feedback earlier shortens the learning curve</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>This episode isn’t about regret. It’s about refinement. Entrepreneurship is iterative, and the more willing you are to examine your own patterns, the faster you evolve.</p><p>Cheering you on,<br>M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If You're Stuck at Last Year's Revenue | Ep. 89</title>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>89</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If You're Stuck at Last Year's Revenue | Ep. 89</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76cd6140-f84c-4a86-b44b-022bdb34f81f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cc90f305</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re looking at your numbers and thinking, “Why am I at the same revenue as last year?” this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s conversation, I walk through what it actually means to be “stuck” in your pet care business and how to diagnose the real reason growth hasn’t happened yet. January was strange for many companies, unexpected weather, seasonal slowdowns, and discouragement can easily distort how we interpret performance. So instead of reacting emotionally, I want to help you get analytical.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode breaks growth into four measurable areas. If revenue isn’t moving, it’s not random. There is always a constraint. And when you identify it correctly, you regain control.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – If you feel stuck at last year’s revenue</p><p>1:52 – Understanding your historical growth arc</p><p>4:02 – January trends vs emotional reactions</p><p>5:41 – What is the actual constraint in your business?</p><p>6:46 – Operational vs demand constraints</p><p>8:30 – Area #1: Not enough qualified leads</p><p>9:19 – Area #2: Leads not converting</p><p>11:34 – Area #3: Client churn is shrinking revenue</p><p>13:00 – Area #4: Clients not spending enough</p><p>14:04 – The four growth levers recap</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why January numbers rarely tell the whole story</p><p>• How to analyze year-over-year growth correctly</p><p>• The difference between operational and demand constraints</p><p>• Why most businesses misdiagnose lead problems</p><p>• How conversion gaps quietly stall growth</p><p>• Why churn is inevitable and must be planned for</p><p>• The role of client spend in sustainable scaling</p><p>• How identifying the correct constraint restores momentum</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you reframe your numbers, I’d love to hear from you. Tag me on social media and let me know which of the four areas you’re digging into first.</p><p>Cheering you on,<br>M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re looking at your numbers and thinking, “Why am I at the same revenue as last year?” this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s conversation, I walk through what it actually means to be “stuck” in your pet care business and how to diagnose the real reason growth hasn’t happened yet. January was strange for many companies, unexpected weather, seasonal slowdowns, and discouragement can easily distort how we interpret performance. So instead of reacting emotionally, I want to help you get analytical.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode breaks growth into four measurable areas. If revenue isn’t moving, it’s not random. There is always a constraint. And when you identify it correctly, you regain control.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – If you feel stuck at last year’s revenue</p><p>1:52 – Understanding your historical growth arc</p><p>4:02 – January trends vs emotional reactions</p><p>5:41 – What is the actual constraint in your business?</p><p>6:46 – Operational vs demand constraints</p><p>8:30 – Area #1: Not enough qualified leads</p><p>9:19 – Area #2: Leads not converting</p><p>11:34 – Area #3: Client churn is shrinking revenue</p><p>13:00 – Area #4: Clients not spending enough</p><p>14:04 – The four growth levers recap</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why January numbers rarely tell the whole story</p><p>• How to analyze year-over-year growth correctly</p><p>• The difference between operational and demand constraints</p><p>• Why most businesses misdiagnose lead problems</p><p>• How conversion gaps quietly stall growth</p><p>• Why churn is inevitable and must be planned for</p><p>• The role of client spend in sustainable scaling</p><p>• How identifying the correct constraint restores momentum</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you reframe your numbers, I’d love to hear from you. Tag me on social media and let me know which of the four areas you’re digging into first.</p><p>Cheering you on,<br>M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cc90f305/c8f53591.mp3" length="14705940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>917</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re looking at your numbers and thinking, “Why am I at the same revenue as last year?” this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s conversation, I walk through what it actually means to be “stuck” in your pet care business and how to diagnose the real reason growth hasn’t happened yet. January was strange for many companies, unexpected weather, seasonal slowdowns, and discouragement can easily distort how we interpret performance. So instead of reacting emotionally, I want to help you get analytical.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode breaks growth into four measurable areas. If revenue isn’t moving, it’s not random. There is always a constraint. And when you identify it correctly, you regain control.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – If you feel stuck at last year’s revenue</p><p>1:52 – Understanding your historical growth arc</p><p>4:02 – January trends vs emotional reactions</p><p>5:41 – What is the actual constraint in your business?</p><p>6:46 – Operational vs demand constraints</p><p>8:30 – Area #1: Not enough qualified leads</p><p>9:19 – Area #2: Leads not converting</p><p>11:34 – Area #3: Client churn is shrinking revenue</p><p>13:00 – Area #4: Clients not spending enough</p><p>14:04 – The four growth levers recap</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why January numbers rarely tell the whole story</p><p>• How to analyze year-over-year growth correctly</p><p>• The difference between operational and demand constraints</p><p>• Why most businesses misdiagnose lead problems</p><p>• How conversion gaps quietly stall growth</p><p>• Why churn is inevitable and must be planned for</p><p>• The role of client spend in sustainable scaling</p><p>• How identifying the correct constraint restores momentum</p><p><br></p><p>If this episode helped you reframe your numbers, I’d love to hear from you. Tag me on social media and let me know which of the four areas you’re digging into first.</p><p>Cheering you on,<br>M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Reset Your Mindset for Success | Ep. 88</title>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>88</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Reset Your Mindset for Success | Ep. 88</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c2d714b3-4e89-448b-8902-fabed1d88ce4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/32a59ebd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There comes a point in your entrepreneurial journey where the problem isn’t effort, intelligence, or ambition; it’s the loop you’re stuck in.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I talk about mindset in a way that feels different than how I would have approached it years ago. This isn’t about hype, positivity, or forcing yourself into a better mood. It’s about understanding how mindset quietly shapes behavior, how behavior compounds over time, and how to reset your internal framing when you feel overwhelmed, stuck, or unable to move forward.</p><p><br></p><p>I share four specific mindset framings I return to when I notice myself spiraling into overcomplication, pressure, or paralysis. These aren’t theories I picked up somewhere else, they’re tools I’ve earned by building, leading, and staying in the work long enough to know what actually helps.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel capable but blocked, driven but exhausted, or motivated yet unsure where to start, this episode is an invitation to slow the noise down and reorient yourself toward empowered action.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why mindset isn’t fluff, but the frame behavior flows from</p><p>• How overcomplication is often the real source of overwhelm</p><p>• Why asking “what if this were easy?” unlocks clearer action</p><p>• How identifying one true next step restores momentum</p><p>• Why taking your work too seriously can quietly sabotage progress</p><p>• How lightness and rigor can coexist in meaningful work</p><p>• Why discomfort isn’t a warning sign, but a growth signal</p><p>• How accepting discomfort accelerates empowered decision-making</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that success isn’t just about pushing harder or thinking bigger. Sometimes it’s about removing what’s unnecessary, choosing clarity over pressure, and learning how to stay grounded long enough to keep going.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There comes a point in your entrepreneurial journey where the problem isn’t effort, intelligence, or ambition; it’s the loop you’re stuck in.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I talk about mindset in a way that feels different than how I would have approached it years ago. This isn’t about hype, positivity, or forcing yourself into a better mood. It’s about understanding how mindset quietly shapes behavior, how behavior compounds over time, and how to reset your internal framing when you feel overwhelmed, stuck, or unable to move forward.</p><p><br></p><p>I share four specific mindset framings I return to when I notice myself spiraling into overcomplication, pressure, or paralysis. These aren’t theories I picked up somewhere else, they’re tools I’ve earned by building, leading, and staying in the work long enough to know what actually helps.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel capable but blocked, driven but exhausted, or motivated yet unsure where to start, this episode is an invitation to slow the noise down and reorient yourself toward empowered action.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why mindset isn’t fluff, but the frame behavior flows from</p><p>• How overcomplication is often the real source of overwhelm</p><p>• Why asking “what if this were easy?” unlocks clearer action</p><p>• How identifying one true next step restores momentum</p><p>• Why taking your work too seriously can quietly sabotage progress</p><p>• How lightness and rigor can coexist in meaningful work</p><p>• Why discomfort isn’t a warning sign, but a growth signal</p><p>• How accepting discomfort accelerates empowered decision-making</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that success isn’t just about pushing harder or thinking bigger. Sometimes it’s about removing what’s unnecessary, choosing clarity over pressure, and learning how to stay grounded long enough to keep going.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/32a59ebd/678ec082.mp3" length="8138128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>506</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>There comes a point in your entrepreneurial journey where the problem isn’t effort, intelligence, or ambition; it’s the loop you’re stuck in.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I talk about mindset in a way that feels different than how I would have approached it years ago. This isn’t about hype, positivity, or forcing yourself into a better mood. It’s about understanding how mindset quietly shapes behavior, how behavior compounds over time, and how to reset your internal framing when you feel overwhelmed, stuck, or unable to move forward.</p><p><br></p><p>I share four specific mindset framings I return to when I notice myself spiraling into overcomplication, pressure, or paralysis. These aren’t theories I picked up somewhere else, they’re tools I’ve earned by building, leading, and staying in the work long enough to know what actually helps.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel capable but blocked, driven but exhausted, or motivated yet unsure where to start, this episode is an invitation to slow the noise down and reorient yourself toward empowered action.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why mindset isn’t fluff, but the frame behavior flows from</p><p>• How overcomplication is often the real source of overwhelm</p><p>• Why asking “what if this were easy?” unlocks clearer action</p><p>• How identifying one true next step restores momentum</p><p>• Why taking your work too seriously can quietly sabotage progress</p><p>• How lightness and rigor can coexist in meaningful work</p><p>• Why discomfort isn’t a warning sign, but a growth signal</p><p>• How accepting discomfort accelerates empowered decision-making</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that success isn’t just about pushing harder or thinking bigger. Sometimes it’s about removing what’s unnecessary, choosing clarity over pressure, and learning how to stay grounded long enough to keep going.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning Resiliency &amp; Confidence with Rebecca Thompson | Ep. 87</title>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>87</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Learning Resiliency &amp; Confidence with Rebecca Thompson | Ep. 87</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">80bf6592-bad8-4d2f-a6c1-6700dec21a69</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/408e7a2f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is one of those episodes that reminds me exactly why I do this work.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I’m joined by my friend, colleague, and now team member Rebecca Thompson from Skyline Pet Care - https://www.skylinepetcarehtx.com/ -  Rebecca shares her real, unfiltered growth journey over the last year, including what it looked like to stay emotionally resilient, lean into community, and keep showing up even when things felt overwhelming.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever wondered what’s actually possible in a single year when you stay engaged, invest early, and don’t give up on yourself, this conversation will give you a very honest look behind the scenes.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why emotional resilience matters more than perfect strategy</p><p>• How community creates safety during hard seasons</p><p>• Why investing early can dramatically shorten the growth curve</p><p>• What happens when you stay leaned in during discomfort</p><p>• How confidence compounds through proximity and environment</p><p>• Why being the smallest company in the room is an advantage</p><p>• How showing up consistently rewires how you see yourself</p><p>• Why growth accelerates when you stop doing it alone</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why this episode is so special</p><p>0:49 – How Rebecca and I first crossed paths</p><p>2:28 – Joining DogCo as a small, early-stage business</p><p>3:05 – Nearly doubling revenue in one year</p><p>4:31 – What the last year really felt like emotionally</p><p>5:40 – How community changed everything</p><p>7:31 – Investing early and choosing acceleration</p><p>9:03 – Being the smallest company in the room</p><p>11:10 – Confidence, rewiring your mindset, and growth</p><p>14:53 – Showing up even when it’s uncomfortable</p><p>16:01 – The moment that defined Rebecca’s resilience</p><p>19:27 – “How hard do you want to be pushed?”</p><p>22:00 – Responsibility, ownership, and doing the work</p><p>23:12 – Final encouragement and why you shouldn’t do this alone</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that business growth isn’t just about tactics or timing. It’s about who you surround yourself with, how willing you are to keep going, and how much you’re willing to let the process shape you.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is one of those episodes that reminds me exactly why I do this work.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I’m joined by my friend, colleague, and now team member Rebecca Thompson from Skyline Pet Care - https://www.skylinepetcarehtx.com/ -  Rebecca shares her real, unfiltered growth journey over the last year, including what it looked like to stay emotionally resilient, lean into community, and keep showing up even when things felt overwhelming.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever wondered what’s actually possible in a single year when you stay engaged, invest early, and don’t give up on yourself, this conversation will give you a very honest look behind the scenes.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why emotional resilience matters more than perfect strategy</p><p>• How community creates safety during hard seasons</p><p>• Why investing early can dramatically shorten the growth curve</p><p>• What happens when you stay leaned in during discomfort</p><p>• How confidence compounds through proximity and environment</p><p>• Why being the smallest company in the room is an advantage</p><p>• How showing up consistently rewires how you see yourself</p><p>• Why growth accelerates when you stop doing it alone</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why this episode is so special</p><p>0:49 – How Rebecca and I first crossed paths</p><p>2:28 – Joining DogCo as a small, early-stage business</p><p>3:05 – Nearly doubling revenue in one year</p><p>4:31 – What the last year really felt like emotionally</p><p>5:40 – How community changed everything</p><p>7:31 – Investing early and choosing acceleration</p><p>9:03 – Being the smallest company in the room</p><p>11:10 – Confidence, rewiring your mindset, and growth</p><p>14:53 – Showing up even when it’s uncomfortable</p><p>16:01 – The moment that defined Rebecca’s resilience</p><p>19:27 – “How hard do you want to be pushed?”</p><p>22:00 – Responsibility, ownership, and doing the work</p><p>23:12 – Final encouragement and why you shouldn’t do this alone</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that business growth isn’t just about tactics or timing. It’s about who you surround yourself with, how willing you are to keep going, and how much you’re willing to let the process shape you.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/408e7a2f/bf9634a7.mp3" length="23368160" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1458</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is one of those episodes that reminds me exactly why I do this work.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I’m joined by my friend, colleague, and now team member Rebecca Thompson from Skyline Pet Care - https://www.skylinepetcarehtx.com/ -  Rebecca shares her real, unfiltered growth journey over the last year, including what it looked like to stay emotionally resilient, lean into community, and keep showing up even when things felt overwhelming.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever wondered what’s actually possible in a single year when you stay engaged, invest early, and don’t give up on yourself, this conversation will give you a very honest look behind the scenes.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why emotional resilience matters more than perfect strategy</p><p>• How community creates safety during hard seasons</p><p>• Why investing early can dramatically shorten the growth curve</p><p>• What happens when you stay leaned in during discomfort</p><p>• How confidence compounds through proximity and environment</p><p>• Why being the smallest company in the room is an advantage</p><p>• How showing up consistently rewires how you see yourself</p><p>• Why growth accelerates when you stop doing it alone</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why this episode is so special</p><p>0:49 – How Rebecca and I first crossed paths</p><p>2:28 – Joining DogCo as a small, early-stage business</p><p>3:05 – Nearly doubling revenue in one year</p><p>4:31 – What the last year really felt like emotionally</p><p>5:40 – How community changed everything</p><p>7:31 – Investing early and choosing acceleration</p><p>9:03 – Being the smallest company in the room</p><p>11:10 – Confidence, rewiring your mindset, and growth</p><p>14:53 – Showing up even when it’s uncomfortable</p><p>16:01 – The moment that defined Rebecca’s resilience</p><p>19:27 – “How hard do you want to be pushed?”</p><p>22:00 – Responsibility, ownership, and doing the work</p><p>23:12 – Final encouragement and why you shouldn’t do this alone</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that business growth isn’t just about tactics or timing. It’s about who you surround yourself with, how willing you are to keep going, and how much you’re willing to let the process shape you.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Delaying Tough Decisions Is Your Bottleneck | Ep. 86</title>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>86</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Delaying Tough Decisions Is Your Bottleneck | Ep. 86</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c30e77f1-54ec-4abf-900f-77df961dffcd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b3d6ab0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Growth rarely stalls because you don’t want it badly enough. It stalls because there’s a bottleneck you don’t want to face.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s Hot Take episode, I talk about why businesses get stuck at the same revenue level, the same problems, and the same frustrations, and how the theory of constraints offers a much more useful way to think about growth. Instead of constantly pushing toward the next shiny goal, I explain why real progress comes from identifying and dismantling the single biggest problem directly in front of you.</p><p><br></p><p>If your business feels gridlocked, or if you keep sensing there’s one hard decision you’ve been avoiding, this episode is meant to help you sit with that discomfort and recognize it for what it is, an invitation to grow.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why businesses grow only as fast as their biggest constraint</p><p>• How focusing on bottlenecks creates more control than chasing goals</p><p>• Why avoidance is often the real thing holding growth back</p><p>• How discomfort is a signal, not a stop sign</p><p>• Why the hardest decision is usually the most important one</p><p>• How solving the next problem matters more than perfect planning</p><p>• What it actually takes to move your business to the next level</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how facing constraints and making intentional decisions can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, mindset shifts, and leadership choices behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to confront the right problems and grow with intention.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that the thing you’re most tempted to avoid is often the exact thing standing between where you are and where you want to go.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Growth rarely stalls because you don’t want it badly enough. It stalls because there’s a bottleneck you don’t want to face.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s Hot Take episode, I talk about why businesses get stuck at the same revenue level, the same problems, and the same frustrations, and how the theory of constraints offers a much more useful way to think about growth. Instead of constantly pushing toward the next shiny goal, I explain why real progress comes from identifying and dismantling the single biggest problem directly in front of you.</p><p><br></p><p>If your business feels gridlocked, or if you keep sensing there’s one hard decision you’ve been avoiding, this episode is meant to help you sit with that discomfort and recognize it for what it is, an invitation to grow.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why businesses grow only as fast as their biggest constraint</p><p>• How focusing on bottlenecks creates more control than chasing goals</p><p>• Why avoidance is often the real thing holding growth back</p><p>• How discomfort is a signal, not a stop sign</p><p>• Why the hardest decision is usually the most important one</p><p>• How solving the next problem matters more than perfect planning</p><p>• What it actually takes to move your business to the next level</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how facing constraints and making intentional decisions can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, mindset shifts, and leadership choices behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to confront the right problems and grow with intention.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that the thing you’re most tempted to avoid is often the exact thing standing between where you are and where you want to go.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2b3d6ab0/77ef2bde.mp3" length="4034611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>250</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Growth rarely stalls because you don’t want it badly enough. It stalls because there’s a bottleneck you don’t want to face.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s Hot Take episode, I talk about why businesses get stuck at the same revenue level, the same problems, and the same frustrations, and how the theory of constraints offers a much more useful way to think about growth. Instead of constantly pushing toward the next shiny goal, I explain why real progress comes from identifying and dismantling the single biggest problem directly in front of you.</p><p><br></p><p>If your business feels gridlocked, or if you keep sensing there’s one hard decision you’ve been avoiding, this episode is meant to help you sit with that discomfort and recognize it for what it is, an invitation to grow.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why businesses grow only as fast as their biggest constraint</p><p>• How focusing on bottlenecks creates more control than chasing goals</p><p>• Why avoidance is often the real thing holding growth back</p><p>• How discomfort is a signal, not a stop sign</p><p>• Why the hardest decision is usually the most important one</p><p>• How solving the next problem matters more than perfect planning</p><p>• What it actually takes to move your business to the next level</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how facing constraints and making intentional decisions can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, mindset shifts, and leadership choices behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to confront the right problems and grow with intention.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that the thing you’re most tempted to avoid is often the exact thing standing between where you are and where you want to go.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If 2026 Had a Rough Start, This One's For You | Ep. 85</title>
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>85</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If 2026 Had a Rough Start, This One's For You | Ep. 85</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4466ca17-63a9-480d-b63e-b10b5cb5cde4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c49ab3eb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If 2026 has had a rough start for you, this episode is your permission to slow down, reset, and change the trajectory before the year gets any further away from you.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I talk honestly about why the start of February can feel like one of the hardest inflection points of the year, especially if January didn’t go the way you hoped. Whether it’s weather-related revenue hits, unexpected cancellations, team challenges, or simply feeling behind on your goals, I share three high-level principles that can help you regain clarity and momentum.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re feeling discouraged, overwhelmed, or questioning whether this will really be your year, this episode is meant to help you step out of panic mode, identify what’s actually holding you back, and make the decisions that will move you forward.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why February can feel like a make-or-break moment</p><p>0:44 – Taking a breath when the year starts rough</p><p>1:39 – Three principles for resetting momentum</p><p>2:25 – Principle #1: Slow down and exit panic mode</p><p>4:39 – Facing the real barrier beneath the surface problem</p><p>6:33 – What’s actually within your control to change</p><p>8:20 – Principle #3: Making the hard decision</p><p>8:46 – A real DogCo bottleneck and what I missed</p><p>10:47 – Hiring before capacity breaks</p><p>12:55 – Recap and encouragement moving forward</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why panic-driven decisions almost always make things worse</p><p>• How slowing down improves the quality of your decisions</p><p>• Why surface problems often hide deeper constraints</p><p>• How to identify what is actually within your control</p><p>• Why unaddressed bottlenecks only grow over time</p><p>• How avoiding hard decisions compounds pressure</p><p>• Why honest reflection creates faster course correction</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, leadership, and intentional decision-making can change the direction of a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at https://www.dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with intention and resilience.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that a hard start does not define your year. What matters is how quickly you slow down, face the real barrier, and make the decision that allows you to move forward.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If 2026 has had a rough start for you, this episode is your permission to slow down, reset, and change the trajectory before the year gets any further away from you.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I talk honestly about why the start of February can feel like one of the hardest inflection points of the year, especially if January didn’t go the way you hoped. Whether it’s weather-related revenue hits, unexpected cancellations, team challenges, or simply feeling behind on your goals, I share three high-level principles that can help you regain clarity and momentum.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re feeling discouraged, overwhelmed, or questioning whether this will really be your year, this episode is meant to help you step out of panic mode, identify what’s actually holding you back, and make the decisions that will move you forward.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why February can feel like a make-or-break moment</p><p>0:44 – Taking a breath when the year starts rough</p><p>1:39 – Three principles for resetting momentum</p><p>2:25 – Principle #1: Slow down and exit panic mode</p><p>4:39 – Facing the real barrier beneath the surface problem</p><p>6:33 – What’s actually within your control to change</p><p>8:20 – Principle #3: Making the hard decision</p><p>8:46 – A real DogCo bottleneck and what I missed</p><p>10:47 – Hiring before capacity breaks</p><p>12:55 – Recap and encouragement moving forward</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why panic-driven decisions almost always make things worse</p><p>• How slowing down improves the quality of your decisions</p><p>• Why surface problems often hide deeper constraints</p><p>• How to identify what is actually within your control</p><p>• Why unaddressed bottlenecks only grow over time</p><p>• How avoiding hard decisions compounds pressure</p><p>• Why honest reflection creates faster course correction</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, leadership, and intentional decision-making can change the direction of a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at https://www.dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with intention and resilience.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that a hard start does not define your year. What matters is how quickly you slow down, face the real barrier, and make the decision that allows you to move forward.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Feb 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c49ab3eb/e168c137.mp3" length="13227207" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>824</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If 2026 has had a rough start for you, this episode is your permission to slow down, reset, and change the trajectory before the year gets any further away from you.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I talk honestly about why the start of February can feel like one of the hardest inflection points of the year, especially if January didn’t go the way you hoped. Whether it’s weather-related revenue hits, unexpected cancellations, team challenges, or simply feeling behind on your goals, I share three high-level principles that can help you regain clarity and momentum.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re feeling discouraged, overwhelmed, or questioning whether this will really be your year, this episode is meant to help you step out of panic mode, identify what’s actually holding you back, and make the decisions that will move you forward.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why February can feel like a make-or-break moment</p><p>0:44 – Taking a breath when the year starts rough</p><p>1:39 – Three principles for resetting momentum</p><p>2:25 – Principle #1: Slow down and exit panic mode</p><p>4:39 – Facing the real barrier beneath the surface problem</p><p>6:33 – What’s actually within your control to change</p><p>8:20 – Principle #3: Making the hard decision</p><p>8:46 – A real DogCo bottleneck and what I missed</p><p>10:47 – Hiring before capacity breaks</p><p>12:55 – Recap and encouragement moving forward</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why panic-driven decisions almost always make things worse</p><p>• How slowing down improves the quality of your decisions</p><p>• Why surface problems often hide deeper constraints</p><p>• How to identify what is actually within your control</p><p>• Why unaddressed bottlenecks only grow over time</p><p>• How avoiding hard decisions compounds pressure</p><p>• Why honest reflection creates faster course correction</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, leadership, and intentional decision-making can change the direction of a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at https://www.dogcolaunch.com/casestudy and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with intention and resilience.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that a hard start does not define your year. What matters is how quickly you slow down, face the real barrier, and make the decision that allows you to move forward.</p><p><br></p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First 30 Days of 2026 Check In | Ep. 84</title>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>84</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>First 30 Days of 2026 Check In | Ep. 84</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">564c19d2-7a88-4b8e-afc0-26901b22955a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b5383390</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thirty days into a new year is one of my favorite moments to pause, reflect, and get honest about how things are actually going.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I walk through a 30-day check-in for 2026 and share the questions I ask myself at this point in the year to make sure I’m moving in the direction I intended. Whether your year has started exactly how you hoped or already taken a few unexpected turns, this episode is meant to create space for reflection, clarity, and course correction.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve set big goals for this year but feel slightly off-track, overwhelmed, or unsure what to focus on next, this episode will help you slow down just enough to realign your time, attention, and decisions with what actually matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why a 30-day check-in can prevent an entire year from drifting</p><p>• How to identify what’s going well before jumping into self-criticism</p><p>• Why unexpected information should shape, not derail, your goals</p><p>• How tracking where your time goes reveals what you’re really prioritizing</p><p>• Why clarity often comes from better questions, not more effort</p><p>• How data can guide your next move when motivation fades</p><p>• Why accountability is often the missing link between goals and results</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how reflection, data, and accountability can translate into meaningful growth, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and mindset shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who want to build with intention and clarity.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that progress doesn’t come from pushing harder without direction. It comes from pausing long enough to see where you are, adjusting with honesty, and putting the right accountability in place to move forward.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thirty days into a new year is one of my favorite moments to pause, reflect, and get honest about how things are actually going.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I walk through a 30-day check-in for 2026 and share the questions I ask myself at this point in the year to make sure I’m moving in the direction I intended. Whether your year has started exactly how you hoped or already taken a few unexpected turns, this episode is meant to create space for reflection, clarity, and course correction.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve set big goals for this year but feel slightly off-track, overwhelmed, or unsure what to focus on next, this episode will help you slow down just enough to realign your time, attention, and decisions with what actually matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why a 30-day check-in can prevent an entire year from drifting</p><p>• How to identify what’s going well before jumping into self-criticism</p><p>• Why unexpected information should shape, not derail, your goals</p><p>• How tracking where your time goes reveals what you’re really prioritizing</p><p>• Why clarity often comes from better questions, not more effort</p><p>• How data can guide your next move when motivation fades</p><p>• Why accountability is often the missing link between goals and results</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how reflection, data, and accountability can translate into meaningful growth, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and mindset shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who want to build with intention and clarity.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that progress doesn’t come from pushing harder without direction. It comes from pausing long enough to see where you are, adjusting with honesty, and putting the right accountability in place to move forward.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b5383390/8db05bcd.mp3" length="11483884" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>715</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thirty days into a new year is one of my favorite moments to pause, reflect, and get honest about how things are actually going.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I walk through a 30-day check-in for 2026 and share the questions I ask myself at this point in the year to make sure I’m moving in the direction I intended. Whether your year has started exactly how you hoped or already taken a few unexpected turns, this episode is meant to create space for reflection, clarity, and course correction.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve set big goals for this year but feel slightly off-track, overwhelmed, or unsure what to focus on next, this episode will help you slow down just enough to realign your time, attention, and decisions with what actually matters.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why a 30-day check-in can prevent an entire year from drifting</p><p>• How to identify what’s going well before jumping into self-criticism</p><p>• Why unexpected information should shape, not derail, your goals</p><p>• How tracking where your time goes reveals what you’re really prioritizing</p><p>• Why clarity often comes from better questions, not more effort</p><p>• How data can guide your next move when motivation fades</p><p>• Why accountability is often the missing link between goals and results</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how reflection, data, and accountability can translate into meaningful growth, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and mindset shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who want to build with intention and clarity.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that progress doesn’t come from pushing harder without direction. It comes from pausing long enough to see where you are, adjusting with honesty, and putting the right accountability in place to move forward.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Employees Quit (And How to Keep Them Longer) | Ep. 83</title>
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>83</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Employees Quit (And How to Keep Them Longer) | Ep. 83</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dbf3aba2-6684-4b8f-a6b9-3d60e746a704</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ab4f2eb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Employee retention is one of the most important and most misunderstood levers in a pet care business, and it’s often the hidden reason growth feels harder than it should.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I break down why employees quit and what you can realistically do to keep them longer. I share the three most common reasons I see staff leave pet care companies and the specific areas I recommend focusing on if retention has become a bottleneck in your business.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re frustrated by turnover, constantly rehiring, or feeling like you can’t move forward because your team won’t stick, this episode will help you identify where things are breaking down and how to course-correct without trying to fix everything at once.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why retention is the name of the game for real growth</p><p>1:24 – The difference between one-off work and recurring value</p><p>2:09 – A resource that changed how I think about retention</p><p>4:06 – The true cost of losing and replacing an employee</p><p>5:48 – Reason #1 employees quit: no pathway for growth</p><p>10:12 – Reason #2 employees quit: lack of clarity</p><p>14:31 – Reason #3 employees quit: culture and people</p><p>17:53 – Why culture standards must be enforced</p><p>18:46 – A pro tip that reveals the real problem</p><p>19:23 – Final thoughts on retention and leadership</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why retention matters more than hiring volume</p><p>• The real financial cost of employee turnover</p><p>• How growth pathways improve retention even for non-career staff</p><p>• Why clarity in onboarding reduces early exits</p><p>• How cognitive overload leads to employee frustration</p><p>• Why culture tolerance directly impacts churn</p><p>• How exit interviews reveal the truth about retention issues</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, leadership, and intentional systems can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow sustainably.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that people don’t leave businesses randomly. They leave systems, environments, and experiences that aren’t supporting them, and those are things you can change.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Employee retention is one of the most important and most misunderstood levers in a pet care business, and it’s often the hidden reason growth feels harder than it should.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I break down why employees quit and what you can realistically do to keep them longer. I share the three most common reasons I see staff leave pet care companies and the specific areas I recommend focusing on if retention has become a bottleneck in your business.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re frustrated by turnover, constantly rehiring, or feeling like you can’t move forward because your team won’t stick, this episode will help you identify where things are breaking down and how to course-correct without trying to fix everything at once.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why retention is the name of the game for real growth</p><p>1:24 – The difference between one-off work and recurring value</p><p>2:09 – A resource that changed how I think about retention</p><p>4:06 – The true cost of losing and replacing an employee</p><p>5:48 – Reason #1 employees quit: no pathway for growth</p><p>10:12 – Reason #2 employees quit: lack of clarity</p><p>14:31 – Reason #3 employees quit: culture and people</p><p>17:53 – Why culture standards must be enforced</p><p>18:46 – A pro tip that reveals the real problem</p><p>19:23 – Final thoughts on retention and leadership</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why retention matters more than hiring volume</p><p>• The real financial cost of employee turnover</p><p>• How growth pathways improve retention even for non-career staff</p><p>• Why clarity in onboarding reduces early exits</p><p>• How cognitive overload leads to employee frustration</p><p>• Why culture tolerance directly impacts churn</p><p>• How exit interviews reveal the truth about retention issues</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, leadership, and intentional systems can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow sustainably.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that people don’t leave businesses randomly. They leave systems, environments, and experiences that aren’t supporting them, and those are things you can change.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9ab4f2eb/1892c1bc.mp3" length="18814071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1174</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Employee retention is one of the most important and most misunderstood levers in a pet care business, and it’s often the hidden reason growth feels harder than it should.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I break down why employees quit and what you can realistically do to keep them longer. I share the three most common reasons I see staff leave pet care companies and the specific areas I recommend focusing on if retention has become a bottleneck in your business.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re frustrated by turnover, constantly rehiring, or feeling like you can’t move forward because your team won’t stick, this episode will help you identify where things are breaking down and how to course-correct without trying to fix everything at once.</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why retention is the name of the game for real growth</p><p>1:24 – The difference between one-off work and recurring value</p><p>2:09 – A resource that changed how I think about retention</p><p>4:06 – The true cost of losing and replacing an employee</p><p>5:48 – Reason #1 employees quit: no pathway for growth</p><p>10:12 – Reason #2 employees quit: lack of clarity</p><p>14:31 – Reason #3 employees quit: culture and people</p><p>17:53 – Why culture standards must be enforced</p><p>18:46 – A pro tip that reveals the real problem</p><p>19:23 – Final thoughts on retention and leadership</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why retention matters more than hiring volume</p><p>• The real financial cost of employee turnover</p><p>• How growth pathways improve retention even for non-career staff</p><p>• Why clarity in onboarding reduces early exits</p><p>• How cognitive overload leads to employee frustration</p><p>• Why culture tolerance directly impacts churn</p><p>• How exit interviews reveal the truth about retention issues</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, leadership, and intentional systems can transform a pet care business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to grow sustainably.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that people don’t leave businesses randomly. They leave systems, environments, and experiences that aren’t supporting them, and those are things you can change.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5 Things I Wish I Knew When I Became an Entrepreneur | Ep. 82</title>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>82</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>5 Things I Wish I Knew When I Became an Entrepreneur | Ep. 82</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">740d7759-d1fb-4cb6-b096-3d66751f4ca6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/60da6c99</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When I first became an entrepreneur, there were a lot of things I didn’t understand yet, things that only come into focus after you’ve carried the weight of the business for a while.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I share five lessons I wish I had known earlier in my entrepreneurial journey. These are not tactical shortcuts or growth hacks, but hard-earned truths that have shaped how I lead, make decisions, and care for myself as a business owner.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re early in your journey, I hope this gives you language for things you may already be feeling. And if you’ve been in business for a while, I hope it helps you reflect on how far you’ve come and what you want to carry forward differently.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why leadership can feel lonely, and why that doesn’t mean you’re doing it wrong</p><p>• How delaying hard decisions only makes them heavier over time</p><p>• Why people take you as seriously as you take yourself</p><p>• The one skill that quietly strengthens every other skill in your business</p><p>• Why understanding your numbers creates better decisions and less stress</p><p>• How urgency can serve you, but also burn you out if left unchecked</p><p>• Why the work will always be there, and why learning to step away matters</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, ownership, and intentional decision-making can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are building something meaningful and sustainable.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that entrepreneurship isn’t about doing everything perfectly or knowing everything ahead of time. It’s about learning, adapting, and giving yourself permission to grow into the role over time.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When I first became an entrepreneur, there were a lot of things I didn’t understand yet, things that only come into focus after you’ve carried the weight of the business for a while.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I share five lessons I wish I had known earlier in my entrepreneurial journey. These are not tactical shortcuts or growth hacks, but hard-earned truths that have shaped how I lead, make decisions, and care for myself as a business owner.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re early in your journey, I hope this gives you language for things you may already be feeling. And if you’ve been in business for a while, I hope it helps you reflect on how far you’ve come and what you want to carry forward differently.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why leadership can feel lonely, and why that doesn’t mean you’re doing it wrong</p><p>• How delaying hard decisions only makes them heavier over time</p><p>• Why people take you as seriously as you take yourself</p><p>• The one skill that quietly strengthens every other skill in your business</p><p>• Why understanding your numbers creates better decisions and less stress</p><p>• How urgency can serve you, but also burn you out if left unchecked</p><p>• Why the work will always be there, and why learning to step away matters</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, ownership, and intentional decision-making can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are building something meaningful and sustainable.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that entrepreneurship isn’t about doing everything perfectly or knowing everything ahead of time. It’s about learning, adapting, and giving yourself permission to grow into the role over time.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/60da6c99/f6d423f6.mp3" length="9074790" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>565</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When I first became an entrepreneur, there were a lot of things I didn’t understand yet, things that only come into focus after you’ve carried the weight of the business for a while.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I share five lessons I wish I had known earlier in my entrepreneurial journey. These are not tactical shortcuts or growth hacks, but hard-earned truths that have shaped how I lead, make decisions, and care for myself as a business owner.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’re early in your journey, I hope this gives you language for things you may already be feeling. And if you’ve been in business for a while, I hope it helps you reflect on how far you’ve come and what you want to carry forward differently.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why leadership can feel lonely, and why that doesn’t mean you’re doing it wrong</p><p>• How delaying hard decisions only makes them heavier over time</p><p>• Why people take you as seriously as you take yourself</p><p>• The one skill that quietly strengthens every other skill in your business</p><p>• Why understanding your numbers creates better decisions and less stress</p><p>• How urgency can serve you, but also burn you out if left unchecked</p><p>• Why the work will always be there, and why learning to step away matters</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, ownership, and intentional decision-making can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts behind that growth, not just the outcome.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are building something meaningful and sustainable.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that entrepreneurship isn’t about doing everything perfectly or knowing everything ahead of time. It’s about learning, adapting, and giving yourself permission to grow into the role over time.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Key Bottlenecks: Hiring &amp; Retention with Doug Keeling | Ep. 81</title>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>81</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Understanding Key Bottlenecks: Hiring &amp; Retention with Doug Keeling | Ep. 81</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5163f00b-8179-4649-9487-2af4dc1654e6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d4c51b02</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hiring and retention are the biggest bottlenecks I see in pet care businesses today, and they’re also the areas where small changes can unlock massive growth.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I’m joined by my good friend Doug Keeling, and we dig deep into what actually breaks down when companies struggle to grow their teams. Doug shares his personal journey from solo pet sitter to leading a 30-person team, and the hard-earned lessons that eventually led him to specialize in hiring and retention.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by staffing, unsure where to start with hiring, or frustrated by turnover that keeps slowing your momentum, this conversation will help you understand why these challenges exist and how to approach them more intentionally.</p><p><br></p><p>🐶 Check out Doug</p><p><br></p><p>👉 DougTheDogGuy</p><p>youtube.com/DougTheDogGuy</p><p><br></p><p>Instagram (Personal / Main Account)</p><p>👉 @DougTheDogGuyOfficial</p><p><br></p><p>Facebook (Pawsitive Hiring Course)</p><p>👉 https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61583169482484</p><p><br></p><p>Website</p><p>👉 https://dougthedogguy.co/pawsitive-hiring-course</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why hiring and retention are the biggest bottlenecks in pet care</p><p>0:30 – How Doug accidentally grew his first team</p><p>2:08 – Making every hiring mistake and learning the hard way</p><p>4:49 – Why Doug shifted fully to W-2 employees</p><p>6:05 – From YouTube videos to the Positive Hiring Course</p><p>8:02 – Why hiring is mystifying for so many owners</p><p>10:02 – Who the Positive Hiring Course is really for</p><p>13:02 – Why foundations matter before scaling</p><p>15:43 – How hiring and retention changed post-pandemic</p><p>27:00 – Looking ahead to 2026 and supporting teams long-term</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why hiring and retention are long-term systems, not quick fixes</p><p>• How most owners skip foundational steps when building teams</p><p>• Why culture and alignment now matter more than wages alone</p><p>• How post-pandemic shifts changed employee expectations</p><p>• Why proactive culture-building prevents burnout and turnover</p><p>• How slowing down to build foundations leads to faster growth later</p><p>• Why staffing issues are solvable with the right framework</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, systems, and intentional leadership can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts that made that growth possible, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to scale sustainably.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that growing a team isn’t about finding perfect people, it’s about building the right foundation so good people can succeed and stay.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hiring and retention are the biggest bottlenecks I see in pet care businesses today, and they’re also the areas where small changes can unlock massive growth.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I’m joined by my good friend Doug Keeling, and we dig deep into what actually breaks down when companies struggle to grow their teams. Doug shares his personal journey from solo pet sitter to leading a 30-person team, and the hard-earned lessons that eventually led him to specialize in hiring and retention.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by staffing, unsure where to start with hiring, or frustrated by turnover that keeps slowing your momentum, this conversation will help you understand why these challenges exist and how to approach them more intentionally.</p><p><br></p><p>🐶 Check out Doug</p><p><br></p><p>👉 DougTheDogGuy</p><p>youtube.com/DougTheDogGuy</p><p><br></p><p>Instagram (Personal / Main Account)</p><p>👉 @DougTheDogGuyOfficial</p><p><br></p><p>Facebook (Pawsitive Hiring Course)</p><p>👉 https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61583169482484</p><p><br></p><p>Website</p><p>👉 https://dougthedogguy.co/pawsitive-hiring-course</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why hiring and retention are the biggest bottlenecks in pet care</p><p>0:30 – How Doug accidentally grew his first team</p><p>2:08 – Making every hiring mistake and learning the hard way</p><p>4:49 – Why Doug shifted fully to W-2 employees</p><p>6:05 – From YouTube videos to the Positive Hiring Course</p><p>8:02 – Why hiring is mystifying for so many owners</p><p>10:02 – Who the Positive Hiring Course is really for</p><p>13:02 – Why foundations matter before scaling</p><p>15:43 – How hiring and retention changed post-pandemic</p><p>27:00 – Looking ahead to 2026 and supporting teams long-term</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why hiring and retention are long-term systems, not quick fixes</p><p>• How most owners skip foundational steps when building teams</p><p>• Why culture and alignment now matter more than wages alone</p><p>• How post-pandemic shifts changed employee expectations</p><p>• Why proactive culture-building prevents burnout and turnover</p><p>• How slowing down to build foundations leads to faster growth later</p><p>• Why staffing issues are solvable with the right framework</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, systems, and intentional leadership can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts that made that growth possible, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to scale sustainably.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that growing a team isn’t about finding perfect people, it’s about building the right foundation so good people can succeed and stay.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d4c51b02/d9672a96.mp3" length="28253698" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1764</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hiring and retention are the biggest bottlenecks I see in pet care businesses today, and they’re also the areas where small changes can unlock massive growth.</p><p><br></p><p>In today’s episode, I’m joined by my good friend Doug Keeling, and we dig deep into what actually breaks down when companies struggle to grow their teams. Doug shares his personal journey from solo pet sitter to leading a 30-person team, and the hard-earned lessons that eventually led him to specialize in hiring and retention.</p><p><br></p><p>If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by staffing, unsure where to start with hiring, or frustrated by turnover that keeps slowing your momentum, this conversation will help you understand why these challenges exist and how to approach them more intentionally.</p><p><br></p><p>🐶 Check out Doug</p><p><br></p><p>👉 DougTheDogGuy</p><p>youtube.com/DougTheDogGuy</p><p><br></p><p>Instagram (Personal / Main Account)</p><p>👉 @DougTheDogGuyOfficial</p><p><br></p><p>Facebook (Pawsitive Hiring Course)</p><p>👉 https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=61583169482484</p><p><br></p><p>Website</p><p>👉 https://dougthedogguy.co/pawsitive-hiring-course</p><p><br></p><p>⏱️ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 – Why hiring and retention are the biggest bottlenecks in pet care</p><p>0:30 – How Doug accidentally grew his first team</p><p>2:08 – Making every hiring mistake and learning the hard way</p><p>4:49 – Why Doug shifted fully to W-2 employees</p><p>6:05 – From YouTube videos to the Positive Hiring Course</p><p>8:02 – Why hiring is mystifying for so many owners</p><p>10:02 – Who the Positive Hiring Course is really for</p><p>13:02 – Why foundations matter before scaling</p><p>15:43 – How hiring and retention changed post-pandemic</p><p>27:00 – Looking ahead to 2026 and supporting teams long-term</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why hiring and retention are long-term systems, not quick fixes</p><p>• How most owners skip foundational steps when building teams</p><p>• Why culture and alignment now matter more than wages alone</p><p>• How post-pandemic shifts changed employee expectations</p><p>• Why proactive culture-building prevents burnout and turnover</p><p>• How slowing down to build foundations leads to faster growth later</p><p>• Why staffing issues are solvable with the right framework</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?</p><p>If you want to see how clarity, systems, and intentional leadership can transform a business, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care company grew monthly revenue from $17,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p><br></p><p>It breaks down the decisions, structure, and leadership shifts that made that growth possible, not just the numbers.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo Launch supports pet care owners who are ready to scale sustainably.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode is a reminder that growing a team isn’t about finding perfect people, it’s about building the right foundation so good people can succeed and stay.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Want You to Win This Year | Ep. 80</title>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>80</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>I Want You to Win This Year | Ep. 80</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8fb3eb34-d7a9-4e5c-ad63-ee434d014932</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5228bf05</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I’m getting very honest and very direct, because I genuinely want to see you win this year.</p><p><br></p><p>I walk through three core mindsets that I believe must shift if you want to see real growth in your business. These are patterns I see over and over again with smart, hardworking pet care owners who care deeply about what they’re building, but feel stuck, overwhelmed, or frustrated by a lack of momentum.</p><p><br></p><p>Everything I share in this episode comes from a place of support, not judgment. If something here feels confronting, it’s because I believe you’re capable of more and I want to help you get there.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><ul><li>Why no one is coming to do the hard things for you, and why that’s actually empowering</li><li>How avoiding difficult decisions compounds problems over time</li><li>Why deciding something is “out of your control” guarantees that it always will be</li><li>How reframing control changes what’s possible in your business</li><li>Why working harder is rarely the real solution</li><li>How slowing down strategically can unlock faster, more sustainable growth</li><li>Why these mindset shifts matter if you want this year to be different</li></ul><p><br></p><p>I want to send you a case study showing how one of my clients grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in just one year.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 Visit dogcolaunch.com/case-study to get the case study and learn more.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I’m getting very honest and very direct, because I genuinely want to see you win this year.</p><p><br></p><p>I walk through three core mindsets that I believe must shift if you want to see real growth in your business. These are patterns I see over and over again with smart, hardworking pet care owners who care deeply about what they’re building, but feel stuck, overwhelmed, or frustrated by a lack of momentum.</p><p><br></p><p>Everything I share in this episode comes from a place of support, not judgment. If something here feels confronting, it’s because I believe you’re capable of more and I want to help you get there.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><ul><li>Why no one is coming to do the hard things for you, and why that’s actually empowering</li><li>How avoiding difficult decisions compounds problems over time</li><li>Why deciding something is “out of your control” guarantees that it always will be</li><li>How reframing control changes what’s possible in your business</li><li>Why working harder is rarely the real solution</li><li>How slowing down strategically can unlock faster, more sustainable growth</li><li>Why these mindset shifts matter if you want this year to be different</li></ul><p><br></p><p>I want to send you a case study showing how one of my clients grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in just one year.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 Visit dogcolaunch.com/case-study to get the case study and learn more.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5228bf05/89f01cf4.mp3" length="6426157" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>399</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I’m getting very honest and very direct, because I genuinely want to see you win this year.</p><p><br></p><p>I walk through three core mindsets that I believe must shift if you want to see real growth in your business. These are patterns I see over and over again with smart, hardworking pet care owners who care deeply about what they’re building, but feel stuck, overwhelmed, or frustrated by a lack of momentum.</p><p><br></p><p>Everything I share in this episode comes from a place of support, not judgment. If something here feels confronting, it’s because I believe you’re capable of more and I want to help you get there.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways</p><ul><li>Why no one is coming to do the hard things for you, and why that’s actually empowering</li><li>How avoiding difficult decisions compounds problems over time</li><li>Why deciding something is “out of your control” guarantees that it always will be</li><li>How reframing control changes what’s possible in your business</li><li>Why working harder is rarely the real solution</li><li>How slowing down strategically can unlock faster, more sustainable growth</li><li>Why these mindset shifts matter if you want this year to be different</li></ul><p><br></p><p>I want to send you a case study showing how one of my clients grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in just one year.</p><p><br></p><p>👉 Visit dogcolaunch.com/case-study to get the case study and learn more.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Assess Opportunity in Your Current Market | Ep. 79</title>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>79</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Assess Opportunity in Your Current Market | Ep. 79</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea4d2c94-ac5a-46db-8760-a9965ec819fb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/51ae621a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If this year is going to be different in your business, it has to start with clarity, not guesswork. I’ve found that grounding your goals in the local context of your business is one of the most effective ways to build momentum at the start of the year.</p><p>In today’s episode, I walk through how to assess real opportunity in your local market. Too often, business owners focus first on competitors, pricing, and what everyone else is doing. In this conversation, I explain why that’s the least important place to start and what actually matters if you want sustainable growth.</p><p>If you’ve been setting big goals for this year but feel unsure where to focus, this episode will help you rethink how you evaluate opportunity, define your value, and identify the client types that create outsized returns in your specific community.</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Why local market context matters going into a big year<br>0:34 – What people get wrong about competitor research<br>1:17 – Differentiation and why pricing should follow value<br>2:14 – Why being the price leader starts with clarity<br>2:52 – Defining your unique value proposition<br>3:20 – Why “who your business is for” should guide everything<br>4:09 – Using community data to identify opportunity<br>5:01 – A real example of narrowing focus without losing growth<br>6:02 – Looking inward at your current client base<br>7:01 – Final thoughts on starting the year grounded and focused</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways<br>• Why competitor research matters less than most people think<br>• How clear differentiation creates pricing confidence<br>• Why narrowing your focus actually reduces risk, not opportunity<br>• How defining your ideal client improves every marketing decision<br>• Two practical ways to identify high-opportunity client types<br>• Why local data is more powerful than assumptions<br>• How looking inward can reveal overlooked growth paths</p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?<br>If you want to see what clarity, positioning, and strategic focus can actually create, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p>It breaks down how opportunity was assessed, where decisions were made differently, and why focus mattered more than expansion.</p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with intention and confidence.</p><p>This episode is a reminder that growth doesn’t come from copying competitors or doing more for the sake of doing more. It comes from understanding your market, your people, and the opportunities already around you, and choosing to build from there.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If this year is going to be different in your business, it has to start with clarity, not guesswork. I’ve found that grounding your goals in the local context of your business is one of the most effective ways to build momentum at the start of the year.</p><p>In today’s episode, I walk through how to assess real opportunity in your local market. Too often, business owners focus first on competitors, pricing, and what everyone else is doing. In this conversation, I explain why that’s the least important place to start and what actually matters if you want sustainable growth.</p><p>If you’ve been setting big goals for this year but feel unsure where to focus, this episode will help you rethink how you evaluate opportunity, define your value, and identify the client types that create outsized returns in your specific community.</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Why local market context matters going into a big year<br>0:34 – What people get wrong about competitor research<br>1:17 – Differentiation and why pricing should follow value<br>2:14 – Why being the price leader starts with clarity<br>2:52 – Defining your unique value proposition<br>3:20 – Why “who your business is for” should guide everything<br>4:09 – Using community data to identify opportunity<br>5:01 – A real example of narrowing focus without losing growth<br>6:02 – Looking inward at your current client base<br>7:01 – Final thoughts on starting the year grounded and focused</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways<br>• Why competitor research matters less than most people think<br>• How clear differentiation creates pricing confidence<br>• Why narrowing your focus actually reduces risk, not opportunity<br>• How defining your ideal client improves every marketing decision<br>• Two practical ways to identify high-opportunity client types<br>• Why local data is more powerful than assumptions<br>• How looking inward can reveal overlooked growth paths</p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?<br>If you want to see what clarity, positioning, and strategic focus can actually create, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p>It breaks down how opportunity was assessed, where decisions were made differently, and why focus mattered more than expansion.</p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with intention and confidence.</p><p>This episode is a reminder that growth doesn’t come from copying competitors or doing more for the sake of doing more. It comes from understanding your market, your people, and the opportunities already around you, and choosing to build from there.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/51ae621a/d13be9a4.mp3" length="7198985" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>448</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If this year is going to be different in your business, it has to start with clarity, not guesswork. I’ve found that grounding your goals in the local context of your business is one of the most effective ways to build momentum at the start of the year.</p><p>In today’s episode, I walk through how to assess real opportunity in your local market. Too often, business owners focus first on competitors, pricing, and what everyone else is doing. In this conversation, I explain why that’s the least important place to start and what actually matters if you want sustainable growth.</p><p>If you’ve been setting big goals for this year but feel unsure where to focus, this episode will help you rethink how you evaluate opportunity, define your value, and identify the client types that create outsized returns in your specific community.</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Why local market context matters going into a big year<br>0:34 – What people get wrong about competitor research<br>1:17 – Differentiation and why pricing should follow value<br>2:14 – Why being the price leader starts with clarity<br>2:52 – Defining your unique value proposition<br>3:20 – Why “who your business is for” should guide everything<br>4:09 – Using community data to identify opportunity<br>5:01 – A real example of narrowing focus without losing growth<br>6:02 – Looking inward at your current client base<br>7:01 – Final thoughts on starting the year grounded and focused</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways<br>• Why competitor research matters less than most people think<br>• How clear differentiation creates pricing confidence<br>• Why narrowing your focus actually reduces risk, not opportunity<br>• How defining your ideal client improves every marketing decision<br>• Two practical ways to identify high-opportunity client types<br>• Why local data is more powerful than assumptions<br>• How looking inward can reveal overlooked growth paths</p><p>🚀 Want a Real-World Example of What’s Possible?<br>If you want to see what clarity, positioning, and strategic focus can actually create, I’ve put together a case study showing how one pet care business grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in a single year.</p><p>It breaks down how opportunity was assessed, where decisions were made differently, and why focus mattered more than expansion.</p><p>👉 You can access the case study at dogcolaunch.com/case-study and see how DogCo supports pet care owners who are ready to grow with intention and confidence.</p><p>This episode is a reminder that growth doesn’t come from copying competitors or doing more for the sake of doing more. It comes from understanding your market, your people, and the opportunities already around you, and choosing to build from there.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Number One Leadership Lesson I Learned in 2025 | Ep. 78</title>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>78</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Number One Leadership Lesson I Learned in 2025 | Ep. 78</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b2c0403-6a5f-4519-876d-04dc1b8c5380</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/dec7c2be</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take episode, I reflect on the single biggest leadership lesson I'm taking from 2025 into 2026 in leadership: the power of clarity.</p><p><br></p><p>After returning to building a team following time as a solo founder, I'll share an honest look at what changed between an early hiring misstep and a year of rapid, healthy growth at DogCo. With a growing team and expanding responsibilities, I'll breaks down why clarity, context, and intentional onboarding are not optional leadership skills, but foundational ones.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode explores:</p><ul><li>Why vision alone isn’t enough without clear communication</li><li>The responsibility leaders carry when teams lack context</li><li>How clarity directly impacts execution, morale, and scalability</li><li>The shift from explaining everything yourself to building systems that create clarity</li><li>What I'm intentionally focusing on as DogCo moves into 2026</li></ul><p><br></p><p>If you lead people, or plan to, this episode is a powerful reminder that when people don’t have what they need to succeed, the work starts with leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>To learn more about how DogCo Launch helps pet care companies grow and scale, visit dogcolaunch.com.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take episode, I reflect on the single biggest leadership lesson I'm taking from 2025 into 2026 in leadership: the power of clarity.</p><p><br></p><p>After returning to building a team following time as a solo founder, I'll share an honest look at what changed between an early hiring misstep and a year of rapid, healthy growth at DogCo. With a growing team and expanding responsibilities, I'll breaks down why clarity, context, and intentional onboarding are not optional leadership skills, but foundational ones.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode explores:</p><ul><li>Why vision alone isn’t enough without clear communication</li><li>The responsibility leaders carry when teams lack context</li><li>How clarity directly impacts execution, morale, and scalability</li><li>The shift from explaining everything yourself to building systems that create clarity</li><li>What I'm intentionally focusing on as DogCo moves into 2026</li></ul><p><br></p><p>If you lead people, or plan to, this episode is a powerful reminder that when people don’t have what they need to succeed, the work starts with leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>To learn more about how DogCo Launch helps pet care companies grow and scale, visit dogcolaunch.com.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/dec7c2be/76996e30.mp3" length="8277321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>515</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take episode, I reflect on the single biggest leadership lesson I'm taking from 2025 into 2026 in leadership: the power of clarity.</p><p><br></p><p>After returning to building a team following time as a solo founder, I'll share an honest look at what changed between an early hiring misstep and a year of rapid, healthy growth at DogCo. With a growing team and expanding responsibilities, I'll breaks down why clarity, context, and intentional onboarding are not optional leadership skills, but foundational ones.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode explores:</p><ul><li>Why vision alone isn’t enough without clear communication</li><li>The responsibility leaders carry when teams lack context</li><li>How clarity directly impacts execution, morale, and scalability</li><li>The shift from explaining everything yourself to building systems that create clarity</li><li>What I'm intentionally focusing on as DogCo moves into 2026</li></ul><p><br></p><p>If you lead people, or plan to, this episode is a powerful reminder that when people don’t have what they need to succeed, the work starts with leadership.</p><p><br></p><p>To learn more about how DogCo Launch helps pet care companies grow and scale, visit dogcolaunch.com.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How a Single Promotion Drove $40,000 in a Single Day with Dan Reitman | Ep. 77</title>
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>77</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How a Single Promotion Drove $40,000 in a Single Day with Dan Reitman | Ep. 77</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7130a343-ef62-4e5e-a650-b6fb46f7e753</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e70dcd7e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I sit down with Dan Reitman, owner of Dan’s Pet Care, to unpack a Facebook post he shared in my community that deeply resonated across the pet care industry.</p><p>What started as a message to dog walkers and pet sitters working through Thanksgiving turned into a powerful conversation about conviction, sales, mindset, and how tools like AI can help service-based businesses grow without sacrificing integrity.</p><p>Dan shares the real story behind a Black Friday campaign that generated over $100,000 in four days, why sales isn’t a dirty word, and how belief in your work directly impacts results.</p><p>🧠 What You’ll Learn in This Episode<br>• Why sales and compassion can coexist in pet care<br>• Why conviction matters more than perfection<br>• What actually drives high-performing promotions<br>• How AI tools like ChatGPT support ethical marketing<br>• Why long-term consistency beats shortcuts</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Why I wanted to have this conversation<br>0:16 – Dan’s background and the post that sparked it all<br>2:47 – Reading the Thanksgiving post and its impact<br>4:37 – From $40K in 18 hours to $100K in four days<br>7:08 – DogCo Launch case study<br>8:32 – Why sales applies to every pet care business model<br>12:10 – Reframing sales as service and education<br>18:14 – Conviction vs perfection in business growth<br>26:15 – How to start planning now for Black Friday 2026<br>36:21 – Final thoughts on belief, trust, and leadership</p><p>🎵 Let's Connect!<br>What does it take to scale your pet care business?<br>I want to send you a case study showing how one of my clients grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in just one year. 👉 Visit dogcolaunch.com/case-study to get the case study and learn more.</p><p>🔗 Resources &amp; Mentions<br>•  Business frameworks inspired by Alex Hormozi<br>•  Marketing philosophy influenced by Gary Vaynerchuk<br>• Industry wisdom from Kristen Morrison<br>• Tools discussed include ChatGPT, email segmentation, form builders, UTMs, and CRM systems</p><p>🔔 Subscribe &amp; Stay Connected<br>If you’re building or scaling a pet care business and want honest conversations about leadership, sales, and sustainable growth, subscribe to the DogCo Secrets Podcast for weekly episodes.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I sit down with Dan Reitman, owner of Dan’s Pet Care, to unpack a Facebook post he shared in my community that deeply resonated across the pet care industry.</p><p>What started as a message to dog walkers and pet sitters working through Thanksgiving turned into a powerful conversation about conviction, sales, mindset, and how tools like AI can help service-based businesses grow without sacrificing integrity.</p><p>Dan shares the real story behind a Black Friday campaign that generated over $100,000 in four days, why sales isn’t a dirty word, and how belief in your work directly impacts results.</p><p>🧠 What You’ll Learn in This Episode<br>• Why sales and compassion can coexist in pet care<br>• Why conviction matters more than perfection<br>• What actually drives high-performing promotions<br>• How AI tools like ChatGPT support ethical marketing<br>• Why long-term consistency beats shortcuts</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Why I wanted to have this conversation<br>0:16 – Dan’s background and the post that sparked it all<br>2:47 – Reading the Thanksgiving post and its impact<br>4:37 – From $40K in 18 hours to $100K in four days<br>7:08 – DogCo Launch case study<br>8:32 – Why sales applies to every pet care business model<br>12:10 – Reframing sales as service and education<br>18:14 – Conviction vs perfection in business growth<br>26:15 – How to start planning now for Black Friday 2026<br>36:21 – Final thoughts on belief, trust, and leadership</p><p>🎵 Let's Connect!<br>What does it take to scale your pet care business?<br>I want to send you a case study showing how one of my clients grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in just one year. 👉 Visit dogcolaunch.com/case-study to get the case study and learn more.</p><p>🔗 Resources &amp; Mentions<br>•  Business frameworks inspired by Alex Hormozi<br>•  Marketing philosophy influenced by Gary Vaynerchuk<br>• Industry wisdom from Kristen Morrison<br>• Tools discussed include ChatGPT, email segmentation, form builders, UTMs, and CRM systems</p><p>🔔 Subscribe &amp; Stay Connected<br>If you’re building or scaling a pet care business and want honest conversations about leadership, sales, and sustainable growth, subscribe to the DogCo Secrets Podcast for weekly episodes.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e70dcd7e/ba072cba.mp3" length="36991136" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2310</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I sit down with Dan Reitman, owner of Dan’s Pet Care, to unpack a Facebook post he shared in my community that deeply resonated across the pet care industry.</p><p>What started as a message to dog walkers and pet sitters working through Thanksgiving turned into a powerful conversation about conviction, sales, mindset, and how tools like AI can help service-based businesses grow without sacrificing integrity.</p><p>Dan shares the real story behind a Black Friday campaign that generated over $100,000 in four days, why sales isn’t a dirty word, and how belief in your work directly impacts results.</p><p>🧠 What You’ll Learn in This Episode<br>• Why sales and compassion can coexist in pet care<br>• Why conviction matters more than perfection<br>• What actually drives high-performing promotions<br>• How AI tools like ChatGPT support ethical marketing<br>• Why long-term consistency beats shortcuts</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Why I wanted to have this conversation<br>0:16 – Dan’s background and the post that sparked it all<br>2:47 – Reading the Thanksgiving post and its impact<br>4:37 – From $40K in 18 hours to $100K in four days<br>7:08 – DogCo Launch case study<br>8:32 – Why sales applies to every pet care business model<br>12:10 – Reframing sales as service and education<br>18:14 – Conviction vs perfection in business growth<br>26:15 – How to start planning now for Black Friday 2026<br>36:21 – Final thoughts on belief, trust, and leadership</p><p>🎵 Let's Connect!<br>What does it take to scale your pet care business?<br>I want to send you a case study showing how one of my clients grew monthly revenue from $19,000 to over $73,000 in just one year. 👉 Visit dogcolaunch.com/case-study to get the case study and learn more.</p><p>🔗 Resources &amp; Mentions<br>•  Business frameworks inspired by Alex Hormozi<br>•  Marketing philosophy influenced by Gary Vaynerchuk<br>• Industry wisdom from Kristen Morrison<br>• Tools discussed include ChatGPT, email segmentation, form builders, UTMs, and CRM systems</p><p>🔔 Subscribe &amp; Stay Connected<br>If you’re building or scaling a pet care business and want honest conversations about leadership, sales, and sustainable growth, subscribe to the DogCo Secrets Podcast for weekly episodes.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your 2026 Strategic Plan: How to Make This Year The Year It All Changes | Ep. 76</title>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>76</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Your 2026 Strategic Plan: How to Make This Year The Year It All Changes | Ep. 76</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1808b25b-64ce-4fc3-8049-ea811e24a03f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/877ad9e2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are officially stepping into a new year, and in this episode, I want to talk about how to make 2026 a year that actually feels different. Not just busier, not just louder, but more intentional, more impactful, and more aligned with what you really want from your business and your life.</p><p><br></p><p>I walk you through three specific shifts I believe make the biggest difference for entrepreneurs, especially pet care business owners who are scaling and carrying a lot of responsibility. These are changes I am actively focusing on myself, and they are rooted in time clarity, execution, and the courage to face hard things sooner instead of later.</p><p><br></p><p>This is not about setting vague resolutions or chasing more ideas. It is about focus, follow through, and creating real momentum by doing fewer things better.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why understanding where your time actually goes is foundational to growth</p><p>• How doing less, but executing better, creates faster and more sustainable results</p><p>• Why pushing hard conversations and difficult decisions into the future keeps you stuck</p><p>• How facing discomfort directly creates the biggest breakthroughs as a leader</p><p><br></p><p>If you are stepping into 2026 wanting real change, not just good intentions, this episode will help you reset your focus and choose where to apply your energy in a way that actually moves the needle.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want to learn more about how I support pet care business owners through growth and strategy, you can explore resources and case studies at dogcolaunch.com.</p><p><br></p><p>Thanks for being here, and I hope this episode helps you start the year with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br>Cheering you on.</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are officially stepping into a new year, and in this episode, I want to talk about how to make 2026 a year that actually feels different. Not just busier, not just louder, but more intentional, more impactful, and more aligned with what you really want from your business and your life.</p><p><br></p><p>I walk you through three specific shifts I believe make the biggest difference for entrepreneurs, especially pet care business owners who are scaling and carrying a lot of responsibility. These are changes I am actively focusing on myself, and they are rooted in time clarity, execution, and the courage to face hard things sooner instead of later.</p><p><br></p><p>This is not about setting vague resolutions or chasing more ideas. It is about focus, follow through, and creating real momentum by doing fewer things better.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why understanding where your time actually goes is foundational to growth</p><p>• How doing less, but executing better, creates faster and more sustainable results</p><p>• Why pushing hard conversations and difficult decisions into the future keeps you stuck</p><p>• How facing discomfort directly creates the biggest breakthroughs as a leader</p><p><br></p><p>If you are stepping into 2026 wanting real change, not just good intentions, this episode will help you reset your focus and choose where to apply your energy in a way that actually moves the needle.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want to learn more about how I support pet care business owners through growth and strategy, you can explore resources and case studies at dogcolaunch.com.</p><p><br></p><p>Thanks for being here, and I hope this episode helps you start the year with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br>Cheering you on.</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Jan 2026 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/877ad9e2/8f454560.mp3" length="9797460" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>610</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>We are officially stepping into a new year, and in this episode, I want to talk about how to make 2026 a year that actually feels different. Not just busier, not just louder, but more intentional, more impactful, and more aligned with what you really want from your business and your life.</p><p><br></p><p>I walk you through three specific shifts I believe make the biggest difference for entrepreneurs, especially pet care business owners who are scaling and carrying a lot of responsibility. These are changes I am actively focusing on myself, and they are rooted in time clarity, execution, and the courage to face hard things sooner instead of later.</p><p><br></p><p>This is not about setting vague resolutions or chasing more ideas. It is about focus, follow through, and creating real momentum by doing fewer things better.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why understanding where your time actually goes is foundational to growth</p><p>• How doing less, but executing better, creates faster and more sustainable results</p><p>• Why pushing hard conversations and difficult decisions into the future keeps you stuck</p><p>• How facing discomfort directly creates the biggest breakthroughs as a leader</p><p><br></p><p>If you are stepping into 2026 wanting real change, not just good intentions, this episode will help you reset your focus and choose where to apply your energy in a way that actually moves the needle.</p><p><br></p><p>If you want to learn more about how I support pet care business owners through growth and strategy, you can explore resources and case studies at dogcolaunch.com.</p><p><br></p><p>Thanks for being here, and I hope this episode helps you start the year with clarity and confidence.</p><p><br>Cheering you on.</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reflecting on 2025 - Wins, Losses, &amp; Hopes for Next Year | Ep. 75</title>
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>75</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Reflecting on 2025 - Wins, Losses, &amp; Hopes for Next Year | Ep. 75</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6f0d2543-e8a0-423a-ab75-23a0bac1c9b2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/05d0d150</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>2025 stretched me, refined me, and clarified what actually matters. In this episode, I am reflecting out loud on the wins I am proud of, the areas where I fell short, and the lessons I am carrying into 2026 as a founder, coach, and human. If you are closing out a demanding year and thinking deeply about how you want to grow next, this conversation is for you.</p><p>This is not a highlight reel. It is an honest look at health, momentum, leadership, systems, and what it really takes to build something sustainable without burning yourself out.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why prioritizing health changed how I show up in business<br>• What investing in myself taught me about clarity and momentum<br>• The hidden cost of growing without clean systems and data<br>• Why planning further ahead is now non-negotiable for me<br>• How closing the loop on projects creates real client success<br>• What I want 2026 to feel like, not just look like on paper</p><p>⏰ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 Intro and why I wanted to reflect publicly<br>1:23 The sweatshirt, discipline, and following the plan<br>1:36 My biggest personal win in 2025<br>3:48 What surprised me about DogCo this year<br>4:49 Why investing in yourself creates clarity<br>6:59 The DogCo Summit and momentum heading into 2026<br>7:45 Why the podcast became one of my favorite projects<br>9:03 Gratitude for the DogCo team<br>10:26 Planning further ahead and communication gaps<br>12:44 Data, metrics, and systems debt<br>15:46 Shipping full cycles and closing the loop<br>19:41 Hopes, plans, and personal goals for 2026<br>24:35 Final reflections and closing thoughts</p><p>I also want to say happy holidays! 🎄 I sincerely hope you had a restful, meaningful holiday season and were able to spend time with the people who matter most to you. Thank you for listening, for supporting this podcast, and for being part of the DogCo community. I am incredibly grateful for you and excited for what we are building together in the year ahead!</p><p>- M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>2025 stretched me, refined me, and clarified what actually matters. In this episode, I am reflecting out loud on the wins I am proud of, the areas where I fell short, and the lessons I am carrying into 2026 as a founder, coach, and human. If you are closing out a demanding year and thinking deeply about how you want to grow next, this conversation is for you.</p><p>This is not a highlight reel. It is an honest look at health, momentum, leadership, systems, and what it really takes to build something sustainable without burning yourself out.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why prioritizing health changed how I show up in business<br>• What investing in myself taught me about clarity and momentum<br>• The hidden cost of growing without clean systems and data<br>• Why planning further ahead is now non-negotiable for me<br>• How closing the loop on projects creates real client success<br>• What I want 2026 to feel like, not just look like on paper</p><p>⏰ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 Intro and why I wanted to reflect publicly<br>1:23 The sweatshirt, discipline, and following the plan<br>1:36 My biggest personal win in 2025<br>3:48 What surprised me about DogCo this year<br>4:49 Why investing in yourself creates clarity<br>6:59 The DogCo Summit and momentum heading into 2026<br>7:45 Why the podcast became one of my favorite projects<br>9:03 Gratitude for the DogCo team<br>10:26 Planning further ahead and communication gaps<br>12:44 Data, metrics, and systems debt<br>15:46 Shipping full cycles and closing the loop<br>19:41 Hopes, plans, and personal goals for 2026<br>24:35 Final reflections and closing thoughts</p><p>I also want to say happy holidays! 🎄 I sincerely hope you had a restful, meaningful holiday season and were able to spend time with the people who matter most to you. Thank you for listening, for supporting this podcast, and for being part of the DogCo community. I am incredibly grateful for you and excited for what we are building together in the year ahead!</p><p>- M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Dec 2025 04:28:22 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/05d0d150/4912bc11.mp3" length="24098335" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1504</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>2025 stretched me, refined me, and clarified what actually matters. In this episode, I am reflecting out loud on the wins I am proud of, the areas where I fell short, and the lessons I am carrying into 2026 as a founder, coach, and human. If you are closing out a demanding year and thinking deeply about how you want to grow next, this conversation is for you.</p><p>This is not a highlight reel. It is an honest look at health, momentum, leadership, systems, and what it really takes to build something sustainable without burning yourself out.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• Why prioritizing health changed how I show up in business<br>• What investing in myself taught me about clarity and momentum<br>• The hidden cost of growing without clean systems and data<br>• Why planning further ahead is now non-negotiable for me<br>• How closing the loop on projects creates real client success<br>• What I want 2026 to feel like, not just look like on paper</p><p>⏰ Timestamps</p><p>0:00 Intro and why I wanted to reflect publicly<br>1:23 The sweatshirt, discipline, and following the plan<br>1:36 My biggest personal win in 2025<br>3:48 What surprised me about DogCo this year<br>4:49 Why investing in yourself creates clarity<br>6:59 The DogCo Summit and momentum heading into 2026<br>7:45 Why the podcast became one of my favorite projects<br>9:03 Gratitude for the DogCo team<br>10:26 Planning further ahead and communication gaps<br>12:44 Data, metrics, and systems debt<br>15:46 Shipping full cycles and closing the loop<br>19:41 Hopes, plans, and personal goals for 2026<br>24:35 Final reflections and closing thoughts</p><p>I also want to say happy holidays! 🎄 I sincerely hope you had a restful, meaningful holiday season and were able to spend time with the people who matter most to you. Thank you for listening, for supporting this podcast, and for being part of the DogCo community. I am incredibly grateful for you and excited for what we are building together in the year ahead!</p><p>- M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 3 Moves for Increasing Profit in 2026 | Ep. 74</title>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>74</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Top 3 Moves for Increasing Profit in 2026 | Ep. 74</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3906d57d-bf46-4f00-ae72-869b255e742a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8ad22eaa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Take Friday episode, I am sharing three specific, tactical things I want you to focus on next year if your goal is to increase profit in your pet care business. These are not abstract ideas or long-term theories. These are levers you can actually pull, starting now, that I see move the needle for companies over and over again.</p><p><br></p><p>I am talking about labor costs, recurring service models, and before and after hours fees, and I am being very direct about where I see businesses getting stuck, what growth will not fix, and where profit actually comes from in this industry.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel burned out, underpaid, stuck, or frustrated that growth has not solved your financial problems, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Labor costs above 60 percent will always bottleneck profit and growth</p><p>• Growth does not fix high labor, it often makes it worse</p><p>• Recurring service models protect margin better than one off visits</p><p>• As needed services should cost more, not less</p><p>• Before and after hours fees are one of the fastest ways to increase net profit</p><p>• Profit creates stability for you, your team, and your business long term</p><p><br></p><p>🎯 Mentioned in This Episode</p><p>• Episode 067 with Lauren Dunkle, where she shares how she reduced labor by over 24 percent in a high cost market</p><p>• Real examples from companies inside DogCo that have implemented these strategies successfully</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Ready to Go Deeper?</p><p>If this episode is hitting close to home and you want hands on support applying these strategies to your business, mastermind enrollment is now open - doors close December 31, 2025.</p><p><br></p><p>The Mastermind enrollment page is - dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p><br></p><p>We only open enrollment once a year. If working with DogCo is on your radar for 2026, now is the time to take action.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Take Friday episode, I am sharing three specific, tactical things I want you to focus on next year if your goal is to increase profit in your pet care business. These are not abstract ideas or long-term theories. These are levers you can actually pull, starting now, that I see move the needle for companies over and over again.</p><p><br></p><p>I am talking about labor costs, recurring service models, and before and after hours fees, and I am being very direct about where I see businesses getting stuck, what growth will not fix, and where profit actually comes from in this industry.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel burned out, underpaid, stuck, or frustrated that growth has not solved your financial problems, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Labor costs above 60 percent will always bottleneck profit and growth</p><p>• Growth does not fix high labor, it often makes it worse</p><p>• Recurring service models protect margin better than one off visits</p><p>• As needed services should cost more, not less</p><p>• Before and after hours fees are one of the fastest ways to increase net profit</p><p>• Profit creates stability for you, your team, and your business long term</p><p><br></p><p>🎯 Mentioned in This Episode</p><p>• Episode 067 with Lauren Dunkle, where she shares how she reduced labor by over 24 percent in a high cost market</p><p>• Real examples from companies inside DogCo that have implemented these strategies successfully</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Ready to Go Deeper?</p><p>If this episode is hitting close to home and you want hands on support applying these strategies to your business, mastermind enrollment is now open - doors close December 31, 2025.</p><p><br></p><p>The Mastermind enrollment page is - dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p><br></p><p>We only open enrollment once a year. If working with DogCo is on your radar for 2026, now is the time to take action.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8ad22eaa/eef77849.mp3" length="7978472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>496</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Take Friday episode, I am sharing three specific, tactical things I want you to focus on next year if your goal is to increase profit in your pet care business. These are not abstract ideas or long-term theories. These are levers you can actually pull, starting now, that I see move the needle for companies over and over again.</p><p><br></p><p>I am talking about labor costs, recurring service models, and before and after hours fees, and I am being very direct about where I see businesses getting stuck, what growth will not fix, and where profit actually comes from in this industry.</p><p><br></p><p>If you feel burned out, underpaid, stuck, or frustrated that growth has not solved your financial problems, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Key Takeaways</p><p>• Labor costs above 60 percent will always bottleneck profit and growth</p><p>• Growth does not fix high labor, it often makes it worse</p><p>• Recurring service models protect margin better than one off visits</p><p>• As needed services should cost more, not less</p><p>• Before and after hours fees are one of the fastest ways to increase net profit</p><p>• Profit creates stability for you, your team, and your business long term</p><p><br></p><p>🎯 Mentioned in This Episode</p><p>• Episode 067 with Lauren Dunkle, where she shares how she reduced labor by over 24 percent in a high cost market</p><p>• Real examples from companies inside DogCo that have implemented these strategies successfully</p><p><br></p><p>🚀 Ready to Go Deeper?</p><p>If this episode is hitting close to home and you want hands on support applying these strategies to your business, mastermind enrollment is now open - doors close December 31, 2025.</p><p><br></p><p>The Mastermind enrollment page is - dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p><br></p><p>We only open enrollment once a year. If working with DogCo is on your radar for 2026, now is the time to take action.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Automate with Intention with Robert Strickland | Ep. 73</title>
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>73</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Automate with Intention with Robert Strickland | Ep. 73</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2c3c7db-8f6b-4358-ae65-11723ee5f2fb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b1657581</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Automation is not always about doing more faster. It is about getting your time back so your business can actually support your life.</p><p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend, mentor, and DogCo automation expert Robert Strickland to talk about how pet care business owners can use systems, AI, and intentional automation to reduce burnout, reclaim time, and scale sustainably.</p><p>Robert shares his journey from corporate process work to building and scaling a multi-state pet care business, and how automation became the unlock that changed everything. If you feel buried by daily operations, stretched thin, or unsure where automation actually helps, this episode is for you.</p><p>🔗 Connect with Robert Strickland<br>Next Level Pet Businesses Facebook Group<br>👉 https://www.facebook.com/groups/nextlevelpetbusinesses</p><p>This is where Robert teaches practical AI and automation strategies alongside some of the sharpest minds in the pet care industry.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Automation should protect your time, not create complexity<br>• Most bottlenecks in growing businesses start with the owner<br>• Client onboarding and employee management are the biggest time drains<br>• Tracking your time reveals what actually needs automation<br>• AI is changing SEO, discovery, and how clients find pet care companies<br>• Systems should support your life goals, not just revenue growth</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and introduction to Robert Strickland<br>1:20 – How Michelle and Robert first connected<br>3:40 – Robert’s background in corporate systems and tech<br>5:15 – Hitting burnout as a solo pet care owner<br>6:06 – Treating your side hustle like a real business<br>7:24 – Why automation changed everything<br>9:50 – Time return vs money return<br>12:20 – Scaling impact beyond one on one work<br>14:13 – Building DogCo as something bigger than one person<br>17:09 – Automation as a path to autonomy<br>19:47 – Identifying yourself as the bottleneck<br>21:17 – Tracking time to find what should be automated<br>24:22 – What Robert hopes DogCo members experience next year<br>25:17 – AI, SEO, and the future of client discovery<br>28:41 – Where to find Robert and how to connect</p><p>🚀 Work With DogCo<br>If you are ready to scale your pet care business with intention, clarity, and real systems support:</p><p>👉 Mastermind enrollment page:<br>https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>Enrollment opens once per year and spots are limited.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Automation is not always about doing more faster. It is about getting your time back so your business can actually support your life.</p><p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend, mentor, and DogCo automation expert Robert Strickland to talk about how pet care business owners can use systems, AI, and intentional automation to reduce burnout, reclaim time, and scale sustainably.</p><p>Robert shares his journey from corporate process work to building and scaling a multi-state pet care business, and how automation became the unlock that changed everything. If you feel buried by daily operations, stretched thin, or unsure where automation actually helps, this episode is for you.</p><p>🔗 Connect with Robert Strickland<br>Next Level Pet Businesses Facebook Group<br>👉 https://www.facebook.com/groups/nextlevelpetbusinesses</p><p>This is where Robert teaches practical AI and automation strategies alongside some of the sharpest minds in the pet care industry.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Automation should protect your time, not create complexity<br>• Most bottlenecks in growing businesses start with the owner<br>• Client onboarding and employee management are the biggest time drains<br>• Tracking your time reveals what actually needs automation<br>• AI is changing SEO, discovery, and how clients find pet care companies<br>• Systems should support your life goals, not just revenue growth</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and introduction to Robert Strickland<br>1:20 – How Michelle and Robert first connected<br>3:40 – Robert’s background in corporate systems and tech<br>5:15 – Hitting burnout as a solo pet care owner<br>6:06 – Treating your side hustle like a real business<br>7:24 – Why automation changed everything<br>9:50 – Time return vs money return<br>12:20 – Scaling impact beyond one on one work<br>14:13 – Building DogCo as something bigger than one person<br>17:09 – Automation as a path to autonomy<br>19:47 – Identifying yourself as the bottleneck<br>21:17 – Tracking time to find what should be automated<br>24:22 – What Robert hopes DogCo members experience next year<br>25:17 – AI, SEO, and the future of client discovery<br>28:41 – Where to find Robert and how to connect</p><p>🚀 Work With DogCo<br>If you are ready to scale your pet care business with intention, clarity, and real systems support:</p><p>👉 Mastermind enrollment page:<br>https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>Enrollment opens once per year and spots are limited.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b1657581/71147bc9.mp3" length="28705909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1792</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Automation is not always about doing more faster. It is about getting your time back so your business can actually support your life.</p><p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend, mentor, and DogCo automation expert Robert Strickland to talk about how pet care business owners can use systems, AI, and intentional automation to reduce burnout, reclaim time, and scale sustainably.</p><p>Robert shares his journey from corporate process work to building and scaling a multi-state pet care business, and how automation became the unlock that changed everything. If you feel buried by daily operations, stretched thin, or unsure where automation actually helps, this episode is for you.</p><p>🔗 Connect with Robert Strickland<br>Next Level Pet Businesses Facebook Group<br>👉 https://www.facebook.com/groups/nextlevelpetbusinesses</p><p>This is where Robert teaches practical AI and automation strategies alongside some of the sharpest minds in the pet care industry.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Automation should protect your time, not create complexity<br>• Most bottlenecks in growing businesses start with the owner<br>• Client onboarding and employee management are the biggest time drains<br>• Tracking your time reveals what actually needs automation<br>• AI is changing SEO, discovery, and how clients find pet care companies<br>• Systems should support your life goals, not just revenue growth</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and introduction to Robert Strickland<br>1:20 – How Michelle and Robert first connected<br>3:40 – Robert’s background in corporate systems and tech<br>5:15 – Hitting burnout as a solo pet care owner<br>6:06 – Treating your side hustle like a real business<br>7:24 – Why automation changed everything<br>9:50 – Time return vs money return<br>12:20 – Scaling impact beyond one on one work<br>14:13 – Building DogCo as something bigger than one person<br>17:09 – Automation as a path to autonomy<br>19:47 – Identifying yourself as the bottleneck<br>21:17 – Tracking time to find what should be automated<br>24:22 – What Robert hopes DogCo members experience next year<br>25:17 – AI, SEO, and the future of client discovery<br>28:41 – Where to find Robert and how to connect</p><p>🚀 Work With DogCo<br>If you are ready to scale your pet care business with intention, clarity, and real systems support:</p><p>👉 Mastermind enrollment page:<br>https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>Enrollment opens once per year and spots are limited.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7 Figure Ambitions? This One Is For You | Ep. 72</title>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>72</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>7 Figure Ambitions? This One Is For You | Ep. 72</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0d3778d2-92df-44b9-be85-a2845c1491bf</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1da7c95f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have the ambition to grow a seven-figure pet care business, I want to share a few ways I would encourage you to start operating <strong>right now</strong>, even if that level still feels far off.</p><p>In today’s Hot Take episode, I break down three core behaviors I consistently see in companies that successfully scale past the seven-figure mark. This is not about chasing growth for growth’s sake. It is about learning to think long term, to build the right systems early, and to prepare your business for volume before it arrives.</p><p>If you are feeling stuck, burned out, unsure why profit feels tight, or frustrated that growth feels harder than it should, this episode is for you. These shifts do not happen by accident; they happen by intention.</p><p>I also share why tracking data earlier than you think matters, how future-focused problem-solving separates growing companies from reactive ones, and how asking “what breaks if we double?” can completely change the way you lead your business.</p><p>If working with DogCo has been on your radar, <strong>Mastermind enrollment is now open</strong>. We only enroll once per year.</p><p>Learn more and schedule a consultation at:<br><strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Seven-figure companies think long term, not just in short-term wins</p><p>• Building systems early makes scaling dramatically easier later</p><p>• Tracking data when you are smaller gives you a major advantage</p><p>• Growth requires proactive problem-solving, not constant reaction</p><p>• Building for volume starts long before you reach it</p><p>Cheering you on, </p><p>Michele</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have the ambition to grow a seven-figure pet care business, I want to share a few ways I would encourage you to start operating <strong>right now</strong>, even if that level still feels far off.</p><p>In today’s Hot Take episode, I break down three core behaviors I consistently see in companies that successfully scale past the seven-figure mark. This is not about chasing growth for growth’s sake. It is about learning to think long term, to build the right systems early, and to prepare your business for volume before it arrives.</p><p>If you are feeling stuck, burned out, unsure why profit feels tight, or frustrated that growth feels harder than it should, this episode is for you. These shifts do not happen by accident; they happen by intention.</p><p>I also share why tracking data earlier than you think matters, how future-focused problem-solving separates growing companies from reactive ones, and how asking “what breaks if we double?” can completely change the way you lead your business.</p><p>If working with DogCo has been on your radar, <strong>Mastermind enrollment is now open</strong>. We only enroll once per year.</p><p>Learn more and schedule a consultation at:<br><strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Seven-figure companies think long term, not just in short-term wins</p><p>• Building systems early makes scaling dramatically easier later</p><p>• Tracking data when you are smaller gives you a major advantage</p><p>• Growth requires proactive problem-solving, not constant reaction</p><p>• Building for volume starts long before you reach it</p><p>Cheering you on, </p><p>Michele</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1da7c95f/9a667ed9.mp3" length="9086062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>566</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have the ambition to grow a seven-figure pet care business, I want to share a few ways I would encourage you to start operating <strong>right now</strong>, even if that level still feels far off.</p><p>In today’s Hot Take episode, I break down three core behaviors I consistently see in companies that successfully scale past the seven-figure mark. This is not about chasing growth for growth’s sake. It is about learning to think long term, to build the right systems early, and to prepare your business for volume before it arrives.</p><p>If you are feeling stuck, burned out, unsure why profit feels tight, or frustrated that growth feels harder than it should, this episode is for you. These shifts do not happen by accident; they happen by intention.</p><p>I also share why tracking data earlier than you think matters, how future-focused problem-solving separates growing companies from reactive ones, and how asking “what breaks if we double?” can completely change the way you lead your business.</p><p>If working with DogCo has been on your radar, <strong>Mastermind enrollment is now open</strong>. We only enroll once per year.</p><p>Learn more and schedule a consultation at:<br><strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Seven-figure companies think long term, not just in short-term wins</p><p>• Building systems early makes scaling dramatically easier later</p><p>• Tracking data when you are smaller gives you a major advantage</p><p>• Growth requires proactive problem-solving, not constant reaction</p><p>• Building for volume starts long before you reach it</p><p>Cheering you on, </p><p>Michele</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Designing Your Dream Business with Angela Watts | Ep. 71</title>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>71</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Designing Your Dream Business with Angela Watts | Ep. 71</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32dc694c-e8ce-4667-90d3-c1b049ca8ed2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5a9b082c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if your business could support your life instead of consuming it?</p><p>In this episode, I sit down with Angela Watts to talk about what it really looks like to intentionally design your role inside your business, rather than letting the business dictate every hour of your time. Angela shares her full journey from early hustle, burnout, and chaos to building systems, leadership, and a role that protects her energy while supporting real growth.</p><p>This is an honest conversation about entrepreneurship, identity, delegation, community, and why you cannot scale chaos, but you can scale systems. If you are building a pet care business and want it to serve you long term, this episode is for you. </p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Introduction and why this conversation matters<br>1:24 Angela’s early story and starting a pet care business<br>4:34 Transitioning from field work to leadership<br>7:54 Hitting burnout and almost selling the business<br>10:35 Asking for help and building management<br>12:26 Community as a turning point<br>15:57 Investing in yourself and education<br>18:37 Joining the DogCo team and mentoring others<br>21:08 Advice for business owners entering a new year<br>25:15 Final thoughts on designing your own path</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• You cannot scale chaos, but you can scale systems<br>• Designing your role requires intention, not perfection<br>• Delegation and leadership unlock sustainable growth<br>• Community can prevent burnout and isolation<br>• Investing in yourself directly impacts business health</p><p>🚀 Ready to Build a Business That Works for You?<br>Mastermind enrollment is now open, but doors close December 31.</p><p>If you are ready to intentionally design your role, protect your energy, and scale your pet care business with support, learn more at<br>👉 dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen to the DogCo Secrets Podcast on<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if your business could support your life instead of consuming it?</p><p>In this episode, I sit down with Angela Watts to talk about what it really looks like to intentionally design your role inside your business, rather than letting the business dictate every hour of your time. Angela shares her full journey from early hustle, burnout, and chaos to building systems, leadership, and a role that protects her energy while supporting real growth.</p><p>This is an honest conversation about entrepreneurship, identity, delegation, community, and why you cannot scale chaos, but you can scale systems. If you are building a pet care business and want it to serve you long term, this episode is for you. </p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Introduction and why this conversation matters<br>1:24 Angela’s early story and starting a pet care business<br>4:34 Transitioning from field work to leadership<br>7:54 Hitting burnout and almost selling the business<br>10:35 Asking for help and building management<br>12:26 Community as a turning point<br>15:57 Investing in yourself and education<br>18:37 Joining the DogCo team and mentoring others<br>21:08 Advice for business owners entering a new year<br>25:15 Final thoughts on designing your own path</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• You cannot scale chaos, but you can scale systems<br>• Designing your role requires intention, not perfection<br>• Delegation and leadership unlock sustainable growth<br>• Community can prevent burnout and isolation<br>• Investing in yourself directly impacts business health</p><p>🚀 Ready to Build a Business That Works for You?<br>Mastermind enrollment is now open, but doors close December 31.</p><p>If you are ready to intentionally design your role, protect your energy, and scale your pet care business with support, learn more at<br>👉 dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen to the DogCo Secrets Podcast on<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5a9b082c/09f62302.mp3" length="24975624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1559</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if your business could support your life instead of consuming it?</p><p>In this episode, I sit down with Angela Watts to talk about what it really looks like to intentionally design your role inside your business, rather than letting the business dictate every hour of your time. Angela shares her full journey from early hustle, burnout, and chaos to building systems, leadership, and a role that protects her energy while supporting real growth.</p><p>This is an honest conversation about entrepreneurship, identity, delegation, community, and why you cannot scale chaos, but you can scale systems. If you are building a pet care business and want it to serve you long term, this episode is for you. </p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Introduction and why this conversation matters<br>1:24 Angela’s early story and starting a pet care business<br>4:34 Transitioning from field work to leadership<br>7:54 Hitting burnout and almost selling the business<br>10:35 Asking for help and building management<br>12:26 Community as a turning point<br>15:57 Investing in yourself and education<br>18:37 Joining the DogCo team and mentoring others<br>21:08 Advice for business owners entering a new year<br>25:15 Final thoughts on designing your own path</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• You cannot scale chaos, but you can scale systems<br>• Designing your role requires intention, not perfection<br>• Delegation and leadership unlock sustainable growth<br>• Community can prevent burnout and isolation<br>• Investing in yourself directly impacts business health</p><p>🚀 Ready to Build a Business That Works for You?<br>Mastermind enrollment is now open, but doors close December 31.</p><p>If you are ready to intentionally design your role, protect your energy, and scale your pet care business with support, learn more at<br>👉 dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen to the DogCo Secrets Podcast on<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Helping Your Team Survive Holiday Shifts | Ep. 70</title>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>70</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Helping Your Team Survive Holiday Shifts | Ep. 70</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd4ebad7-20d9-4901-81b1-feddf3220655</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c01fc976</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The holidays are here, and if you run a pet care company, you already know this season can feel like a beautiful mix of gratitude, chaos, logistics, and stress. In today’s Hot Take episode, I am breaking down the most effective ways I have found to support your team during the busiest and most emotionally loaded weeks of the year. This is one of the most important leadership topics we cover inside DogCo because the way you show up for your staff during the holidays has a ripple effect on retention, culture, and the trust people place in you as their leader.</p><p><br></p><p>I am sharing practical strategies that are simple, implementable, and based on what I have seen work across hundreds of pet care companies. These ideas will help you ease the load on your team, reduce friction with clients, improve communication, and add touches of delight that make holiday work feel a little more human. This is a great episode for any owner who wants to nurture a healthy culture even in a high-demand season.</p><p><br></p><p>What You Will Learn</p><p>• How client-side expectations can drastically reduce stress for your staff</p><p>• Why shift-based scheduling is a major holiday sanity saver</p><p>• Small surprise and delight moments that have a huge cultural payoff</p><p>• What “status” looks like and why public appreciation matters</p><p>• How to reinforce healthy boundaries without sacrificing the client experience</p><p>• Ways to keep your team motivated during the toughest stretch of the year</p><p>Join the DogCo Mastermind</p><p>If you want to work with me in 2026, enrollment is open right now and we only accept companies once per year. This is your window to join us and completely transform the way you grow and scale your business.</p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The holidays are here, and if you run a pet care company, you already know this season can feel like a beautiful mix of gratitude, chaos, logistics, and stress. In today’s Hot Take episode, I am breaking down the most effective ways I have found to support your team during the busiest and most emotionally loaded weeks of the year. This is one of the most important leadership topics we cover inside DogCo because the way you show up for your staff during the holidays has a ripple effect on retention, culture, and the trust people place in you as their leader.</p><p><br></p><p>I am sharing practical strategies that are simple, implementable, and based on what I have seen work across hundreds of pet care companies. These ideas will help you ease the load on your team, reduce friction with clients, improve communication, and add touches of delight that make holiday work feel a little more human. This is a great episode for any owner who wants to nurture a healthy culture even in a high-demand season.</p><p><br></p><p>What You Will Learn</p><p>• How client-side expectations can drastically reduce stress for your staff</p><p>• Why shift-based scheduling is a major holiday sanity saver</p><p>• Small surprise and delight moments that have a huge cultural payoff</p><p>• What “status” looks like and why public appreciation matters</p><p>• How to reinforce healthy boundaries without sacrificing the client experience</p><p>• Ways to keep your team motivated during the toughest stretch of the year</p><p>Join the DogCo Mastermind</p><p>If you want to work with me in 2026, enrollment is open right now and we only accept companies once per year. This is your window to join us and completely transform the way you grow and scale your business.</p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c01fc976/1352a26f.mp3" length="7820900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>487</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The holidays are here, and if you run a pet care company, you already know this season can feel like a beautiful mix of gratitude, chaos, logistics, and stress. In today’s Hot Take episode, I am breaking down the most effective ways I have found to support your team during the busiest and most emotionally loaded weeks of the year. This is one of the most important leadership topics we cover inside DogCo because the way you show up for your staff during the holidays has a ripple effect on retention, culture, and the trust people place in you as their leader.</p><p><br></p><p>I am sharing practical strategies that are simple, implementable, and based on what I have seen work across hundreds of pet care companies. These ideas will help you ease the load on your team, reduce friction with clients, improve communication, and add touches of delight that make holiday work feel a little more human. This is a great episode for any owner who wants to nurture a healthy culture even in a high-demand season.</p><p><br></p><p>What You Will Learn</p><p>• How client-side expectations can drastically reduce stress for your staff</p><p>• Why shift-based scheduling is a major holiday sanity saver</p><p>• Small surprise and delight moments that have a huge cultural payoff</p><p>• What “status” looks like and why public appreciation matters</p><p>• How to reinforce healthy boundaries without sacrificing the client experience</p><p>• Ways to keep your team motivated during the toughest stretch of the year</p><p>Join the DogCo Mastermind</p><p>If you want to work with me in 2026, enrollment is open right now and we only accept companies once per year. This is your window to join us and completely transform the way you grow and scale your business.</p><p>👉 dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning the Art of Better Planning in 2026 | Ep. 69</title>
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>69</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Learning the Art of Better Planning in 2026 | Ep. 69</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1ccc75e0-97bb-4671-a000-d9445c55df52</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9239d6fb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most pet care owners do not have a planning problem - they have a rushing problem. In this episode, I break down the five skills that separate reactive business owners from strategic ones. If you want 2026 to be your strongest year yet, it starts with learning how to slow down, follow the data thread, ask the right questions, and manufacture real accountability.</p><p>If you want support in scaling your team-based pet care business in 2026, enrollment for DogCo Mastermind is open now. Apply at 👉 http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to the episode<br>0:15 Why I am already planning for 2026<br>0:29 The art of planning well<br>0:47 Five skills for becoming a better planner<br>1:01 Tip 1: Slow down<br>1:12 The client story that changed how I think about planning<br>2:05 Giving yourself the gift of time to think<br>2:39 Why rushing sabotages good planning<br>3:27 If you feel stuck in your pet care business, here is why<br>3:48 Mastermind enrollment is officially open<br>4:24 Tip 2: Follow the thread<br>5:01 Letting curiosity lead your planning<br>5:48 My personal quarterly planning ritual<br>6:41 Tip 3: Break big goals into actionable steps<br>7:26 Why defining next steps increases follow-through<br>8:12 Writing steps down to make them real<br>8:30 Tip 4: Ask better questions when planning<br>9:19 What does done look like vs done well<br>9:20 Identifying failure points and pivots<br>9:45 Tip 5: Manufacture accountability<br>10:08 Why accountability improves discipline<br>10:50 The trainer story and changing your environment<br>11:46 The truth about hitting goals<br>12:33 Final thoughts</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Great planning begins by slowing down and resisting the pressure to rush<br>• Following the thread of your curiosity reveals insights you normally miss<br>• Break every goal into next steps so action becomes inevitable<br>• Ask the four questions that create clarity for any plan<br>• Accountability is not a character trait, it is a structure you can build</p><p>📣 Work With Michelle in 2026<br>DogCo Mastermind enrollment is officially open and we only bring in new companies once a year. If scaling your pet care business with clear systems, stronger leadership, and better profitability is a goal for next year, submit your application now at 👉 http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen on Your Favorite Platform<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most pet care owners do not have a planning problem - they have a rushing problem. In this episode, I break down the five skills that separate reactive business owners from strategic ones. If you want 2026 to be your strongest year yet, it starts with learning how to slow down, follow the data thread, ask the right questions, and manufacture real accountability.</p><p>If you want support in scaling your team-based pet care business in 2026, enrollment for DogCo Mastermind is open now. Apply at 👉 http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to the episode<br>0:15 Why I am already planning for 2026<br>0:29 The art of planning well<br>0:47 Five skills for becoming a better planner<br>1:01 Tip 1: Slow down<br>1:12 The client story that changed how I think about planning<br>2:05 Giving yourself the gift of time to think<br>2:39 Why rushing sabotages good planning<br>3:27 If you feel stuck in your pet care business, here is why<br>3:48 Mastermind enrollment is officially open<br>4:24 Tip 2: Follow the thread<br>5:01 Letting curiosity lead your planning<br>5:48 My personal quarterly planning ritual<br>6:41 Tip 3: Break big goals into actionable steps<br>7:26 Why defining next steps increases follow-through<br>8:12 Writing steps down to make them real<br>8:30 Tip 4: Ask better questions when planning<br>9:19 What does done look like vs done well<br>9:20 Identifying failure points and pivots<br>9:45 Tip 5: Manufacture accountability<br>10:08 Why accountability improves discipline<br>10:50 The trainer story and changing your environment<br>11:46 The truth about hitting goals<br>12:33 Final thoughts</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Great planning begins by slowing down and resisting the pressure to rush<br>• Following the thread of your curiosity reveals insights you normally miss<br>• Break every goal into next steps so action becomes inevitable<br>• Ask the four questions that create clarity for any plan<br>• Accountability is not a character trait, it is a structure you can build</p><p>📣 Work With Michelle in 2026<br>DogCo Mastermind enrollment is officially open and we only bring in new companies once a year. If scaling your pet care business with clear systems, stronger leadership, and better profitability is a goal for next year, submit your application now at 👉 http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen on Your Favorite Platform<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9239d6fb/f3b9adc8.mp3" length="12525870" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>781</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most pet care owners do not have a planning problem - they have a rushing problem. In this episode, I break down the five skills that separate reactive business owners from strategic ones. If you want 2026 to be your strongest year yet, it starts with learning how to slow down, follow the data thread, ask the right questions, and manufacture real accountability.</p><p>If you want support in scaling your team-based pet care business in 2026, enrollment for DogCo Mastermind is open now. Apply at 👉 http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to the episode<br>0:15 Why I am already planning for 2026<br>0:29 The art of planning well<br>0:47 Five skills for becoming a better planner<br>1:01 Tip 1: Slow down<br>1:12 The client story that changed how I think about planning<br>2:05 Giving yourself the gift of time to think<br>2:39 Why rushing sabotages good planning<br>3:27 If you feel stuck in your pet care business, here is why<br>3:48 Mastermind enrollment is officially open<br>4:24 Tip 2: Follow the thread<br>5:01 Letting curiosity lead your planning<br>5:48 My personal quarterly planning ritual<br>6:41 Tip 3: Break big goals into actionable steps<br>7:26 Why defining next steps increases follow-through<br>8:12 Writing steps down to make them real<br>8:30 Tip 4: Ask better questions when planning<br>9:19 What does done look like vs done well<br>9:20 Identifying failure points and pivots<br>9:45 Tip 5: Manufacture accountability<br>10:08 Why accountability improves discipline<br>10:50 The trainer story and changing your environment<br>11:46 The truth about hitting goals<br>12:33 Final thoughts</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Great planning begins by slowing down and resisting the pressure to rush<br>• Following the thread of your curiosity reveals insights you normally miss<br>• Break every goal into next steps so action becomes inevitable<br>• Ask the four questions that create clarity for any plan<br>• Accountability is not a character trait, it is a structure you can build</p><p>📣 Work With Michelle in 2026<br>DogCo Mastermind enrollment is officially open and we only bring in new companies once a year. If scaling your pet care business with clear systems, stronger leadership, and better profitability is a goal for next year, submit your application now at 👉 http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen on Your Favorite Platform<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What I Wish I Could Tell Coaching Clients | Ep. 68</title>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>68</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What I Wish I Could Tell Coaching Clients | Ep. 68</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a0c9610-2737-4185-aba5-a5f9d97e7d13</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/df28718f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take Friday episode, I am sharing three honest truths that I wish I could tell coaching clients when they are deep in the struggle. These are insights I hold closely in my own business, and they shape how I coach, how I lead, and how I navigate hard seasons. Some of these truths are not always easy to hear in the moment, but they absolutely transform how you show up in your business long term.</p><p>If you ever feel like you are carrying too much, worrying about things you cannot control, or frustrated by slow progress, this episode is for you. I hope it gives you a sense of grounding, power, and clarity for the road ahead.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• If it is outside your control, it is not worth the time and energy you are giving it</p><p>• You have more control than you think, and extreme ownership can change everything</p><p>• The work has to get done regardless of how you feel about it</p><p>• Your mindset is one of your strongest business assets</p><p>• Avoidance feels safe in the moment but creates more pain in the long run</p><p><br>🔗 Helpful Links</p><p>• Explore the DogCo Mastermind and apply at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>• Follow along on Instagram for more coaching insights</p><p>• Share this episode with a pet care owner who needs a little clarity this week</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take Friday episode, I am sharing three honest truths that I wish I could tell coaching clients when they are deep in the struggle. These are insights I hold closely in my own business, and they shape how I coach, how I lead, and how I navigate hard seasons. Some of these truths are not always easy to hear in the moment, but they absolutely transform how you show up in your business long term.</p><p>If you ever feel like you are carrying too much, worrying about things you cannot control, or frustrated by slow progress, this episode is for you. I hope it gives you a sense of grounding, power, and clarity for the road ahead.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• If it is outside your control, it is not worth the time and energy you are giving it</p><p>• You have more control than you think, and extreme ownership can change everything</p><p>• The work has to get done regardless of how you feel about it</p><p>• Your mindset is one of your strongest business assets</p><p>• Avoidance feels safe in the moment but creates more pain in the long run</p><p><br>🔗 Helpful Links</p><p>• Explore the DogCo Mastermind and apply at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>• Follow along on Instagram for more coaching insights</p><p>• Share this episode with a pet care owner who needs a little clarity this week</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/df28718f/4544b147.mp3" length="7746922" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>482</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Take Friday episode, I am sharing three honest truths that I wish I could tell coaching clients when they are deep in the struggle. These are insights I hold closely in my own business, and they shape how I coach, how I lead, and how I navigate hard seasons. Some of these truths are not always easy to hear in the moment, but they absolutely transform how you show up in your business long term.</p><p>If you ever feel like you are carrying too much, worrying about things you cannot control, or frustrated by slow progress, this episode is for you. I hope it gives you a sense of grounding, power, and clarity for the road ahead.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• If it is outside your control, it is not worth the time and energy you are giving it</p><p>• You have more control than you think, and extreme ownership can change everything</p><p>• The work has to get done regardless of how you feel about it</p><p>• Your mindset is one of your strongest business assets</p><p>• Avoidance feels safe in the moment but creates more pain in the long run</p><p><br>🔗 Helpful Links</p><p>• Explore the DogCo Mastermind and apply at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>• Follow along on Instagram for more coaching insights</p><p>• Share this episode with a pet care owner who needs a little clarity this week</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reducing Labor Costs by 24% with Lauren Dunkle | Ep. 67</title>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>67</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Reducing Labor Costs by 24% with Lauren Dunkle | Ep. 67</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e98119b9-9bfb-4889-bd9d-869b98932861</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6c425873</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have ever wondered whether you can turn a struggling pet care business into a strong, scalable company, this episode is for you. Today I sit down with my friend, DogCo Team Member, and DogCo Mastermind member, Lauren Dunkle, to unpack one of the most inspiring business transformations I have ever witnessed. Lauren went from ending a year at a major financial loss with a 78 percent labor cost to becoming profitable, paying herself a real salary, and building a team with insane retention.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome and why this episode matters<br>0:17 Meet guest Lauren Dunkle<br>0:52 The financial breaking point in 2023<br>2:03 Entering DogCo with a 78 percent labor cost<br>3:40 Learning to understand the numbers<br>4:50 How Illinois labor laws shaped her business<br>5:47 Transitioning from ICs to employees<br>7:01 Discovering and repairing the labor cost gap<br>8:48 Cutting labor cost from 78 percent to 52 percent<br>10:36 Paying staff well without destroying margins<br>12:49 Protecting profit and protecting your team<br>14:25 The mindset shift that changed her business<br>17:16 Why she did not fire anyone to fix the problem<br>20:32 Why profit matters for long term stability<br>23:00 Developing a data skill set from scratch<br>26:09 Deciding to drop pet sitting using clean data<br>33:01 Systems that allowed her to onboard 120 clients<br>36:00 Lauren joins the DogCo team and final reflections</p><p>This conversation is real, honest, tactical, and incredibly empowering for anyone who wants to run a healthier business without sacrificing values, team culture, or long term goals. I cannot wait for you to hear it.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How Lauren cut her labor cost from 78 percent to 52 percent<br>• Why labor cost is the most important number in a team based pet care company<br>• How to make data based decisions even if numbers make you nervous<br>• What it looks like to restructure a business without losing momentum<br>• The truth about growth curves, slow seasons, and emotional resilience<br>• How to position staff pay, benefits, and pathways in a high cost of living state<br>• How letting data guide decisions can help you scale cleanly and profitably</p><p>🚀 Ready to Scale Your Pet Care Business?<br>Mastermind enrollment is open for January 2026. If you want to work with DogCo, this is your window. Schedule your consultation at: dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen on Your Favorite Platform</p><p>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>Cheering you on, </p><p>Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have ever wondered whether you can turn a struggling pet care business into a strong, scalable company, this episode is for you. Today I sit down with my friend, DogCo Team Member, and DogCo Mastermind member, Lauren Dunkle, to unpack one of the most inspiring business transformations I have ever witnessed. Lauren went from ending a year at a major financial loss with a 78 percent labor cost to becoming profitable, paying herself a real salary, and building a team with insane retention.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome and why this episode matters<br>0:17 Meet guest Lauren Dunkle<br>0:52 The financial breaking point in 2023<br>2:03 Entering DogCo with a 78 percent labor cost<br>3:40 Learning to understand the numbers<br>4:50 How Illinois labor laws shaped her business<br>5:47 Transitioning from ICs to employees<br>7:01 Discovering and repairing the labor cost gap<br>8:48 Cutting labor cost from 78 percent to 52 percent<br>10:36 Paying staff well without destroying margins<br>12:49 Protecting profit and protecting your team<br>14:25 The mindset shift that changed her business<br>17:16 Why she did not fire anyone to fix the problem<br>20:32 Why profit matters for long term stability<br>23:00 Developing a data skill set from scratch<br>26:09 Deciding to drop pet sitting using clean data<br>33:01 Systems that allowed her to onboard 120 clients<br>36:00 Lauren joins the DogCo team and final reflections</p><p>This conversation is real, honest, tactical, and incredibly empowering for anyone who wants to run a healthier business without sacrificing values, team culture, or long term goals. I cannot wait for you to hear it.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How Lauren cut her labor cost from 78 percent to 52 percent<br>• Why labor cost is the most important number in a team based pet care company<br>• How to make data based decisions even if numbers make you nervous<br>• What it looks like to restructure a business without losing momentum<br>• The truth about growth curves, slow seasons, and emotional resilience<br>• How to position staff pay, benefits, and pathways in a high cost of living state<br>• How letting data guide decisions can help you scale cleanly and profitably</p><p>🚀 Ready to Scale Your Pet Care Business?<br>Mastermind enrollment is open for January 2026. If you want to work with DogCo, this is your window. Schedule your consultation at: dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen on Your Favorite Platform</p><p>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>Cheering you on, </p><p>Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Dec 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6c425873/21ed1b08.mp3" length="36326558" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2268</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you have ever wondered whether you can turn a struggling pet care business into a strong, scalable company, this episode is for you. Today I sit down with my friend, DogCo Team Member, and DogCo Mastermind member, Lauren Dunkle, to unpack one of the most inspiring business transformations I have ever witnessed. Lauren went from ending a year at a major financial loss with a 78 percent labor cost to becoming profitable, paying herself a real salary, and building a team with insane retention.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome and why this episode matters<br>0:17 Meet guest Lauren Dunkle<br>0:52 The financial breaking point in 2023<br>2:03 Entering DogCo with a 78 percent labor cost<br>3:40 Learning to understand the numbers<br>4:50 How Illinois labor laws shaped her business<br>5:47 Transitioning from ICs to employees<br>7:01 Discovering and repairing the labor cost gap<br>8:48 Cutting labor cost from 78 percent to 52 percent<br>10:36 Paying staff well without destroying margins<br>12:49 Protecting profit and protecting your team<br>14:25 The mindset shift that changed her business<br>17:16 Why she did not fire anyone to fix the problem<br>20:32 Why profit matters for long term stability<br>23:00 Developing a data skill set from scratch<br>26:09 Deciding to drop pet sitting using clean data<br>33:01 Systems that allowed her to onboard 120 clients<br>36:00 Lauren joins the DogCo team and final reflections</p><p>This conversation is real, honest, tactical, and incredibly empowering for anyone who wants to run a healthier business without sacrificing values, team culture, or long term goals. I cannot wait for you to hear it.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How Lauren cut her labor cost from 78 percent to 52 percent<br>• Why labor cost is the most important number in a team based pet care company<br>• How to make data based decisions even if numbers make you nervous<br>• What it looks like to restructure a business without losing momentum<br>• The truth about growth curves, slow seasons, and emotional resilience<br>• How to position staff pay, benefits, and pathways in a high cost of living state<br>• How letting data guide decisions can help you scale cleanly and profitably</p><p>🚀 Ready to Scale Your Pet Care Business?<br>Mastermind enrollment is open for January 2026. If you want to work with DogCo, this is your window. Schedule your consultation at: dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Listen on Your Favorite Platform</p><p>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>Cheering you on, </p><p>Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My List of DogCo Thankful | Ep. 66</title>
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>66</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My List of DogCo Thankful | Ep. 66</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d82930f2-6159-4eb0-bddc-6da495f752f4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/969d58d8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Take Friday episode, I am slowing down a bit and sharing something personal. This week felt like the perfect time to pause, reflect, and talk honestly about what I am most thankful for inside DogCo right now. Running a relational business can be messy and beautiful all at once, and I wanted to bring you behind the scenes of what that looks like for me.</p><p><br>If you are growing a pet care company and feeling stuck, tired, or unsure of what comes next, I hope this episode encourages you to look at what is already working, who is already beside you, and why those relational anchors matter more than we sometimes admit.</p><p><br>This episode covers three things I am deeply grateful for, pulled directly from what I have experienced this year in DogCo.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• Running a relational company is not always simple, but the richness it adds to your work is unmatched.</p><p>• Bringing on the right people changes the energy of your entire business and allows you to grow in new ways.</p><p>• Feeling aligned in your priorities, systems, and direction gives you the energy needed to scale to the next level.</p><p>• Growth does not happen by accident. When you are ready, the right support can change everything.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>💛 A Note From Me</strong></p><p><br>Thank you for being here. Whether you are a long time client, a DogCo Secrets listener, or someone who just found this podcast today, I am thankful for you. I am excited to finish this year strong and step boldly into the next one together.</p><p>Cheering you on,</p><p>Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Take Friday episode, I am slowing down a bit and sharing something personal. This week felt like the perfect time to pause, reflect, and talk honestly about what I am most thankful for inside DogCo right now. Running a relational business can be messy and beautiful all at once, and I wanted to bring you behind the scenes of what that looks like for me.</p><p><br>If you are growing a pet care company and feeling stuck, tired, or unsure of what comes next, I hope this episode encourages you to look at what is already working, who is already beside you, and why those relational anchors matter more than we sometimes admit.</p><p><br>This episode covers three things I am deeply grateful for, pulled directly from what I have experienced this year in DogCo.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• Running a relational company is not always simple, but the richness it adds to your work is unmatched.</p><p>• Bringing on the right people changes the energy of your entire business and allows you to grow in new ways.</p><p>• Feeling aligned in your priorities, systems, and direction gives you the energy needed to scale to the next level.</p><p>• Growth does not happen by accident. When you are ready, the right support can change everything.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>💛 A Note From Me</strong></p><p><br>Thank you for being here. Whether you are a long time client, a DogCo Secrets listener, or someone who just found this podcast today, I am thankful for you. I am excited to finish this year strong and step boldly into the next one together.</p><p>Cheering you on,</p><p>Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/969d58d8/bf396141.mp3" length="8947285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>557</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Take Friday episode, I am slowing down a bit and sharing something personal. This week felt like the perfect time to pause, reflect, and talk honestly about what I am most thankful for inside DogCo right now. Running a relational business can be messy and beautiful all at once, and I wanted to bring you behind the scenes of what that looks like for me.</p><p><br>If you are growing a pet care company and feeling stuck, tired, or unsure of what comes next, I hope this episode encourages you to look at what is already working, who is already beside you, and why those relational anchors matter more than we sometimes admit.</p><p><br>This episode covers three things I am deeply grateful for, pulled directly from what I have experienced this year in DogCo.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• Running a relational company is not always simple, but the richness it adds to your work is unmatched.</p><p>• Bringing on the right people changes the energy of your entire business and allows you to grow in new ways.</p><p>• Feeling aligned in your priorities, systems, and direction gives you the energy needed to scale to the next level.</p><p>• Growth does not happen by accident. When you are ready, the right support can change everything.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>💛 A Note From Me</strong></p><p><br>Thank you for being here. Whether you are a long time client, a DogCo Secrets listener, or someone who just found this podcast today, I am thankful for you. I am excited to finish this year strong and step boldly into the next one together.</p><p>Cheering you on,</p><p>Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investing in Yourself: A Look Inside 7 Figure DogCo with Kristin Skelton | Ep. 65</title>
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>65</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Investing in Yourself: A Look Inside 7 Figure DogCo with Kristin Skelton | Ep. 65</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93ec03f2-a783-48fc-ac34-578b93f64357</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fc30ea00</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you are building a long-lasting, scalable, and stable pet care company, you will love this conversation with Kristin Skelton, founder of Floofins and Company. We talk about starting small, growing a team, planning for long-term success, navigating seasons of life and business, creating a supportive network, and building a business that supports your life. This episode is packed with insight for pet care owners who want to think bigger heading into 2026. </p><p>📣 Ready to grow your business in 2025? Join the DogCo Mastermind.<br>Mastermind enrollment page is dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome and introduction to Kristin<br>0:52 How Kristin's business began and the story behind the name<br>4:51 Early bottlenecks and moving quickly into hiring<br>6:05 Realizing she was running both a pet care company and a recruiting company<br>8:26 Why ongoing recruiting is essential to staying ahead of demand<br>10:05 Why Kristin invests heavily in learning and conferences<br>11:03 Building groups like PCP and the early days of NAPS networking<br>12:56 How COVID forced major pivots in the business<br>14:30 Why in person learning accelerates growth dramatically<br>16:57 Entering new seasons as a parent and business owner<br>17:47 Digital learning versus in person transformation<br>20:01 Why the pet industry has massive opportunity going into 2026<br>21:20 Building a business that supports your life stage<br>23:08 Industry growth and higher expectations for professional care<br>25:35 Why finding your trusted circle is critical<br>27:10 Pet care as a real career path for teams<br>28:44 The mindset required for long term growth<br>29:35 Creating “almost overnights” and evolving service packages<br>31:47 Reducing service menus and finding the right model<br>32:56 Accepting imperfection and continuing to refine<br>33:39 Closing reflections on learning, community, and growth</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Scaling a pet care company means mastering hiring and recruiting<br>• The industry is full of opportunities for owners who stay adaptable<br>• In-person learning creates breakthroughs that digital content cannot<br>• Your business model will evolve as your life evolves<br>• Long-term success requires refining systems again and again<br>• Networking and your professional circle directly impact your trajectory<br>• Growth is not linear and requires courage to keep changing</p><p>#DogCoLaunch #DogCoMasterMind</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you are building a long-lasting, scalable, and stable pet care company, you will love this conversation with Kristin Skelton, founder of Floofins and Company. We talk about starting small, growing a team, planning for long-term success, navigating seasons of life and business, creating a supportive network, and building a business that supports your life. This episode is packed with insight for pet care owners who want to think bigger heading into 2026. </p><p>📣 Ready to grow your business in 2025? Join the DogCo Mastermind.<br>Mastermind enrollment page is dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome and introduction to Kristin<br>0:52 How Kristin's business began and the story behind the name<br>4:51 Early bottlenecks and moving quickly into hiring<br>6:05 Realizing she was running both a pet care company and a recruiting company<br>8:26 Why ongoing recruiting is essential to staying ahead of demand<br>10:05 Why Kristin invests heavily in learning and conferences<br>11:03 Building groups like PCP and the early days of NAPS networking<br>12:56 How COVID forced major pivots in the business<br>14:30 Why in person learning accelerates growth dramatically<br>16:57 Entering new seasons as a parent and business owner<br>17:47 Digital learning versus in person transformation<br>20:01 Why the pet industry has massive opportunity going into 2026<br>21:20 Building a business that supports your life stage<br>23:08 Industry growth and higher expectations for professional care<br>25:35 Why finding your trusted circle is critical<br>27:10 Pet care as a real career path for teams<br>28:44 The mindset required for long term growth<br>29:35 Creating “almost overnights” and evolving service packages<br>31:47 Reducing service menus and finding the right model<br>32:56 Accepting imperfection and continuing to refine<br>33:39 Closing reflections on learning, community, and growth</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Scaling a pet care company means mastering hiring and recruiting<br>• The industry is full of opportunities for owners who stay adaptable<br>• In-person learning creates breakthroughs that digital content cannot<br>• Your business model will evolve as your life evolves<br>• Long-term success requires refining systems again and again<br>• Networking and your professional circle directly impact your trajectory<br>• Growth is not linear and requires courage to keep changing</p><p>#DogCoLaunch #DogCoMasterMind</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fc30ea00/5c8f58b7.mp3" length="33174754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2071</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you are building a long-lasting, scalable, and stable pet care company, you will love this conversation with Kristin Skelton, founder of Floofins and Company. We talk about starting small, growing a team, planning for long-term success, navigating seasons of life and business, creating a supportive network, and building a business that supports your life. This episode is packed with insight for pet care owners who want to think bigger heading into 2026. </p><p>📣 Ready to grow your business in 2025? Join the DogCo Mastermind.<br>Mastermind enrollment page is dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome and introduction to Kristin<br>0:52 How Kristin's business began and the story behind the name<br>4:51 Early bottlenecks and moving quickly into hiring<br>6:05 Realizing she was running both a pet care company and a recruiting company<br>8:26 Why ongoing recruiting is essential to staying ahead of demand<br>10:05 Why Kristin invests heavily in learning and conferences<br>11:03 Building groups like PCP and the early days of NAPS networking<br>12:56 How COVID forced major pivots in the business<br>14:30 Why in person learning accelerates growth dramatically<br>16:57 Entering new seasons as a parent and business owner<br>17:47 Digital learning versus in person transformation<br>20:01 Why the pet industry has massive opportunity going into 2026<br>21:20 Building a business that supports your life stage<br>23:08 Industry growth and higher expectations for professional care<br>25:35 Why finding your trusted circle is critical<br>27:10 Pet care as a real career path for teams<br>28:44 The mindset required for long term growth<br>29:35 Creating “almost overnights” and evolving service packages<br>31:47 Reducing service menus and finding the right model<br>32:56 Accepting imperfection and continuing to refine<br>33:39 Closing reflections on learning, community, and growth</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Scaling a pet care company means mastering hiring and recruiting<br>• The industry is full of opportunities for owners who stay adaptable<br>• In-person learning creates breakthroughs that digital content cannot<br>• Your business model will evolve as your life evolves<br>• Long-term success requires refining systems again and again<br>• Networking and your professional circle directly impact your trajectory<br>• Growth is not linear and requires courage to keep changing</p><p>#DogCoLaunch #DogCoMasterMind</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take: Your 2026 Financial Planning Crash Course | Ep. 64</title>
      <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>64</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take: Your 2026 Financial Planning Crash Course | Ep. 64</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f7e28a6-9fa2-4ea4-a6e2-7b528c6add00</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/00c00944</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Tip episode, I am walking you through a 2026 financial planning crash course. We are only weeks away from a brand new year, which means this is the perfect moment to take stock of your finances, tighten up your money systems, and set yourself up to scale with confidence.</p><p>I am sharing the exact things I am doing inside DogCo as we grow our team. These are the foundations I believe every pet care business should have in place before the new year hits.</p><p>This episode will help you get crystal clear on what to focus on for stronger financial health, how to protect your net profit while still investing wisely, and how to prepare for your biggest year of growth yet.</p><p><strong>What You Will Learn</strong></p><p>• How I am planning my own 2026 financial strategy<br>• Why net profit protection matters more than top line growth<br>• The two financial support roles every pet care business needs<br>• How to prep your savings and tax accounts the smart way<br>• What to audit before the new year to keep your business lean<br>• Why planning ahead creates massive clarity for your goals<br>• The simplest way to map the gap between where you are and where you want to go</p><p><strong>Mastermind Enrollment Now Open</strong></p><p>If you want support scaling your team-based pet care company in 2026, this is your moment.</p><p>Enrollment for the DogCo Mastermind is officially open, and we only take companies once a year.</p><p>Learn more and schedule your consultation at <a href="http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind"><strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong></a><br></p><p><strong>#petcarebusiness #businessfinancialplanning #dogcolaunch<br></strong><br></p><p>If this episode gave you clarity or momentum, share it with another pet care business owner who wants to level up next year. Cheering you on as always.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Tip episode, I am walking you through a 2026 financial planning crash course. We are only weeks away from a brand new year, which means this is the perfect moment to take stock of your finances, tighten up your money systems, and set yourself up to scale with confidence.</p><p>I am sharing the exact things I am doing inside DogCo as we grow our team. These are the foundations I believe every pet care business should have in place before the new year hits.</p><p>This episode will help you get crystal clear on what to focus on for stronger financial health, how to protect your net profit while still investing wisely, and how to prepare for your biggest year of growth yet.</p><p><strong>What You Will Learn</strong></p><p>• How I am planning my own 2026 financial strategy<br>• Why net profit protection matters more than top line growth<br>• The two financial support roles every pet care business needs<br>• How to prep your savings and tax accounts the smart way<br>• What to audit before the new year to keep your business lean<br>• Why planning ahead creates massive clarity for your goals<br>• The simplest way to map the gap between where you are and where you want to go</p><p><strong>Mastermind Enrollment Now Open</strong></p><p>If you want support scaling your team-based pet care company in 2026, this is your moment.</p><p>Enrollment for the DogCo Mastermind is officially open, and we only take companies once a year.</p><p>Learn more and schedule your consultation at <a href="http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind"><strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong></a><br></p><p><strong>#petcarebusiness #businessfinancialplanning #dogcolaunch<br></strong><br></p><p>If this episode gave you clarity or momentum, share it with another pet care business owner who wants to level up next year. Cheering you on as always.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/00c00944/57b880af.mp3" length="9264960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>577</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Hot Tip episode, I am walking you through a 2026 financial planning crash course. We are only weeks away from a brand new year, which means this is the perfect moment to take stock of your finances, tighten up your money systems, and set yourself up to scale with confidence.</p><p>I am sharing the exact things I am doing inside DogCo as we grow our team. These are the foundations I believe every pet care business should have in place before the new year hits.</p><p>This episode will help you get crystal clear on what to focus on for stronger financial health, how to protect your net profit while still investing wisely, and how to prepare for your biggest year of growth yet.</p><p><strong>What You Will Learn</strong></p><p>• How I am planning my own 2026 financial strategy<br>• Why net profit protection matters more than top line growth<br>• The two financial support roles every pet care business needs<br>• How to prep your savings and tax accounts the smart way<br>• What to audit before the new year to keep your business lean<br>• Why planning ahead creates massive clarity for your goals<br>• The simplest way to map the gap between where you are and where you want to go</p><p><strong>Mastermind Enrollment Now Open</strong></p><p>If you want support scaling your team-based pet care company in 2026, this is your moment.</p><p>Enrollment for the DogCo Mastermind is officially open, and we only take companies once a year.</p><p>Learn more and schedule your consultation at <a href="http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind"><strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong></a><br></p><p><strong>#petcarebusiness #businessfinancialplanning #dogcolaunch<br></strong><br></p><p>If this episode gave you clarity or momentum, share it with another pet care business owner who wants to level up next year. Cheering you on as always.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Helping Companies Plan Their Futures with Maris Sonnabend | Ep. 63</title>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>63</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Helping Companies Plan Their Futures with Maris Sonnabend | Ep. 63</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">afc514c8-db00-45e0-bdef-40d0badfdd33</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/82045aed</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend, long time client, and now DogCo team member, Maris Sonnabend, to talk about the real journey of scaling a pet care business, navigating big life changes, and building a company that truly supports your future.</p><p>Maris shares how she went from doing everything herself to running a thriving team of 27, stepping out of the field, taking maternity leave, and now using her experience to help other companies grow through DogCo.</p><p>If you have ever felt stuck, overwhelmed, or unsure of your next move, this conversation is full of clarity, actionable insight, and the permission to build a business that works for the life you want.</p><p>Want to work with DogCo in 2026?<br>💡💡💡 Mastermind enrollment page: dogcolaunch.com/mastermind 💡💡💡</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>00:00 Intro<br>00:37 How Michelle and Maris met<br>01:25 Maris shares her business story<br>03:05 From doing everything to hiring a full team<br>04:40 Eliminating services that did not serve the business<br>06:50 What it took to get out of burnout<br>08:40 The role DogCo played in restructuring profitable service lines<br>10:24 Preparing for maternity leave while still scaling<br>12:05 Why investing in yourself matters<br>14:45 Implementing coaching vs only consuming it<br>16:00 Time blocking and getting unstuck<br>18:05 Learning to prioritize freedom and family<br>20:00 Why Maris joined the DogCo team<br>22:35 Honest conversations about fit and readiness for the Mastermind<br>25:00 Advice for companies stuck before the new year<br>27:00 Believing your business is within your control<br>28:40 Why reinventing the wheel slows companies down<br>30:10 The real value of proven SOPs and systems<br>31:50 The new DogCo Process Builder tool<br>33:40 Maris emotional story of growth<br>35:05 The invitation to schedule a consultation</p><p>🔥 Key Takeaways<br>• You do not have to offer every service to be successful<br>• Eliminating mismatched services often unlocks profit and sanity<br>• Investing in yourself pays off when you actually implement what you learn<br>• Time blocking creates clarity, momentum, and freedom<br>• You can still scale even in complex life seasons<br>• Your business can serve your life, not the other way around<br>• Proven systems save years of trial and error<br>• Scheduling a consultation costs nothing, and can change everything</p><p>dogco #michellekline #petcarebusiness #petbusinesscoach #smallbusinessgrowth </p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend, long time client, and now DogCo team member, Maris Sonnabend, to talk about the real journey of scaling a pet care business, navigating big life changes, and building a company that truly supports your future.</p><p>Maris shares how she went from doing everything herself to running a thriving team of 27, stepping out of the field, taking maternity leave, and now using her experience to help other companies grow through DogCo.</p><p>If you have ever felt stuck, overwhelmed, or unsure of your next move, this conversation is full of clarity, actionable insight, and the permission to build a business that works for the life you want.</p><p>Want to work with DogCo in 2026?<br>💡💡💡 Mastermind enrollment page: dogcolaunch.com/mastermind 💡💡💡</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>00:00 Intro<br>00:37 How Michelle and Maris met<br>01:25 Maris shares her business story<br>03:05 From doing everything to hiring a full team<br>04:40 Eliminating services that did not serve the business<br>06:50 What it took to get out of burnout<br>08:40 The role DogCo played in restructuring profitable service lines<br>10:24 Preparing for maternity leave while still scaling<br>12:05 Why investing in yourself matters<br>14:45 Implementing coaching vs only consuming it<br>16:00 Time blocking and getting unstuck<br>18:05 Learning to prioritize freedom and family<br>20:00 Why Maris joined the DogCo team<br>22:35 Honest conversations about fit and readiness for the Mastermind<br>25:00 Advice for companies stuck before the new year<br>27:00 Believing your business is within your control<br>28:40 Why reinventing the wheel slows companies down<br>30:10 The real value of proven SOPs and systems<br>31:50 The new DogCo Process Builder tool<br>33:40 Maris emotional story of growth<br>35:05 The invitation to schedule a consultation</p><p>🔥 Key Takeaways<br>• You do not have to offer every service to be successful<br>• Eliminating mismatched services often unlocks profit and sanity<br>• Investing in yourself pays off when you actually implement what you learn<br>• Time blocking creates clarity, momentum, and freedom<br>• You can still scale even in complex life seasons<br>• Your business can serve your life, not the other way around<br>• Proven systems save years of trial and error<br>• Scheduling a consultation costs nothing, and can change everything</p><p>dogco #michellekline #petcarebusiness #petbusinesscoach #smallbusinessgrowth </p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/82045aed/0121047e.mp3" length="33919542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2118</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend, long time client, and now DogCo team member, Maris Sonnabend, to talk about the real journey of scaling a pet care business, navigating big life changes, and building a company that truly supports your future.</p><p>Maris shares how she went from doing everything herself to running a thriving team of 27, stepping out of the field, taking maternity leave, and now using her experience to help other companies grow through DogCo.</p><p>If you have ever felt stuck, overwhelmed, or unsure of your next move, this conversation is full of clarity, actionable insight, and the permission to build a business that works for the life you want.</p><p>Want to work with DogCo in 2026?<br>💡💡💡 Mastermind enrollment page: dogcolaunch.com/mastermind 💡💡💡</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>00:00 Intro<br>00:37 How Michelle and Maris met<br>01:25 Maris shares her business story<br>03:05 From doing everything to hiring a full team<br>04:40 Eliminating services that did not serve the business<br>06:50 What it took to get out of burnout<br>08:40 The role DogCo played in restructuring profitable service lines<br>10:24 Preparing for maternity leave while still scaling<br>12:05 Why investing in yourself matters<br>14:45 Implementing coaching vs only consuming it<br>16:00 Time blocking and getting unstuck<br>18:05 Learning to prioritize freedom and family<br>20:00 Why Maris joined the DogCo team<br>22:35 Honest conversations about fit and readiness for the Mastermind<br>25:00 Advice for companies stuck before the new year<br>27:00 Believing your business is within your control<br>28:40 Why reinventing the wheel slows companies down<br>30:10 The real value of proven SOPs and systems<br>31:50 The new DogCo Process Builder tool<br>33:40 Maris emotional story of growth<br>35:05 The invitation to schedule a consultation</p><p>🔥 Key Takeaways<br>• You do not have to offer every service to be successful<br>• Eliminating mismatched services often unlocks profit and sanity<br>• Investing in yourself pays off when you actually implement what you learn<br>• Time blocking creates clarity, momentum, and freedom<br>• You can still scale even in complex life seasons<br>• Your business can serve your life, not the other way around<br>• Proven systems save years of trial and error<br>• Scheduling a consultation costs nothing, and can change everything</p><p>dogco #michellekline #petcarebusiness #petbusinesscoach #smallbusinessgrowth </p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Be All In, Or All Out | Ep. 62</title>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>62</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Be All In, Or All Out | Ep. 62</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">86e113bd-559b-4d19-a205-539856788a26</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c7951d9a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Hot Take episode, I want to talk about what happens when you’re halfway in on your business, and why that middle ground is the hardest place to be.</p><p><br>I’ve had seasons where I was half-in and half-out, and they were always the most exhausting, confusing, and least successful seasons of my life. I’ll share a conversation I had with my husband that changed the way I approach my work, and how giving myself permission to go <em>all in</em> on DogCo completely shifted my momentum.</p><p>If you’re feeling torn between paths or hesitant to commit, I want to encourage you, clarity and progress only come when you make the call. Whether that means going all in or all out, you deserve to move forward with full alignment and energy.</p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Being half-in keeps you stuck longer than failing fast</p><p>• Clarity comes when you commit to one direction</p><p>• Sometimes stepping back fully is the healthiest decision</p><p>• Alignment and peace beat divided focus every time</p><p>• Go all in on what you truly want to build</p><p><br>💡 <strong>Join the DogCo Mastermind</strong></p><p>If you’re ready to go all in on your business, the DogCo Mastermind is the place to do it. Enrollment is open now at <strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</strong>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Hot Take episode, I want to talk about what happens when you’re halfway in on your business, and why that middle ground is the hardest place to be.</p><p><br>I’ve had seasons where I was half-in and half-out, and they were always the most exhausting, confusing, and least successful seasons of my life. I’ll share a conversation I had with my husband that changed the way I approach my work, and how giving myself permission to go <em>all in</em> on DogCo completely shifted my momentum.</p><p>If you’re feeling torn between paths or hesitant to commit, I want to encourage you, clarity and progress only come when you make the call. Whether that means going all in or all out, you deserve to move forward with full alignment and energy.</p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Being half-in keeps you stuck longer than failing fast</p><p>• Clarity comes when you commit to one direction</p><p>• Sometimes stepping back fully is the healthiest decision</p><p>• Alignment and peace beat divided focus every time</p><p>• Go all in on what you truly want to build</p><p><br>💡 <strong>Join the DogCo Mastermind</strong></p><p>If you’re ready to go all in on your business, the DogCo Mastermind is the place to do it. Enrollment is open now at <strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</strong>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c7951d9a/c4a0c999.mp3" length="5553881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>345</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Hot Take episode, I want to talk about what happens when you’re halfway in on your business, and why that middle ground is the hardest place to be.</p><p><br>I’ve had seasons where I was half-in and half-out, and they were always the most exhausting, confusing, and least successful seasons of my life. I’ll share a conversation I had with my husband that changed the way I approach my work, and how giving myself permission to go <em>all in</em> on DogCo completely shifted my momentum.</p><p>If you’re feeling torn between paths or hesitant to commit, I want to encourage you, clarity and progress only come when you make the call. Whether that means going all in or all out, you deserve to move forward with full alignment and energy.</p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Being half-in keeps you stuck longer than failing fast</p><p>• Clarity comes when you commit to one direction</p><p>• Sometimes stepping back fully is the healthiest decision</p><p>• Alignment and peace beat divided focus every time</p><p>• Go all in on what you truly want to build</p><p><br>💡 <strong>Join the DogCo Mastermind</strong></p><p>If you’re ready to go all in on your business, the DogCo Mastermind is the place to do it. Enrollment is open now at <strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</strong>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Underestimating Yourself | Ep. 61</title>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>61</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop Underestimating Yourself | Ep. 61</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37bad42f-6e80-461a-844d-d85c23ce3e88</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f655e901</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the biggest thing standing between you and your next level isn’t strategy, but self-belief? In this episode, I dive into how mindset shapes growth. Not only in business, but in how you define what’s possible for your company.</p><p>I think its critical to reframe self-talk like “Can I do this?” into “What would it take to do this?” I share how this subtle shift can change everything about the way you lead, grow, and scale. If you’re ready to reframe the way that you think about your own capabilities, this one’s for you.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Success starts with how you view your own capability<br>• The right question isn’t “Can I?” but “What would it take?”<br>• Every goal has trade-offs — decide which are worth it<br>• Growth is about wisdom, not just feasibility<br>• Stop asking if it’s possible, and start building your plan</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>0:35 – Why “realistic” goals limit entrepreneurs<br>1:18 – Shifting from feasibility to wisdom<br>2:06 – The belief that anything is possible<br>3:03 – Understanding trade-offs in scaling<br>4:01 – Paying for growth with time or resources<br>5:08 – Replacing “Can I?” with “How could I?”<br>6:06 – Scaling with intention, not ego<br>7:01 – Closing reflections and next steps</p><p>🚀 Join the DogCo Mastermind<br>Ready to take your business to the next level with expert coaching and community? Enrollment is now open for the DogCo Mastermind — visit dogcolaunch.com/mastermind to learn more and apply.</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the biggest thing standing between you and your next level isn’t strategy, but self-belief? In this episode, I dive into how mindset shapes growth. Not only in business, but in how you define what’s possible for your company.</p><p>I think its critical to reframe self-talk like “Can I do this?” into “What would it take to do this?” I share how this subtle shift can change everything about the way you lead, grow, and scale. If you’re ready to reframe the way that you think about your own capabilities, this one’s for you.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Success starts with how you view your own capability<br>• The right question isn’t “Can I?” but “What would it take?”<br>• Every goal has trade-offs — decide which are worth it<br>• Growth is about wisdom, not just feasibility<br>• Stop asking if it’s possible, and start building your plan</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>0:35 – Why “realistic” goals limit entrepreneurs<br>1:18 – Shifting from feasibility to wisdom<br>2:06 – The belief that anything is possible<br>3:03 – Understanding trade-offs in scaling<br>4:01 – Paying for growth with time or resources<br>5:08 – Replacing “Can I?” with “How could I?”<br>6:06 – Scaling with intention, not ego<br>7:01 – Closing reflections and next steps</p><p>🚀 Join the DogCo Mastermind<br>Ready to take your business to the next level with expert coaching and community? Enrollment is now open for the DogCo Mastermind — visit dogcolaunch.com/mastermind to learn more and apply.</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f655e901/a020bb26.mp3" length="7558411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>470</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the biggest thing standing between you and your next level isn’t strategy, but self-belief? In this episode, I dive into how mindset shapes growth. Not only in business, but in how you define what’s possible for your company.</p><p>I think its critical to reframe self-talk like “Can I do this?” into “What would it take to do this?” I share how this subtle shift can change everything about the way you lead, grow, and scale. If you’re ready to reframe the way that you think about your own capabilities, this one’s for you.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Success starts with how you view your own capability<br>• The right question isn’t “Can I?” but “What would it take?”<br>• Every goal has trade-offs — decide which are worth it<br>• Growth is about wisdom, not just feasibility<br>• Stop asking if it’s possible, and start building your plan</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>0:35 – Why “realistic” goals limit entrepreneurs<br>1:18 – Shifting from feasibility to wisdom<br>2:06 – The belief that anything is possible<br>3:03 – Understanding trade-offs in scaling<br>4:01 – Paying for growth with time or resources<br>5:08 – Replacing “Can I?” with “How could I?”<br>6:06 – Scaling with intention, not ego<br>7:01 – Closing reflections and next steps</p><p>🚀 Join the DogCo Mastermind<br>Ready to take your business to the next level with expert coaching and community? Enrollment is now open for the DogCo Mastermind — visit dogcolaunch.com/mastermind to learn more and apply.</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take: How much time off should I give my team? | Ep. 60</title>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>60</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take: How much time off should I give my team? | Ep. 60</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">57d0e764-8897-4bab-a1a9-fb23d86a58a2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f39b986</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever struggled to figure out how much time off to allow your team, this episode is for you. In today’s Hot Take Friday, I’m unpacking one of the most common challenges in the pet care industry: balancing flexibility for your team with the operational consistency your business needs.</p><p>I’ll share how I structured time-off requests in my own pet care company, what systems made it easier, and why focusing on <em>clarity</em> instead of <em>control</em> is the key to reducing burnout and building trust.</p><p><br>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Shift your mindset from “how much time off” to “what system best supports clarity”</p><p>• Implement a clear notice cadence for time-off requests</p><p>• Protect your business by tracking averages and seasonal trends</p><p>• Encourage your team to post shifts and find coverage within a system</p><p>• Claim your own time off first - and protect it</p><p>Cheering you on,</p><p>Michelle<strong><br></strong><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever struggled to figure out how much time off to allow your team, this episode is for you. In today’s Hot Take Friday, I’m unpacking one of the most common challenges in the pet care industry: balancing flexibility for your team with the operational consistency your business needs.</p><p>I’ll share how I structured time-off requests in my own pet care company, what systems made it easier, and why focusing on <em>clarity</em> instead of <em>control</em> is the key to reducing burnout and building trust.</p><p><br>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Shift your mindset from “how much time off” to “what system best supports clarity”</p><p>• Implement a clear notice cadence for time-off requests</p><p>• Protect your business by tracking averages and seasonal trends</p><p>• Encourage your team to post shifts and find coverage within a system</p><p>• Claim your own time off first - and protect it</p><p>Cheering you on,</p><p>Michelle<strong><br></strong><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8f39b986/bdf1fc99.mp3" length="7430118" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>462</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever struggled to figure out how much time off to allow your team, this episode is for you. In today’s Hot Take Friday, I’m unpacking one of the most common challenges in the pet care industry: balancing flexibility for your team with the operational consistency your business needs.</p><p>I’ll share how I structured time-off requests in my own pet care company, what systems made it easier, and why focusing on <em>clarity</em> instead of <em>control</em> is the key to reducing burnout and building trust.</p><p><br>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Shift your mindset from “how much time off” to “what system best supports clarity”</p><p>• Implement a clear notice cadence for time-off requests</p><p>• Protect your business by tracking averages and seasonal trends</p><p>• Encourage your team to post shifts and find coverage within a system</p><p>• Claim your own time off first - and protect it</p><p>Cheering you on,</p><p>Michelle<strong><br></strong><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reflecting on the DogCo Business Summit | Ep.59</title>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>59</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Reflecting on the DogCo Business Summit | Ep.59</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2a827ce8-17f1-4ea0-b5aa-f62f3f8bc942</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/121ed73b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The DogCo Business Summit 2025 was one of the most impactful experiences of my career, and today I’m taking you behind the scenes. From the original seed of the idea at a pet industry conference in LA, to seeing over 150 pet care business owners come together in one space, I’m unpacking how this event came to life, what I learned, and where DogCo is heading next.</p><p>If you’ve ever dreamed about creating something bigger than yourself or wondered what it looks like to lead a movement inside an industry that’s still evolving, this episode is for you.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and post-Summit reflections<br>0:41 – How the Summit idea began<br>2:02 – The pet industry event that inspired DogCo<br>3:15 – Realizing the in-home pet care industry lacked representation<br>4:48 – Why I wanted to build something for our community<br>6:30 – The power of in-person connection in a digital world<br>7:55 – Setting the stage for the future of the pet care industry<br>9:03 – How speakers like Joey Coleman and Jamie Trull brought the event to life<br>10:21 – Lessons learned and goals for next year’s Summit<br>11:45 – The official 2025 DogCo Summit dates</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How the vision for the DogCo Summit began<br>• Why in-person connection is more valuable than ever in the AI era<br>• The pet care industry is still in its early stages of recognition, and we’re changing that<br>• Behind-the-scenes lessons learned (and what’s improving next year)<br>• The exciting plans for the 2026 DogCo Business Summit</p><p>🐾 Join Us Next Year<br>The DogCo Business Summit returns October 2–4, 2026 in Winston-Salem, NC. Featuring Joey Coleman, live workshops, and more ways to connect and grow your business.</p><p>Get your early access ticket at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | Amazon Music</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The DogCo Business Summit 2025 was one of the most impactful experiences of my career, and today I’m taking you behind the scenes. From the original seed of the idea at a pet industry conference in LA, to seeing over 150 pet care business owners come together in one space, I’m unpacking how this event came to life, what I learned, and where DogCo is heading next.</p><p>If you’ve ever dreamed about creating something bigger than yourself or wondered what it looks like to lead a movement inside an industry that’s still evolving, this episode is for you.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and post-Summit reflections<br>0:41 – How the Summit idea began<br>2:02 – The pet industry event that inspired DogCo<br>3:15 – Realizing the in-home pet care industry lacked representation<br>4:48 – Why I wanted to build something for our community<br>6:30 – The power of in-person connection in a digital world<br>7:55 – Setting the stage for the future of the pet care industry<br>9:03 – How speakers like Joey Coleman and Jamie Trull brought the event to life<br>10:21 – Lessons learned and goals for next year’s Summit<br>11:45 – The official 2025 DogCo Summit dates</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How the vision for the DogCo Summit began<br>• Why in-person connection is more valuable than ever in the AI era<br>• The pet care industry is still in its early stages of recognition, and we’re changing that<br>• Behind-the-scenes lessons learned (and what’s improving next year)<br>• The exciting plans for the 2026 DogCo Business Summit</p><p>🐾 Join Us Next Year<br>The DogCo Business Summit returns October 2–4, 2026 in Winston-Salem, NC. Featuring Joey Coleman, live workshops, and more ways to connect and grow your business.</p><p>Get your early access ticket at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | Amazon Music</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -0500</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/121ed73b/8a65e4a8.mp3" length="12558465" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>783</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The DogCo Business Summit 2025 was one of the most impactful experiences of my career, and today I’m taking you behind the scenes. From the original seed of the idea at a pet industry conference in LA, to seeing over 150 pet care business owners come together in one space, I’m unpacking how this event came to life, what I learned, and where DogCo is heading next.</p><p>If you’ve ever dreamed about creating something bigger than yourself or wondered what it looks like to lead a movement inside an industry that’s still evolving, this episode is for you.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and post-Summit reflections<br>0:41 – How the Summit idea began<br>2:02 – The pet industry event that inspired DogCo<br>3:15 – Realizing the in-home pet care industry lacked representation<br>4:48 – Why I wanted to build something for our community<br>6:30 – The power of in-person connection in a digital world<br>7:55 – Setting the stage for the future of the pet care industry<br>9:03 – How speakers like Joey Coleman and Jamie Trull brought the event to life<br>10:21 – Lessons learned and goals for next year’s Summit<br>11:45 – The official 2025 DogCo Summit dates</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How the vision for the DogCo Summit began<br>• Why in-person connection is more valuable than ever in the AI era<br>• The pet care industry is still in its early stages of recognition, and we’re changing that<br>• Behind-the-scenes lessons learned (and what’s improving next year)<br>• The exciting plans for the 2026 DogCo Business Summit</p><p>🐾 Join Us Next Year<br>The DogCo Business Summit returns October 2–4, 2026 in Winston-Salem, NC. Featuring Joey Coleman, live workshops, and more ways to connect and grow your business.</p><p>Get your early access ticket at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | Amazon Music</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If I Could Only Do ONE Marketing Strategy, It Would Be This One : Ep. 58</title>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>58</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If I Could Only Do ONE Marketing Strategy, It Would Be This One : Ep. 58</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed2c7e0a-28e8-436f-a65c-c41e518e626d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ee2ff77</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Hot Take Friday episode, I’m sharing the single most powerful marketing strategy I’d focus on if I were growing my pet care business again. Spoiler alert: it’s not another social media trend. It’s about going deep, not wide, building <em>real relationships</em> in your community that create lasting brand trust.</p><p>I walk through how to make your brand known in your area, how to connect your personal and business identities in a way that earns loyalty, and why the <em>human</em> side of your company is about to become your biggest competitive edge in an AI-saturated world.</p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Trust is the foundation of every effective sales strategy</p><p>• Relationship-driven marketing always outperforms quick hacks</p><p>• Local brand associations build long-term awareness and referrals</p><p>• Your personal brand can amplify your business brand</p><p>• The “human” element will set pet care businesses apart in the AI era</p><p>💡 <strong>Final Thought:</strong></p><p>Scaling a business isn’t just about systems and strategy; it’s about alignment. Take the time to evaluate what truly drives growth for you, and double down on that.</p><p><br>🚀 <strong>Join the DogCo Mastermind</strong></p><p>Ready to build your next level of business clarity and community?</p><p>Apply today at <a href="http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind"><strong>http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong></a><br></p><p><strong><br>🎧 Listen on:</strong></p><p>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Hot Take Friday episode, I’m sharing the single most powerful marketing strategy I’d focus on if I were growing my pet care business again. Spoiler alert: it’s not another social media trend. It’s about going deep, not wide, building <em>real relationships</em> in your community that create lasting brand trust.</p><p>I walk through how to make your brand known in your area, how to connect your personal and business identities in a way that earns loyalty, and why the <em>human</em> side of your company is about to become your biggest competitive edge in an AI-saturated world.</p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Trust is the foundation of every effective sales strategy</p><p>• Relationship-driven marketing always outperforms quick hacks</p><p>• Local brand associations build long-term awareness and referrals</p><p>• Your personal brand can amplify your business brand</p><p>• The “human” element will set pet care businesses apart in the AI era</p><p>💡 <strong>Final Thought:</strong></p><p>Scaling a business isn’t just about systems and strategy; it’s about alignment. Take the time to evaluate what truly drives growth for you, and double down on that.</p><p><br>🚀 <strong>Join the DogCo Mastermind</strong></p><p>Ready to build your next level of business clarity and community?</p><p>Apply today at <a href="http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind"><strong>http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong></a><br></p><p><strong><br>🎧 Listen on:</strong></p><p>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6ee2ff77/583482ef.mp3" length="6779369" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>421</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this week’s Hot Take Friday episode, I’m sharing the single most powerful marketing strategy I’d focus on if I were growing my pet care business again. Spoiler alert: it’s not another social media trend. It’s about going deep, not wide, building <em>real relationships</em> in your community that create lasting brand trust.</p><p>I walk through how to make your brand known in your area, how to connect your personal and business identities in a way that earns loyalty, and why the <em>human</em> side of your company is about to become your biggest competitive edge in an AI-saturated world.</p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Trust is the foundation of every effective sales strategy</p><p>• Relationship-driven marketing always outperforms quick hacks</p><p>• Local brand associations build long-term awareness and referrals</p><p>• Your personal brand can amplify your business brand</p><p>• The “human” element will set pet care businesses apart in the AI era</p><p>💡 <strong>Final Thought:</strong></p><p>Scaling a business isn’t just about systems and strategy; it’s about alignment. Take the time to evaluate what truly drives growth for you, and double down on that.</p><p><br>🚀 <strong>Join the DogCo Mastermind</strong></p><p>Ready to build your next level of business clarity and community?</p><p>Apply today at <a href="http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind"><strong>http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></strong></a><br></p><p><strong><br>🎧 Listen on:</strong></p><p>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking Through Bottlenecks: A Strategy to Accelerate | Ep. 57</title>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>57</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Breaking Through Bottlenecks: A Strategy to Accelerate | Ep. 57</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f07aab2-e3a5-4d61-8b27-59a7a22a00e4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7383822d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Feeling stuck in your business? In this episode, I’m breaking down the exact framework I use when growth stalls,  and how to identify what’s really holding your business back. Whether it’s staffing, marketing, or mindset, these strategies will help you pinpoint the problem, focus your energy, and accelerate forward with clarity and confidence.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – What causes bottlenecks in business<br>0:48 – Feeling stuck and identifying the root issue<br>2:20 – How to pinpoint your real constraint<br>3:30 – Why growth stalls even when leads increase<br>5:05 – The staffing bottleneck most owners miss<br>7:01 – How to simplify your focus and accelerate<br>8:10 – Using Facebook and content intentionally<br>10:12 – Going deeper on fewer marketing channels<br>12:00 – The danger of overextending your focus<br>13:05 – Getting out of your own way<br>14:20 – Aligning growth with your well-being</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Bottlenecks often appear where you least expect them<br>• Balance operations and marketing for true growth<br>• Go deeper, not broader, in your strategy<br>• Focus on what actually drives results<br>• Learn to get out of your own way</p><p>💡 Final Thought:<br>Scaling a business isn’t just about systems and strategy; it’s about alignment. Take the time to evaluate what truly drives growth for you, and double down on that.</p><p>🚀 Join the DogCo Mastermind<br>Ready to build your next level of business clarity and community?<br>Apply today at http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Feeling stuck in your business? In this episode, I’m breaking down the exact framework I use when growth stalls,  and how to identify what’s really holding your business back. Whether it’s staffing, marketing, or mindset, these strategies will help you pinpoint the problem, focus your energy, and accelerate forward with clarity and confidence.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – What causes bottlenecks in business<br>0:48 – Feeling stuck and identifying the root issue<br>2:20 – How to pinpoint your real constraint<br>3:30 – Why growth stalls even when leads increase<br>5:05 – The staffing bottleneck most owners miss<br>7:01 – How to simplify your focus and accelerate<br>8:10 – Using Facebook and content intentionally<br>10:12 – Going deeper on fewer marketing channels<br>12:00 – The danger of overextending your focus<br>13:05 – Getting out of your own way<br>14:20 – Aligning growth with your well-being</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Bottlenecks often appear where you least expect them<br>• Balance operations and marketing for true growth<br>• Go deeper, not broader, in your strategy<br>• Focus on what actually drives results<br>• Learn to get out of your own way</p><p>💡 Final Thought:<br>Scaling a business isn’t just about systems and strategy; it’s about alignment. Take the time to evaluate what truly drives growth for you, and double down on that.</p><p>🚀 Join the DogCo Mastermind<br>Ready to build your next level of business clarity and community?<br>Apply today at http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7383822d/8e48790b.mp3" length="15678547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>978</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Feeling stuck in your business? In this episode, I’m breaking down the exact framework I use when growth stalls,  and how to identify what’s really holding your business back. Whether it’s staffing, marketing, or mindset, these strategies will help you pinpoint the problem, focus your energy, and accelerate forward with clarity and confidence.</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – What causes bottlenecks in business<br>0:48 – Feeling stuck and identifying the root issue<br>2:20 – How to pinpoint your real constraint<br>3:30 – Why growth stalls even when leads increase<br>5:05 – The staffing bottleneck most owners miss<br>7:01 – How to simplify your focus and accelerate<br>8:10 – Using Facebook and content intentionally<br>10:12 – Going deeper on fewer marketing channels<br>12:00 – The danger of overextending your focus<br>13:05 – Getting out of your own way<br>14:20 – Aligning growth with your well-being</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Bottlenecks often appear where you least expect them<br>• Balance operations and marketing for true growth<br>• Go deeper, not broader, in your strategy<br>• Focus on what actually drives results<br>• Learn to get out of your own way</p><p>💡 Final Thought:<br>Scaling a business isn’t just about systems and strategy; it’s about alignment. Take the time to evaluate what truly drives growth for you, and double down on that.</p><p>🚀 Join the DogCo Mastermind<br>Ready to build your next level of business clarity and community?<br>Apply today at http://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pet Care Pricing for Strategic Discounts | Ep. 56</title>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>56</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Pet Care Pricing for Strategic Discounts | Ep. 56</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8323a249-259b-4299-b250-547b7d888119</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4cf11661</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>In today’s Hot Take episode, I’m talking about one of the most important and misunderstood parts of running a profitable pet care business: <strong>pricing strategy.<br></strong><br></p><p>So many business owners shy away from offering discounts or deals because they’re afraid it will hurt their margins. But what if you could build flexibility into your pricing from the start? In this episode, I break down exactly how to price your services to protect your profit while giving yourself room to test creative offers, run seasonal promotions, and attract new clients without cutting into your bottom line.</p><p>We’ll cover how to determine your ideal profit margin, what “wiggle room” to plan for, and how to think strategically about recurring services, after-hours fees, and value perception. This is one of those foundational mindset shifts that can completely change how you approach sales and profitability.<br></p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Why flexibility in pricing is key to long-term growth</p><p>• How to calculate a healthy net profit margin (20–30%)</p><p>• The benefit of building in 10–15% extra margin for promotions and creative offers</p><p>• How to structure “core pricing” and recurring service models</p><p>• Why being the price leader in your market is actually a good thing</p><p>💡 <strong>Final Thought</strong></p><p><br>Give yourself permission to lead with confidence in your pricing. When you plan for margin, you create freedom, sustainability, and space for innovation.</p><p><br>🐾 <strong>Ready to elevate your business in 2026?<br></strong><br></p><p>Join the DogCo Mastermind and get access to exclusive trainings, support, and strategy sessions at <strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</strong></p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>In today’s Hot Take episode, I’m talking about one of the most important and misunderstood parts of running a profitable pet care business: <strong>pricing strategy.<br></strong><br></p><p>So many business owners shy away from offering discounts or deals because they’re afraid it will hurt their margins. But what if you could build flexibility into your pricing from the start? In this episode, I break down exactly how to price your services to protect your profit while giving yourself room to test creative offers, run seasonal promotions, and attract new clients without cutting into your bottom line.</p><p>We’ll cover how to determine your ideal profit margin, what “wiggle room” to plan for, and how to think strategically about recurring services, after-hours fees, and value perception. This is one of those foundational mindset shifts that can completely change how you approach sales and profitability.<br></p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Why flexibility in pricing is key to long-term growth</p><p>• How to calculate a healthy net profit margin (20–30%)</p><p>• The benefit of building in 10–15% extra margin for promotions and creative offers</p><p>• How to structure “core pricing” and recurring service models</p><p>• Why being the price leader in your market is actually a good thing</p><p>💡 <strong>Final Thought</strong></p><p><br>Give yourself permission to lead with confidence in your pricing. When you plan for margin, you create freedom, sustainability, and space for innovation.</p><p><br>🐾 <strong>Ready to elevate your business in 2026?<br></strong><br></p><p>Join the DogCo Mastermind and get access to exclusive trainings, support, and strategy sessions at <strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</strong></p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4cf11661/311338d1.mp3" length="7737726" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>481</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>In today’s Hot Take episode, I’m talking about one of the most important and misunderstood parts of running a profitable pet care business: <strong>pricing strategy.<br></strong><br></p><p>So many business owners shy away from offering discounts or deals because they’re afraid it will hurt their margins. But what if you could build flexibility into your pricing from the start? In this episode, I break down exactly how to price your services to protect your profit while giving yourself room to test creative offers, run seasonal promotions, and attract new clients without cutting into your bottom line.</p><p>We’ll cover how to determine your ideal profit margin, what “wiggle room” to plan for, and how to think strategically about recurring services, after-hours fees, and value perception. This is one of those foundational mindset shifts that can completely change how you approach sales and profitability.<br></p><p>✨ <strong>Key Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Why flexibility in pricing is key to long-term growth</p><p>• How to calculate a healthy net profit margin (20–30%)</p><p>• The benefit of building in 10–15% extra margin for promotions and creative offers</p><p>• How to structure “core pricing” and recurring service models</p><p>• Why being the price leader in your market is actually a good thing</p><p>💡 <strong>Final Thought</strong></p><p><br>Give yourself permission to lead with confidence in your pricing. When you plan for margin, you create freedom, sustainability, and space for innovation.</p><p><br>🐾 <strong>Ready to elevate your business in 2026?<br></strong><br></p><p>Join the DogCo Mastermind and get access to exclusive trainings, support, and strategy sessions at <strong>dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</strong></p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My 60 Day Plan to End the Year Strong | Ep. 55</title>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>55</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My 60 Day Plan to End the Year Strong | Ep. 55</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1fb5d6af-8fe7-4d11-aba6-02e86cd41789</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6aefcae0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As 2025 starts winding down, I’m sharing my personal 60-day plan for closing out the year strong. After an incredible DogCo Summit, I’ve been reflecting on what it means to finish well, to be intentional, to re-center, and to set a solid foundation for the new year.</p><p>In this episode, I walk through the exact three areas I’m focused on to wrap up the year with clarity and momentum, and the three things I’m putting in place to set up 2026 for success. Whether you’re running a growing pet care business or managing your own entrepreneurial goals, these strategies can help you finish strong and start the new year ahead of the curve.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How to refocus your energy after a major event or season of growth<br>• The three key areas to finish 2025 strong<br>• Why presence and gratitude are the real productivity hacks<br>• How to set systems, data, and people up for success next year<br>• The importance of taking intentional rest to reset your creativity</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00  Welcome back to DogCo Secrets<br>0:45  Reflections on the DogCo Summit<br>2:30  Why refocusing matters after big wins<br>4:05  My 60-day focus to finish strong<br>6:10  The power of being present with clients and commitments<br>8:25  The importance of structure and data before growth<br>10:40  Taking time off intentionally to recharge<br>12:55  Setting the foundation for next year<br>15:00  Building proactive systems and empowering your team<br>17:00  Why people and relationships remain DogCo’s core<br>18:30  Setting clear goals for 2026<br>20:00  Why slowing down is sometimes the best growth strategy</p><p>💬 Final Thoughts<br>This time of year can feel like a whirlwind, but the last 60 days are where your next year begins. Take the time to reflect, rebuild, and rest so you can start strong in 2026.</p><p>🐾 Ready to elevate your business in 2026?<br>Join the DogCo Mastermind and get access to exclusive trainings, support, and strategy sessions at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Also available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and Google Podcasts.</p><p>— M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As 2025 starts winding down, I’m sharing my personal 60-day plan for closing out the year strong. After an incredible DogCo Summit, I’ve been reflecting on what it means to finish well, to be intentional, to re-center, and to set a solid foundation for the new year.</p><p>In this episode, I walk through the exact three areas I’m focused on to wrap up the year with clarity and momentum, and the three things I’m putting in place to set up 2026 for success. Whether you’re running a growing pet care business or managing your own entrepreneurial goals, these strategies can help you finish strong and start the new year ahead of the curve.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How to refocus your energy after a major event or season of growth<br>• The three key areas to finish 2025 strong<br>• Why presence and gratitude are the real productivity hacks<br>• How to set systems, data, and people up for success next year<br>• The importance of taking intentional rest to reset your creativity</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00  Welcome back to DogCo Secrets<br>0:45  Reflections on the DogCo Summit<br>2:30  Why refocusing matters after big wins<br>4:05  My 60-day focus to finish strong<br>6:10  The power of being present with clients and commitments<br>8:25  The importance of structure and data before growth<br>10:40  Taking time off intentionally to recharge<br>12:55  Setting the foundation for next year<br>15:00  Building proactive systems and empowering your team<br>17:00  Why people and relationships remain DogCo’s core<br>18:30  Setting clear goals for 2026<br>20:00  Why slowing down is sometimes the best growth strategy</p><p>💬 Final Thoughts<br>This time of year can feel like a whirlwind, but the last 60 days are where your next year begins. Take the time to reflect, rebuild, and rest so you can start strong in 2026.</p><p>🐾 Ready to elevate your business in 2026?<br>Join the DogCo Mastermind and get access to exclusive trainings, support, and strategy sessions at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Also available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and Google Podcasts.</p><p>— M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6aefcae0/886db3ab.mp3" length="20398125" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1273</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>As 2025 starts winding down, I’m sharing my personal 60-day plan for closing out the year strong. After an incredible DogCo Summit, I’ve been reflecting on what it means to finish well, to be intentional, to re-center, and to set a solid foundation for the new year.</p><p>In this episode, I walk through the exact three areas I’m focused on to wrap up the year with clarity and momentum, and the three things I’m putting in place to set up 2026 for success. Whether you’re running a growing pet care business or managing your own entrepreneurial goals, these strategies can help you finish strong and start the new year ahead of the curve.</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How to refocus your energy after a major event or season of growth<br>• The three key areas to finish 2025 strong<br>• Why presence and gratitude are the real productivity hacks<br>• How to set systems, data, and people up for success next year<br>• The importance of taking intentional rest to reset your creativity</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00  Welcome back to DogCo Secrets<br>0:45  Reflections on the DogCo Summit<br>2:30  Why refocusing matters after big wins<br>4:05  My 60-day focus to finish strong<br>6:10  The power of being present with clients and commitments<br>8:25  The importance of structure and data before growth<br>10:40  Taking time off intentionally to recharge<br>12:55  Setting the foundation for next year<br>15:00  Building proactive systems and empowering your team<br>17:00  Why people and relationships remain DogCo’s core<br>18:30  Setting clear goals for 2026<br>20:00  Why slowing down is sometimes the best growth strategy</p><p>💬 Final Thoughts<br>This time of year can feel like a whirlwind, but the last 60 days are where your next year begins. Take the time to reflect, rebuild, and rest so you can start strong in 2026.</p><p>🐾 Ready to elevate your business in 2026?<br>Join the DogCo Mastermind and get access to exclusive trainings, support, and strategy sessions at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>🎧 Also available on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and Google Podcasts.</p><p>— M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take: Should You Expand Your Service Area | Ep. 54</title>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>54</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take: Should You Expand Your Service Area | Ep. 54</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ccb8a12e-5d75-4560-8320-2325e1603168</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6024f6cb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I tackle one of the most common and most misunderstood questions I get from growing pet care business owners: <em>“Should I expand my service area?”<br></em><br></p><p>If you have been feeling the pull to grow into a new market or add another location, this episode is for you. I share my own experience of opening and later closing a second territory, and the lessons I learned about the real costs of expansion, including the hidden risks to your focus, team performance, and profit margin.</p><p>✨ <strong>What You’ll Learn<br></strong><br></p><p>• The biggest risks of expanding too early</p><p>• When expansion makes strategic sense</p><p>• How to weigh operational complexity against opportunity</p><p>• The financial prep you must do before adding a new area</p><p>• Why more is not always better when it comes to growth</p><p>If you are considering an expansion, press play before you make the leap. Sometimes, the best next move for your business is not going wider, but going deeper.</p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I tackle one of the most common and most misunderstood questions I get from growing pet care business owners: <em>“Should I expand my service area?”<br></em><br></p><p>If you have been feeling the pull to grow into a new market or add another location, this episode is for you. I share my own experience of opening and later closing a second territory, and the lessons I learned about the real costs of expansion, including the hidden risks to your focus, team performance, and profit margin.</p><p>✨ <strong>What You’ll Learn<br></strong><br></p><p>• The biggest risks of expanding too early</p><p>• When expansion makes strategic sense</p><p>• How to weigh operational complexity against opportunity</p><p>• The financial prep you must do before adding a new area</p><p>• Why more is not always better when it comes to growth</p><p>If you are considering an expansion, press play before you make the leap. Sometimes, the best next move for your business is not going wider, but going deeper.</p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6024f6cb/5599f9b5.mp3" length="8771344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>546</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I tackle one of the most common and most misunderstood questions I get from growing pet care business owners: <em>“Should I expand my service area?”<br></em><br></p><p>If you have been feeling the pull to grow into a new market or add another location, this episode is for you. I share my own experience of opening and later closing a second territory, and the lessons I learned about the real costs of expansion, including the hidden risks to your focus, team performance, and profit margin.</p><p>✨ <strong>What You’ll Learn<br></strong><br></p><p>• The biggest risks of expanding too early</p><p>• When expansion makes strategic sense</p><p>• How to weigh operational complexity against opportunity</p><p>• The financial prep you must do before adding a new area</p><p>• Why more is not always better when it comes to growth</p><p>If you are considering an expansion, press play before you make the leap. Sometimes, the best next move for your business is not going wider, but going deeper.</p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7 Figure Interview - Abby Strong with Auntie Abby's Professional Pet Sitting Service | Ep. 53</title>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>53</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>7 Figure Interview - Abby Strong with Auntie Abby's Professional Pet Sitting Service | Ep. 53</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d8154d7-19a8-4f81-99c7-69a63eff3221</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/29721769</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this powerful conversation, I sit down with my client and friend Abby Strong, the owner of Auntie Abby’s Professional Pet Sitting Service in Des Moines, Iowa. Over the past six years, Abby has transformed her business from a solo operation into a thriving, multi-employee pet care company serving hundreds of clients, and she’s done it with incredible intentionality, heart, and leadership, and is scaling rapidly to the 7 Figure mark in her pet care business.</p><p>We talk about what it really takes to scale while staying true to your values, the fear and freedom of letting go of old business models, and how to navigate massive change without losing your “why.” Abby shares the pivotal decisions that propelled her forward, from ending overnight services to transitioning her team from contractors to employees, and what that journey has taught her about courage, burnout, leadership, and trust.</p><p><br>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• How embracing discomfort can spark powerful business transformation</p><p>• Why narrowing your focus can actually accelerate growth</p><p>• What shifting from contractors to employees taught Abby about leadership</p><p>• How to protect yourself and your team from burnout in a high-demand industry</p><p>• The importance of community and connection for long-term success</p><p><br>💡 Whether you’re an early-stage pet care business or scaling past six figures, Abby’s story offers wisdom, warmth, and inspiration for the road ahead.</p><p><br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you tune in.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this powerful conversation, I sit down with my client and friend Abby Strong, the owner of Auntie Abby’s Professional Pet Sitting Service in Des Moines, Iowa. Over the past six years, Abby has transformed her business from a solo operation into a thriving, multi-employee pet care company serving hundreds of clients, and she’s done it with incredible intentionality, heart, and leadership, and is scaling rapidly to the 7 Figure mark in her pet care business.</p><p>We talk about what it really takes to scale while staying true to your values, the fear and freedom of letting go of old business models, and how to navigate massive change without losing your “why.” Abby shares the pivotal decisions that propelled her forward, from ending overnight services to transitioning her team from contractors to employees, and what that journey has taught her about courage, burnout, leadership, and trust.</p><p><br>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• How embracing discomfort can spark powerful business transformation</p><p>• Why narrowing your focus can actually accelerate growth</p><p>• What shifting from contractors to employees taught Abby about leadership</p><p>• How to protect yourself and your team from burnout in a high-demand industry</p><p>• The importance of community and connection for long-term success</p><p><br>💡 Whether you’re an early-stage pet care business or scaling past six figures, Abby’s story offers wisdom, warmth, and inspiration for the road ahead.</p><p><br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you tune in.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/29721769/5accf617.mp3" length="27808162" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1735</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this powerful conversation, I sit down with my client and friend Abby Strong, the owner of Auntie Abby’s Professional Pet Sitting Service in Des Moines, Iowa. Over the past six years, Abby has transformed her business from a solo operation into a thriving, multi-employee pet care company serving hundreds of clients, and she’s done it with incredible intentionality, heart, and leadership, and is scaling rapidly to the 7 Figure mark in her pet care business.</p><p>We talk about what it really takes to scale while staying true to your values, the fear and freedom of letting go of old business models, and how to navigate massive change without losing your “why.” Abby shares the pivotal decisions that propelled her forward, from ending overnight services to transitioning her team from contractors to employees, and what that journey has taught her about courage, burnout, leadership, and trust.</p><p><br>✨ Key Takeaways</p><p>• How embracing discomfort can spark powerful business transformation</p><p>• Why narrowing your focus can actually accelerate growth</p><p>• What shifting from contractors to employees taught Abby about leadership</p><p>• How to protect yourself and your team from burnout in a high-demand industry</p><p>• The importance of community and connection for long-term success</p><p><br>💡 Whether you’re an early-stage pet care business or scaling past six figures, Abby’s story offers wisdom, warmth, and inspiration for the road ahead.</p><p><br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you tune in.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Repost: Quick &amp; Dirty Metrics For Your Business | Ep. 52</title>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>52</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Repost: Quick &amp; Dirty Metrics For Your Business | Ep. 52</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">73b3c4e6-5942-44d6-9019-c33f87aef57e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7639062e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a repost from May 9, 2025 - new content will resume again October 13, 2025!</p><p>This week’s hot take? Data. Why it matters, how to use it, and the seven essential metrics you should know to make faster, smarter decisions in your business—without drowning in spreadsheets or chasing perfection.</p><p><br></p><p>📈 If the phrase “track your KPIs” makes your eyes glaze over, I gets it. But in this bite-sized episode, I'll cut through the noise and shares quick + dirty math strategies that will help you:</p><p> • Protect your profit</p><p> • Diagnose weak spots</p><p> • Focus your energy where it actually matters</p><p><br></p><p>From labor cost percentage to client retention and hiring trends, I'll break down the most actionable metrics that support real-time business health.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Metrics Covered:</p><p> 1. Labor cost percentage</p><p> 2. Profit margin percentage</p><p> 3. Week-over-week/month-over-month revenue</p><p> 4. Average client spend</p><p> 5. Average client retention</p><p> 6. Employee hiring leads</p><p> 7. Employee retention</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Takeaway: Protect your net profit. It is the lifeblood of your business.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a repost from May 9, 2025 - new content will resume again October 13, 2025!</p><p>This week’s hot take? Data. Why it matters, how to use it, and the seven essential metrics you should know to make faster, smarter decisions in your business—without drowning in spreadsheets or chasing perfection.</p><p><br></p><p>📈 If the phrase “track your KPIs” makes your eyes glaze over, I gets it. But in this bite-sized episode, I'll cut through the noise and shares quick + dirty math strategies that will help you:</p><p> • Protect your profit</p><p> • Diagnose weak spots</p><p> • Focus your energy where it actually matters</p><p><br></p><p>From labor cost percentage to client retention and hiring trends, I'll break down the most actionable metrics that support real-time business health.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Metrics Covered:</p><p> 1. Labor cost percentage</p><p> 2. Profit margin percentage</p><p> 3. Week-over-week/month-over-month revenue</p><p> 4. Average client spend</p><p> 5. Average client retention</p><p> 6. Employee hiring leads</p><p> 7. Employee retention</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Takeaway: Protect your net profit. It is the lifeblood of your business.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7639062e/4ac52275.mp3" length="7494472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>465</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a repost from May 9, 2025 - new content will resume again October 13, 2025!</p><p>This week’s hot take? Data. Why it matters, how to use it, and the seven essential metrics you should know to make faster, smarter decisions in your business—without drowning in spreadsheets or chasing perfection.</p><p><br></p><p>📈 If the phrase “track your KPIs” makes your eyes glaze over, I gets it. But in this bite-sized episode, I'll cut through the noise and shares quick + dirty math strategies that will help you:</p><p> • Protect your profit</p><p> • Diagnose weak spots</p><p> • Focus your energy where it actually matters</p><p><br></p><p>From labor cost percentage to client retention and hiring trends, I'll break down the most actionable metrics that support real-time business health.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Metrics Covered:</p><p> 1. Labor cost percentage</p><p> 2. Profit margin percentage</p><p> 3. Week-over-week/month-over-month revenue</p><p> 4. Average client spend</p><p> 5. Average client retention</p><p> 6. Employee hiring leads</p><p> 7. Employee retention</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Takeaway: Protect your net profit. It is the lifeblood of your business.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Repost: Interviewing Best-Selling Author Joey Coleman | Ep. 51</title>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>51</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Repost: Interviewing Best-Selling Author Joey Coleman | Ep. 51</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c446698-a2c6-4473-b313-ac27e61aa902</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/aada6702</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode was originally posted on June 9, 2025. We felt that it was appropriate to resurface after Joey's amazing contribution to the DogCo Business Summit!</p><p>Hi everyone! Michelle here. Today’s episode is a big one. I had the absolute honor of sitting down with Joey Coleman, renowned speaker and bestselling author of Never Lose a Customer Again and Never Lose an Employee Again. Joey is not only a master of customer experience—he’s also someone who fundamentally understands how to make people feel seen, valued, and loyal from Day One.</p><p>We talk through everything from why so many businesses drop the ball during onboarding, to how pet care brands can scale trust without sacrificing humanity. Whether you’re just starting out or deep in the weeds of growing your team and services, this episode is packed with takeaways that can literally change your business.</p><p>📚 Get Joey’s Books (Affiliate Links):<br>• Never Lose a Customer Again → https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT<br>• Never Lose an Employee Again → https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome and Intro to Joey Coleman<br>03:51 Joey’s background and mission<br>09:32 The cost of bad onboarding<br>13:10 Why most businesses lose clients early<br>18:27 Designing a first impression that lasts<br>24:03 Joey’s six stages of the customer journey<br>30:45 Turning casual buyers into lifelong fans<br>37:00 Building team culture that retains talent<br>43:19 Applying Joey’s principles to pet care<br>49:44 Joey’s advice on scaling experience with heart<br>55:02 What most businesses still get wrong<br>59:40 Behind the scenes of writing his books<br>1:03:55 Live Q&amp;A with Joey Coleman<br>1:09:22 Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• The first 100 days of client or employee experience are the most influential<br>• Most businesses lose loyalty early due to lack of intentionality<br>• Great onboarding isn’t about automation, it’s about emotion<br>• It’s easier to fix broken internal systems than it is to repair broken relationships<br>• Customer experience is your brand<br>• Loyal clients and employees become your best marketers</p><p>Cheering you on - </p><p>Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode was originally posted on June 9, 2025. We felt that it was appropriate to resurface after Joey's amazing contribution to the DogCo Business Summit!</p><p>Hi everyone! Michelle here. Today’s episode is a big one. I had the absolute honor of sitting down with Joey Coleman, renowned speaker and bestselling author of Never Lose a Customer Again and Never Lose an Employee Again. Joey is not only a master of customer experience—he’s also someone who fundamentally understands how to make people feel seen, valued, and loyal from Day One.</p><p>We talk through everything from why so many businesses drop the ball during onboarding, to how pet care brands can scale trust without sacrificing humanity. Whether you’re just starting out or deep in the weeds of growing your team and services, this episode is packed with takeaways that can literally change your business.</p><p>📚 Get Joey’s Books (Affiliate Links):<br>• Never Lose a Customer Again → https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT<br>• Never Lose an Employee Again → https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome and Intro to Joey Coleman<br>03:51 Joey’s background and mission<br>09:32 The cost of bad onboarding<br>13:10 Why most businesses lose clients early<br>18:27 Designing a first impression that lasts<br>24:03 Joey’s six stages of the customer journey<br>30:45 Turning casual buyers into lifelong fans<br>37:00 Building team culture that retains talent<br>43:19 Applying Joey’s principles to pet care<br>49:44 Joey’s advice on scaling experience with heart<br>55:02 What most businesses still get wrong<br>59:40 Behind the scenes of writing his books<br>1:03:55 Live Q&amp;A with Joey Coleman<br>1:09:22 Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• The first 100 days of client or employee experience are the most influential<br>• Most businesses lose loyalty early due to lack of intentionality<br>• Great onboarding isn’t about automation, it’s about emotion<br>• It’s easier to fix broken internal systems than it is to repair broken relationships<br>• Customer experience is your brand<br>• Loyal clients and employees become your best marketers</p><p>Cheering you on - </p><p>Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/aada6702/b06db079.mp3" length="45299304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2828</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode was originally posted on June 9, 2025. We felt that it was appropriate to resurface after Joey's amazing contribution to the DogCo Business Summit!</p><p>Hi everyone! Michelle here. Today’s episode is a big one. I had the absolute honor of sitting down with Joey Coleman, renowned speaker and bestselling author of Never Lose a Customer Again and Never Lose an Employee Again. Joey is not only a master of customer experience—he’s also someone who fundamentally understands how to make people feel seen, valued, and loyal from Day One.</p><p>We talk through everything from why so many businesses drop the ball during onboarding, to how pet care brands can scale trust without sacrificing humanity. Whether you’re just starting out or deep in the weeds of growing your team and services, this episode is packed with takeaways that can literally change your business.</p><p>📚 Get Joey’s Books (Affiliate Links):<br>• Never Lose a Customer Again → https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT<br>• Never Lose an Employee Again → https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome and Intro to Joey Coleman<br>03:51 Joey’s background and mission<br>09:32 The cost of bad onboarding<br>13:10 Why most businesses lose clients early<br>18:27 Designing a first impression that lasts<br>24:03 Joey’s six stages of the customer journey<br>30:45 Turning casual buyers into lifelong fans<br>37:00 Building team culture that retains talent<br>43:19 Applying Joey’s principles to pet care<br>49:44 Joey’s advice on scaling experience with heart<br>55:02 What most businesses still get wrong<br>59:40 Behind the scenes of writing his books<br>1:03:55 Live Q&amp;A with Joey Coleman<br>1:09:22 Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• The first 100 days of client or employee experience are the most influential<br>• Most businesses lose loyalty early due to lack of intentionality<br>• Great onboarding isn’t about automation, it’s about emotion<br>• It’s easier to fix broken internal systems than it is to repair broken relationships<br>• Customer experience is your brand<br>• Loyal clients and employees become your best marketers</p><p>Cheering you on - </p><p>Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Repost: Invest 10% of Revenue Into Yourself | Ep. 50</title>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>50</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Repost: Invest 10% of Revenue Into Yourself | Ep. 50</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0082fcf1-724d-484f-9b60-1bbee0be0d0c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/70605a6f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever wondered how much you should invest in your own growth, this one’s for you. In today’s short, impactful episode, I'll make a case for putting your money where your mindset is by setting aside a clear percentage of revenue to level up your personal and professional skills. I'll break down what “investing in yourself” really means, why it matters so much for your business’s success, and how to get over the barriers that keep most people from doing it.</p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><ul><li>Investing in your skills is the single most impactful way to grow your business</li><li>10% of your revenue should go toward your education and development</li><li>Budget for it before the opportunity arrives, not after</li><li>If you’re stuck, action beats perfection—just move</li><li>Self-trust is built through action, not hesitation</li><li>Profit First is a helpful system to carve out your investment bucket</li></ul><p>I'll also share the exact percentage she uses (hint: it’s higher than you think), along with a powerful mindset shift to help you take action before you’re “ready.” This episode will challenge you to stop waiting, start betting on yourself, and trust that you are the best asset your business has.</p><p><br>🎯 What’s Inside This Episode:</p><ul><li>Why investing in yourself creates the biggest ROI</li><li>The exact percentage I budget for personal growth</li><li>3 common barriers to investing in your education</li><li>A mindset shift that makes saying “yes” easier</li><li>Why betting on yourself beats betting on someone else</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever wondered how much you should invest in your own growth, this one’s for you. In today’s short, impactful episode, I'll make a case for putting your money where your mindset is by setting aside a clear percentage of revenue to level up your personal and professional skills. I'll break down what “investing in yourself” really means, why it matters so much for your business’s success, and how to get over the barriers that keep most people from doing it.</p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><ul><li>Investing in your skills is the single most impactful way to grow your business</li><li>10% of your revenue should go toward your education and development</li><li>Budget for it before the opportunity arrives, not after</li><li>If you’re stuck, action beats perfection—just move</li><li>Self-trust is built through action, not hesitation</li><li>Profit First is a helpful system to carve out your investment bucket</li></ul><p>I'll also share the exact percentage she uses (hint: it’s higher than you think), along with a powerful mindset shift to help you take action before you’re “ready.” This episode will challenge you to stop waiting, start betting on yourself, and trust that you are the best asset your business has.</p><p><br>🎯 What’s Inside This Episode:</p><ul><li>Why investing in yourself creates the biggest ROI</li><li>The exact percentage I budget for personal growth</li><li>3 common barriers to investing in your education</li><li>A mindset shift that makes saying “yes” easier</li><li>Why betting on yourself beats betting on someone else</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/70605a6f/4d99490a.mp3" length="14418380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>898</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever wondered how much you should invest in your own growth, this one’s for you. In today’s short, impactful episode, I'll make a case for putting your money where your mindset is by setting aside a clear percentage of revenue to level up your personal and professional skills. I'll break down what “investing in yourself” really means, why it matters so much for your business’s success, and how to get over the barriers that keep most people from doing it.</p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><ul><li>Investing in your skills is the single most impactful way to grow your business</li><li>10% of your revenue should go toward your education and development</li><li>Budget for it before the opportunity arrives, not after</li><li>If you’re stuck, action beats perfection—just move</li><li>Self-trust is built through action, not hesitation</li><li>Profit First is a helpful system to carve out your investment bucket</li></ul><p>I'll also share the exact percentage she uses (hint: it’s higher than you think), along with a powerful mindset shift to help you take action before you’re “ready.” This episode will challenge you to stop waiting, start betting on yourself, and trust that you are the best asset your business has.</p><p><br>🎯 What’s Inside This Episode:</p><ul><li>Why investing in yourself creates the biggest ROI</li><li>The exact percentage I budget for personal growth</li><li>3 common barriers to investing in your education</li><li>A mindset shift that makes saying “yes” easier</li><li>Why betting on yourself beats betting on someone else</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Get the Most Out of the DogCo Summit | Ep. 49</title>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>49</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Get the Most Out of the DogCo Summit | Ep. 49</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">687dd1d1-b8f0-4074-a308-bda3677869f5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4586efe0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today is the day! The DogCo Business Summit officially kicks off today, and I am beyond excited. Whether you are already in Winston-Salem or following along from home, I want to help you squeeze every ounce of value out of this event.</p><p><br>In this Hot Take episode, I share exactly how to make the most of your investment. From building meaningful connections to taking advantage of the event social pages, to setting yourself up for success after the Summit wraps, this is your roadmap for leaving the weekend with practical steps, deeper relationships, and renewed energy for your business.</p><p><br>👉 Did you miss attending in person? Want access to the full digital ticket for the DogCo Summit 2025? Grab yours today at <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p>✨ What’s in this Episode:</p><p>• Why meeting just one person can transform your business journey.</p><p>• How to use the event Facebook group to connect before and after sessions.</p><p>• The secret value of Saturday night’s social event.</p><p>• A practical Monday morning plan to turn your notes into action.</p><p>This Summit is going to be game-changing, not only for the content but for the community you will build. If you are listening in real time, come find me and say hi. If you missed it, we’ll be announcing dates for 2026!</p><p><br>🎧 Also, listen to this podcast episode on:</p><p><br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today is the day! The DogCo Business Summit officially kicks off today, and I am beyond excited. Whether you are already in Winston-Salem or following along from home, I want to help you squeeze every ounce of value out of this event.</p><p><br>In this Hot Take episode, I share exactly how to make the most of your investment. From building meaningful connections to taking advantage of the event social pages, to setting yourself up for success after the Summit wraps, this is your roadmap for leaving the weekend with practical steps, deeper relationships, and renewed energy for your business.</p><p><br>👉 Did you miss attending in person? Want access to the full digital ticket for the DogCo Summit 2025? Grab yours today at <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p>✨ What’s in this Episode:</p><p>• Why meeting just one person can transform your business journey.</p><p>• How to use the event Facebook group to connect before and after sessions.</p><p>• The secret value of Saturday night’s social event.</p><p>• A practical Monday morning plan to turn your notes into action.</p><p>This Summit is going to be game-changing, not only for the content but for the community you will build. If you are listening in real time, come find me and say hi. If you missed it, we’ll be announcing dates for 2026!</p><p><br>🎧 Also, listen to this podcast episode on:</p><p><br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4586efe0/20f2a94d.mp3" length="6023670" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>373</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today is the day! The DogCo Business Summit officially kicks off today, and I am beyond excited. Whether you are already in Winston-Salem or following along from home, I want to help you squeeze every ounce of value out of this event.</p><p><br>In this Hot Take episode, I share exactly how to make the most of your investment. From building meaningful connections to taking advantage of the event social pages, to setting yourself up for success after the Summit wraps, this is your roadmap for leaving the weekend with practical steps, deeper relationships, and renewed energy for your business.</p><p><br>👉 Did you miss attending in person? Want access to the full digital ticket for the DogCo Summit 2025? Grab yours today at <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p>✨ What’s in this Episode:</p><p>• Why meeting just one person can transform your business journey.</p><p>• How to use the event Facebook group to connect before and after sessions.</p><p>• The secret value of Saturday night’s social event.</p><p>• A practical Monday morning plan to turn your notes into action.</p><p>This Summit is going to be game-changing, not only for the content but for the community you will build. If you are listening in real time, come find me and say hi. If you missed it, we’ll be announcing dates for 2026!</p><p><br>🎧 Also, listen to this podcast episode on:</p><p><br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Final Scaling Series: $750,000 - 1 Million In Revenue | Ep. 48</title>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>48</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Final Scaling Series: $750,000 - 1 Million In Revenue | Ep. 48</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3cb364ca-26f9-417a-b739-9947e0f64f39</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f288c0b6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Scaling from $750,000 to 1 million in annual revenue is one of the most exciting and challenging stages of building a pet care business. At this level, small cracks in your systems, finances, and brand become massive risks, and the wrong move can cost you hard-earned growth. In this episode, I break down what it really takes to cross the seven-figure line without losing profit, clarity, or sanity. </p><p>👉 And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is this week! Check out the online event with our digital ticket at http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How to avoid systems debt as your company grows<br>• Why profit margins often compress at higher revenue levels<br>• The power and pitfalls of brand recognition at scale<br>• When to consider a rebrand and how to avoid losing equity<br>• Tech challenges facing seven-figure companies and what to do about them</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the final scaling series episode<br>0:35 – Why hitting seven figures can look very different depending on structure<br>2:01 – Overview of scaling from $750K to 1 million in pet care<br>3:12 – Lessons from the Seven-Figure DogCo mastermind<br>4:50 – Risks of systems debt at this stage<br>8:02 – Compressed profit margins and what that means for growth<br>10:00 – Brand recognition and referral power at scale<br>11:00 – The dangers of rebranding too late<br>12:47 – Tech struggles for large pet care businesses<br>13:41 – Biggest risks for owners at this level<br>15:20 – Solutions: protecting profit and simplifying systems<br>20:00 – Final thoughts and invitation to share feedback</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening this week September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. This is the last call for you to join us. While in-person ticket sales are closed, you can still purchase a digital ticket to join in on the fun. You’ll walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Grab yours today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Listen to this episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Scaling from $750,000 to 1 million in annual revenue is one of the most exciting and challenging stages of building a pet care business. At this level, small cracks in your systems, finances, and brand become massive risks, and the wrong move can cost you hard-earned growth. In this episode, I break down what it really takes to cross the seven-figure line without losing profit, clarity, or sanity. </p><p>👉 And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is this week! Check out the online event with our digital ticket at http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How to avoid systems debt as your company grows<br>• Why profit margins often compress at higher revenue levels<br>• The power and pitfalls of brand recognition at scale<br>• When to consider a rebrand and how to avoid losing equity<br>• Tech challenges facing seven-figure companies and what to do about them</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the final scaling series episode<br>0:35 – Why hitting seven figures can look very different depending on structure<br>2:01 – Overview of scaling from $750K to 1 million in pet care<br>3:12 – Lessons from the Seven-Figure DogCo mastermind<br>4:50 – Risks of systems debt at this stage<br>8:02 – Compressed profit margins and what that means for growth<br>10:00 – Brand recognition and referral power at scale<br>11:00 – The dangers of rebranding too late<br>12:47 – Tech struggles for large pet care businesses<br>13:41 – Biggest risks for owners at this level<br>15:20 – Solutions: protecting profit and simplifying systems<br>20:00 – Final thoughts and invitation to share feedback</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening this week September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. This is the last call for you to join us. While in-person ticket sales are closed, you can still purchase a digital ticket to join in on the fun. You’ll walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Grab yours today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Listen to this episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f288c0b6/b0918ed9.mp3" length="20926433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1305</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Scaling from $750,000 to 1 million in annual revenue is one of the most exciting and challenging stages of building a pet care business. At this level, small cracks in your systems, finances, and brand become massive risks, and the wrong move can cost you hard-earned growth. In this episode, I break down what it really takes to cross the seven-figure line without losing profit, clarity, or sanity. </p><p>👉 And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is this week! Check out the online event with our digital ticket at http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• How to avoid systems debt as your company grows<br>• Why profit margins often compress at higher revenue levels<br>• The power and pitfalls of brand recognition at scale<br>• When to consider a rebrand and how to avoid losing equity<br>• Tech challenges facing seven-figure companies and what to do about them</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the final scaling series episode<br>0:35 – Why hitting seven figures can look very different depending on structure<br>2:01 – Overview of scaling from $750K to 1 million in pet care<br>3:12 – Lessons from the Seven-Figure DogCo mastermind<br>4:50 – Risks of systems debt at this stage<br>8:02 – Compressed profit margins and what that means for growth<br>10:00 – Brand recognition and referral power at scale<br>11:00 – The dangers of rebranding too late<br>12:47 – Tech struggles for large pet care businesses<br>13:41 – Biggest risks for owners at this level<br>15:20 – Solutions: protecting profit and simplifying systems<br>20:00 – Final thoughts and invitation to share feedback</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening this week September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. This is the last call for you to join us. While in-person ticket sales are closed, you can still purchase a digital ticket to join in on the fun. You’ll walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Grab yours today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Listen to this episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Retention Matters More Than Any Other Metric | Ep. 47</title>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>47</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Retention Matters More Than Any Other Metric | Ep. 47</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2019042d-c6e7-4a44-857a-ef48ca7faddd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/50553729</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am breaking down the two most important metrics for your business: <strong>client retention</strong> and <strong>employee retention</strong>. These numbers matter more than any other because they shape the long-term health, profitability, and stability of your company.</p><p>I’ll share why focusing on retention is the fastest way to build sustainable revenue, how to calculate the true lifetime value of your clients, and what it really costs when you lose a team member. Plus, I’ll give you three practical strategies to improve retention for both clients and staff, so you can stop spinning in the whirlwind and start compounding your growth.</p><p>👉 If you are a pet care business that wants to level up, then the DogCo Business Summit is for you. Join me September 26–28 by grabbing your digital ticket at <strong>http://dogcosummit.com</strong>.</p><p><br>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Client retention multiplies the lifetime value of every customer<br>• Retaining 100 clients at $100/week equals $520,000 a year<br>• Employee turnover is one of the most expensive drains on growth<br>• The first 100 days of employment are critical for staff retention<br>• Always give your team a path to grow with you, not away from you</p><p>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>- Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am breaking down the two most important metrics for your business: <strong>client retention</strong> and <strong>employee retention</strong>. These numbers matter more than any other because they shape the long-term health, profitability, and stability of your company.</p><p>I’ll share why focusing on retention is the fastest way to build sustainable revenue, how to calculate the true lifetime value of your clients, and what it really costs when you lose a team member. Plus, I’ll give you three practical strategies to improve retention for both clients and staff, so you can stop spinning in the whirlwind and start compounding your growth.</p><p>👉 If you are a pet care business that wants to level up, then the DogCo Business Summit is for you. Join me September 26–28 by grabbing your digital ticket at <strong>http://dogcosummit.com</strong>.</p><p><br>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Client retention multiplies the lifetime value of every customer<br>• Retaining 100 clients at $100/week equals $520,000 a year<br>• Employee turnover is one of the most expensive drains on growth<br>• The first 100 days of employment are critical for staff retention<br>• Always give your team a path to grow with you, not away from you</p><p>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>- Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/50553729/ba2dfbe8.mp3" length="9167147" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>570</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am breaking down the two most important metrics for your business: <strong>client retention</strong> and <strong>employee retention</strong>. These numbers matter more than any other because they shape the long-term health, profitability, and stability of your company.</p><p>I’ll share why focusing on retention is the fastest way to build sustainable revenue, how to calculate the true lifetime value of your clients, and what it really costs when you lose a team member. Plus, I’ll give you three practical strategies to improve retention for both clients and staff, so you can stop spinning in the whirlwind and start compounding your growth.</p><p>👉 If you are a pet care business that wants to level up, then the DogCo Business Summit is for you. Join me September 26–28 by grabbing your digital ticket at <strong>http://dogcosummit.com</strong>.</p><p><br>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Client retention multiplies the lifetime value of every customer<br>• Retaining 100 clients at $100/week equals $520,000 a year<br>• Employee turnover is one of the most expensive drains on growth<br>• The first 100 days of employment are critical for staff retention<br>• Always give your team a path to grow with you, not away from you</p><p>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>- Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Series: From $500,000 - $750,000 In Your Pet Care Business | Ep. 46</title>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>46</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Scaling Series: From $500,000 - $750,000 In Your Pet Care Business | Ep. 46</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a981e2af-763a-4786-bf62-df142661c0e8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2402d4f5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Scaling Series, we are tackling one of the most pivotal phases in pet care business growth, the $500k to $750k window.</p><p>This is where owners face critical inflection points around management teams, systems, retention, and data tracking. I will walk you through the biggest risks that can keep you stuck and the solutions that can unlock long-term growth. If you are ready to push past bottlenecks and set your company up for success, this episode is for you.</p><p>📢 And do not forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us September 26--28, 2025. Get your digital ticket now 👉 http://dogcosummit.com (in person ticket sales now closed)</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The half-million to three-quarter million stage requires true decision-making managers<br>• New systems and policies can cause healthy breaking before stronger foundations emerge<br>• Client retention can suffer if not intentionally protected as owners step back<br>• Data clarity becomes non-negotiable for decision-making at this stage<br>• Owners must avoid becoming bottlenecks by stepping away strategically<br>• Slowing down to build systems correctly here accelerates growth later<br>• Culture leadership is essential as more managers take on responsibility</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to DogCo Secrets with Michelle Kline<br>0:17 Scaling from $500k to $750k in pet care businesses<br>1:10 Why management teams become the biggest bottleneck<br>2:00 The need for true decision-makers<br>3:01 Domino effect of new policies and systems<br>4:40 Healthy breaking vs bad breaking in your business<br>5:45 Protecting client experience and retention as you step back<br>6:47 Why data and metrics are critical in this phase<br>7:45 Biggest risks that keep businesses stuck<br>9:40 Owner bottlenecks and system slowdowns<br>10:30 Retention decline during restructuring<br>11:45 Getting stuck in data debt<br>13:00 Solutions including retention systems, slowing down, and culture leadership<br>15:12 Closing thoughts and preview of the $750k to 1M episode</p><p>🎧 Also Listen On:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Scaling Series, we are tackling one of the most pivotal phases in pet care business growth, the $500k to $750k window.</p><p>This is where owners face critical inflection points around management teams, systems, retention, and data tracking. I will walk you through the biggest risks that can keep you stuck and the solutions that can unlock long-term growth. If you are ready to push past bottlenecks and set your company up for success, this episode is for you.</p><p>📢 And do not forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us September 26--28, 2025. Get your digital ticket now 👉 http://dogcosummit.com (in person ticket sales now closed)</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The half-million to three-quarter million stage requires true decision-making managers<br>• New systems and policies can cause healthy breaking before stronger foundations emerge<br>• Client retention can suffer if not intentionally protected as owners step back<br>• Data clarity becomes non-negotiable for decision-making at this stage<br>• Owners must avoid becoming bottlenecks by stepping away strategically<br>• Slowing down to build systems correctly here accelerates growth later<br>• Culture leadership is essential as more managers take on responsibility</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to DogCo Secrets with Michelle Kline<br>0:17 Scaling from $500k to $750k in pet care businesses<br>1:10 Why management teams become the biggest bottleneck<br>2:00 The need for true decision-makers<br>3:01 Domino effect of new policies and systems<br>4:40 Healthy breaking vs bad breaking in your business<br>5:45 Protecting client experience and retention as you step back<br>6:47 Why data and metrics are critical in this phase<br>7:45 Biggest risks that keep businesses stuck<br>9:40 Owner bottlenecks and system slowdowns<br>10:30 Retention decline during restructuring<br>11:45 Getting stuck in data debt<br>13:00 Solutions including retention systems, slowing down, and culture leadership<br>15:12 Closing thoughts and preview of the $750k to 1M episode</p><p>🎧 Also Listen On:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2402d4f5/db1b904e.mp3" length="15757126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>982</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Scaling Series, we are tackling one of the most pivotal phases in pet care business growth, the $500k to $750k window.</p><p>This is where owners face critical inflection points around management teams, systems, retention, and data tracking. I will walk you through the biggest risks that can keep you stuck and the solutions that can unlock long-term growth. If you are ready to push past bottlenecks and set your company up for success, this episode is for you.</p><p>📢 And do not forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us September 26--28, 2025. Get your digital ticket now 👉 http://dogcosummit.com (in person ticket sales now closed)</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The half-million to three-quarter million stage requires true decision-making managers<br>• New systems and policies can cause healthy breaking before stronger foundations emerge<br>• Client retention can suffer if not intentionally protected as owners step back<br>• Data clarity becomes non-negotiable for decision-making at this stage<br>• Owners must avoid becoming bottlenecks by stepping away strategically<br>• Slowing down to build systems correctly here accelerates growth later<br>• Culture leadership is essential as more managers take on responsibility</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to DogCo Secrets with Michelle Kline<br>0:17 Scaling from $500k to $750k in pet care businesses<br>1:10 Why management teams become the biggest bottleneck<br>2:00 The need for true decision-makers<br>3:01 Domino effect of new policies and systems<br>4:40 Healthy breaking vs bad breaking in your business<br>5:45 Protecting client experience and retention as you step back<br>6:47 Why data and metrics are critical in this phase<br>7:45 Biggest risks that keep businesses stuck<br>9:40 Owner bottlenecks and system slowdowns<br>10:30 Retention decline during restructuring<br>11:45 Getting stuck in data debt<br>13:00 Solutions including retention systems, slowing down, and culture leadership<br>15:12 Closing thoughts and preview of the $750k to 1M episode</p><p>🎧 Also Listen On:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are You Accidentally Turning Away Dog Walking Clients? | Ep. 45</title>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are You Accidentally Turning Away Dog Walking Clients? | Ep. 45</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2871f93b-e763-4318-bfaf-95e98d893873</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/165738bc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m digging into one of the most common priorities I hear from pet care business owners: attracting more dog walking clients. But here’s the kicker, you might be accidentally turning them away with the way your brand is positioned.</p><p>I share insights from scaling my own dog walking company to 25 staff and 600 clients before selling it in 2023, plus what I see inside businesses I coach every day. From how your business name communicates what you do, to how your website prioritizes services, to how your client onboarding either welcomes or repels dog walking clients,  these details matter more than you think.</p><p><br>✨ <strong>Key Points</strong></p><p>• Your business name shapes client perception immediately</p><p>• Website service order can influence which clients you attract</p><p>• Onboarding forms should support long-term dog walking clients, not just pet sitting</p><p>• Convenience and clarity drive new client sign-ups</p><p>• Subtle brand tweaks can transform your lead flow</p><p><br>📢 <strong>DogCo Business Summit 2025<br></strong><br></p><p>If you’re a pet care business that wants to level up, then this is for you. The DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26–28, and we still have digital tickets available. Grab your spot today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br>🐾 Whether you’re trying to balance pet sitting and dog walking, or you’re ready to scale up with a stronger client flow, this Hot Tip will give you tactical strategies you can implement right away.</p><p>- Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m digging into one of the most common priorities I hear from pet care business owners: attracting more dog walking clients. But here’s the kicker, you might be accidentally turning them away with the way your brand is positioned.</p><p>I share insights from scaling my own dog walking company to 25 staff and 600 clients before selling it in 2023, plus what I see inside businesses I coach every day. From how your business name communicates what you do, to how your website prioritizes services, to how your client onboarding either welcomes or repels dog walking clients,  these details matter more than you think.</p><p><br>✨ <strong>Key Points</strong></p><p>• Your business name shapes client perception immediately</p><p>• Website service order can influence which clients you attract</p><p>• Onboarding forms should support long-term dog walking clients, not just pet sitting</p><p>• Convenience and clarity drive new client sign-ups</p><p>• Subtle brand tweaks can transform your lead flow</p><p><br>📢 <strong>DogCo Business Summit 2025<br></strong><br></p><p>If you’re a pet care business that wants to level up, then this is for you. The DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26–28, and we still have digital tickets available. Grab your spot today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br>🐾 Whether you’re trying to balance pet sitting and dog walking, or you’re ready to scale up with a stronger client flow, this Hot Tip will give you tactical strategies you can implement right away.</p><p>- Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/165738bc/b0fa79dc.mp3" length="7480269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>464</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m digging into one of the most common priorities I hear from pet care business owners: attracting more dog walking clients. But here’s the kicker, you might be accidentally turning them away with the way your brand is positioned.</p><p>I share insights from scaling my own dog walking company to 25 staff and 600 clients before selling it in 2023, plus what I see inside businesses I coach every day. From how your business name communicates what you do, to how your website prioritizes services, to how your client onboarding either welcomes or repels dog walking clients,  these details matter more than you think.</p><p><br>✨ <strong>Key Points</strong></p><p>• Your business name shapes client perception immediately</p><p>• Website service order can influence which clients you attract</p><p>• Onboarding forms should support long-term dog walking clients, not just pet sitting</p><p>• Convenience and clarity drive new client sign-ups</p><p>• Subtle brand tweaks can transform your lead flow</p><p><br>📢 <strong>DogCo Business Summit 2025<br></strong><br></p><p>If you’re a pet care business that wants to level up, then this is for you. The DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26–28, and we still have digital tickets available. Grab your spot today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br>🐾 Whether you’re trying to balance pet sitting and dog walking, or you’re ready to scale up with a stronger client flow, this Hot Tip will give you tactical strategies you can implement right away.</p><p>- Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Series: Scaling from $300,000 to $500,000 a Year | Ep. 44</title>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Scaling Series: Scaling from $300,000 to $500,000 a Year | Ep. 44</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07d1ab84-27ed-4775-89ad-3f324baecd9e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/38f448cb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am diving into what I call the $300K to $500K window of growth for your pet care business, which I call "The Scaling Runway". This is one of the most critical and often chaotic seasons for pet care companies. If you are in this phase, you’re likely facing bottlenecks with admin support, burnout, client retention challenges, and the delicate balance of investing in structure without overextending.</p><p>I’ll share what I see over and over again from working with hundreds of pet care businesses, and I’ll give you the practical steps to move through this season without getting stuck.</p><p>And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is coming up soon! Digital tickets are still available at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The $300K to $500K window requires more admin clarity and structure<br>• Avoid “all-hands helper” roles that create chaos and turnover<br>• Client onboarding should not bottleneck with the owner<br>• Burnout risk is high during this transition - plan for recovery<br>• Retention is the golden goose of pet care growth<br>• Focus on recurring client relationships for compounding revenue<br>• Invest carefully in admin support without over-leveraging</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and overview of the scaling series<br>1:00 – Why $300K to $500K is one big growth window<br>3:00 – Recap of the $200K to $300K stage<br>5:00 – Early hires that create chaos vs structure<br>8:00 – Risks of admin turnover and “key man” dependency<br>11:00 – Burnout in the $300K to $500K phase<br>13:00 – Why client onboarding must scale beyond the owner<br>16:00 – Retention as the golden goose of pet care businesses<br>20:00 – Practical solutions for structure, systems, and role clarity<br>27:00 – How to accelerate through this tier toward $500K+</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26-28 in Winston-Salem, NC. In-person ticket sales are closed but you can still get a digital ticket. You’ll walk away with proven strategies to grow your pet care business. Don’t miss it - tickets at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am diving into what I call the $300K to $500K window of growth for your pet care business, which I call "The Scaling Runway". This is one of the most critical and often chaotic seasons for pet care companies. If you are in this phase, you’re likely facing bottlenecks with admin support, burnout, client retention challenges, and the delicate balance of investing in structure without overextending.</p><p>I’ll share what I see over and over again from working with hundreds of pet care businesses, and I’ll give you the practical steps to move through this season without getting stuck.</p><p>And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is coming up soon! Digital tickets are still available at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The $300K to $500K window requires more admin clarity and structure<br>• Avoid “all-hands helper” roles that create chaos and turnover<br>• Client onboarding should not bottleneck with the owner<br>• Burnout risk is high during this transition - plan for recovery<br>• Retention is the golden goose of pet care growth<br>• Focus on recurring client relationships for compounding revenue<br>• Invest carefully in admin support without over-leveraging</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and overview of the scaling series<br>1:00 – Why $300K to $500K is one big growth window<br>3:00 – Recap of the $200K to $300K stage<br>5:00 – Early hires that create chaos vs structure<br>8:00 – Risks of admin turnover and “key man” dependency<br>11:00 – Burnout in the $300K to $500K phase<br>13:00 – Why client onboarding must scale beyond the owner<br>16:00 – Retention as the golden goose of pet care businesses<br>20:00 – Practical solutions for structure, systems, and role clarity<br>27:00 – How to accelerate through this tier toward $500K+</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26-28 in Winston-Salem, NC. In-person ticket sales are closed but you can still get a digital ticket. You’ll walk away with proven strategies to grow your pet care business. Don’t miss it - tickets at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/38f448cb/7a5ccc95.mp3" length="30292901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1890</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am diving into what I call the $300K to $500K window of growth for your pet care business, which I call "The Scaling Runway". This is one of the most critical and often chaotic seasons for pet care companies. If you are in this phase, you’re likely facing bottlenecks with admin support, burnout, client retention challenges, and the delicate balance of investing in structure without overextending.</p><p>I’ll share what I see over and over again from working with hundreds of pet care businesses, and I’ll give you the practical steps to move through this season without getting stuck.</p><p>And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is coming up soon! Digital tickets are still available at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The $300K to $500K window requires more admin clarity and structure<br>• Avoid “all-hands helper” roles that create chaos and turnover<br>• Client onboarding should not bottleneck with the owner<br>• Burnout risk is high during this transition - plan for recovery<br>• Retention is the golden goose of pet care growth<br>• Focus on recurring client relationships for compounding revenue<br>• Invest carefully in admin support without over-leveraging</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and overview of the scaling series<br>1:00 – Why $300K to $500K is one big growth window<br>3:00 – Recap of the $200K to $300K stage<br>5:00 – Early hires that create chaos vs structure<br>8:00 – Risks of admin turnover and “key man” dependency<br>11:00 – Burnout in the $300K to $500K phase<br>13:00 – Why client onboarding must scale beyond the owner<br>16:00 – Retention as the golden goose of pet care businesses<br>20:00 – Practical solutions for structure, systems, and role clarity<br>27:00 – How to accelerate through this tier toward $500K+</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26-28 in Winston-Salem, NC. In-person ticket sales are closed but you can still get a digital ticket. You’ll walk away with proven strategies to grow your pet care business. Don’t miss it - tickets at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Top 3 Books That Influenced Me as an Entrepreneur | Ep. 43</title>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Top 3 Books That Influenced Me as an Entrepreneur | Ep. 43</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3d295329-9074-4943-95b2-c5c75aa70b9d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a60f94de</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>📚 In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I am sharing three books that completely reshaped how I think about business, leadership, and growth. These books created turning points for me, helping me redefine my role as a business owner, figure out how to allocate my resources more effectively, and craft offers that truly resonate with clients. </p><p>If you are looking for inspiration and practical takeaways from proven business minds, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>✨ Key Highlights</p><p>• Why The E-Myth Revisited redefined my relationship to my business</p><p>• How The 80/20 Principle gave me a framework for allocating time, money, and energy</p><p>• What $100M Offers by Alex Hormozi taught me about value and client psychology</p><p>• Why reading one book a week was the best investment I made early in my entrepreneur journey</p><p>• The importance of continuing to learn and grow as a leader</p><p>If you want to snag your own copies of these books, my affiliate links are below!</p><p>E-Myth Revisited: https://amzn.to/3JECyb1<br>80/20 Principle: https://amzn.to/3JGee8K<br>$100M Offers: https://amzn.to/4mOrUgQ</p><p><br></p><p>🚨 Final Call: The DogCo Business Summit is Almost Here! 🚨</p><p>Join me online September 26–28 for the DogCo Business Summit and walk away with strategies to grow and scale your pet care business. Grab your ticket today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>📚 In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I am sharing three books that completely reshaped how I think about business, leadership, and growth. These books created turning points for me, helping me redefine my role as a business owner, figure out how to allocate my resources more effectively, and craft offers that truly resonate with clients. </p><p>If you are looking for inspiration and practical takeaways from proven business minds, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>✨ Key Highlights</p><p>• Why The E-Myth Revisited redefined my relationship to my business</p><p>• How The 80/20 Principle gave me a framework for allocating time, money, and energy</p><p>• What $100M Offers by Alex Hormozi taught me about value and client psychology</p><p>• Why reading one book a week was the best investment I made early in my entrepreneur journey</p><p>• The importance of continuing to learn and grow as a leader</p><p>If you want to snag your own copies of these books, my affiliate links are below!</p><p>E-Myth Revisited: https://amzn.to/3JECyb1<br>80/20 Principle: https://amzn.to/3JGee8K<br>$100M Offers: https://amzn.to/4mOrUgQ</p><p><br></p><p>🚨 Final Call: The DogCo Business Summit is Almost Here! 🚨</p><p>Join me online September 26–28 for the DogCo Business Summit and walk away with strategies to grow and scale your pet care business. Grab your ticket today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a60f94de/1619b1d1.mp3" length="7632405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>474</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>📚 In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I am sharing three books that completely reshaped how I think about business, leadership, and growth. These books created turning points for me, helping me redefine my role as a business owner, figure out how to allocate my resources more effectively, and craft offers that truly resonate with clients. </p><p>If you are looking for inspiration and practical takeaways from proven business minds, this episode is for you.</p><p><br></p><p>✨ Key Highlights</p><p>• Why The E-Myth Revisited redefined my relationship to my business</p><p>• How The 80/20 Principle gave me a framework for allocating time, money, and energy</p><p>• What $100M Offers by Alex Hormozi taught me about value and client psychology</p><p>• Why reading one book a week was the best investment I made early in my entrepreneur journey</p><p>• The importance of continuing to learn and grow as a leader</p><p>If you want to snag your own copies of these books, my affiliate links are below!</p><p>E-Myth Revisited: https://amzn.to/3JECyb1<br>80/20 Principle: https://amzn.to/3JGee8K<br>$100M Offers: https://amzn.to/4mOrUgQ</p><p><br></p><p>🚨 Final Call: The DogCo Business Summit is Almost Here! 🚨</p><p>Join me online September 26–28 for the DogCo Business Summit and walk away with strategies to grow and scale your pet care business. Grab your ticket today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Series: $200k - $300k for Pet Care Companies | Ep. 42</title>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Scaling Series: $200k - $300k for Pet Care Companies | Ep. 42</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a555b979-9e4e-4fcb-b2fc-4f0a77bc462e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/04e8cb07</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey there! I'm Michelle Kline, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch. This episode is part of our Scaling Series, where I break down the phases of growth for pet care companies. Today we’re diving into the $200K–$300K revenue stage. This is such an exciting time in your business, but it comes with new challenges around structure, team management, admin systems, and focus.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt stuck in the whirlwind of scheduling, admin, or hiring, this one is for you. I’ll share the biggest risks I see in this stage and practical steps you can take to keep scaling sustainably while avoiding burnout.</p><p>👉 And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC, and online. This is the premier event for pet care business owners ready to grow with confidence. We only have digital tickets left - but it's going to be amazing! Grab yours at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The temptation to stay in the field is your first bottleneck<br>• Building admin support is no longer optional; it is necessary<br>• SOPs and standardized training protect your business and your team<br>• Losing focus at this stage is one of the biggest risks<br>• Safety incidents increase with volume, so systems must come first<br>• Data-driven marketing creates a predictable lead flow</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and Scaling Series recap<br>1:00 – The tough $100K–$200K season and what comes next<br>2:35 – The $200K–$300K stage explained<br>3:48 – Why stepping out of the field is the first real bottleneck<br>5:02 – Transitioning into admin leadership<br>6:22 – The need for structure and SOPs as teams grow<br>8:10 – Hustling for leads and managing team size<br>10:45 – The risks of losing focus too early<br>12:20 – Safety considerations as volume increases<br>15:00 – Hiring admin and training a trainer for your team<br>20:00 – Building data-driven lead flow and predictability<br>24:30 – Closing reflections and invitation to connect</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>September 26–28: only digital tickets left. Walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey there! I'm Michelle Kline, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch. This episode is part of our Scaling Series, where I break down the phases of growth for pet care companies. Today we’re diving into the $200K–$300K revenue stage. This is such an exciting time in your business, but it comes with new challenges around structure, team management, admin systems, and focus.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt stuck in the whirlwind of scheduling, admin, or hiring, this one is for you. I’ll share the biggest risks I see in this stage and practical steps you can take to keep scaling sustainably while avoiding burnout.</p><p>👉 And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC, and online. This is the premier event for pet care business owners ready to grow with confidence. We only have digital tickets left - but it's going to be amazing! Grab yours at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The temptation to stay in the field is your first bottleneck<br>• Building admin support is no longer optional; it is necessary<br>• SOPs and standardized training protect your business and your team<br>• Losing focus at this stage is one of the biggest risks<br>• Safety incidents increase with volume, so systems must come first<br>• Data-driven marketing creates a predictable lead flow</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and Scaling Series recap<br>1:00 – The tough $100K–$200K season and what comes next<br>2:35 – The $200K–$300K stage explained<br>3:48 – Why stepping out of the field is the first real bottleneck<br>5:02 – Transitioning into admin leadership<br>6:22 – The need for structure and SOPs as teams grow<br>8:10 – Hustling for leads and managing team size<br>10:45 – The risks of losing focus too early<br>12:20 – Safety considerations as volume increases<br>15:00 – Hiring admin and training a trainer for your team<br>20:00 – Building data-driven lead flow and predictability<br>24:30 – Closing reflections and invitation to connect</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>September 26–28: only digital tickets left. Walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/04e8cb07/a320d822.mp3" length="24527568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1530</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey there! I'm Michelle Kline, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch. This episode is part of our Scaling Series, where I break down the phases of growth for pet care companies. Today we’re diving into the $200K–$300K revenue stage. This is such an exciting time in your business, but it comes with new challenges around structure, team management, admin systems, and focus.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt stuck in the whirlwind of scheduling, admin, or hiring, this one is for you. I’ll share the biggest risks I see in this stage and practical steps you can take to keep scaling sustainably while avoiding burnout.</p><p>👉 And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC, and online. This is the premier event for pet care business owners ready to grow with confidence. We only have digital tickets left - but it's going to be amazing! Grab yours at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The temptation to stay in the field is your first bottleneck<br>• Building admin support is no longer optional; it is necessary<br>• SOPs and standardized training protect your business and your team<br>• Losing focus at this stage is one of the biggest risks<br>• Safety incidents increase with volume, so systems must come first<br>• Data-driven marketing creates a predictable lead flow</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and Scaling Series recap<br>1:00 – The tough $100K–$200K season and what comes next<br>2:35 – The $200K–$300K stage explained<br>3:48 – Why stepping out of the field is the first real bottleneck<br>5:02 – Transitioning into admin leadership<br>6:22 – The need for structure and SOPs as teams grow<br>8:10 – Hustling for leads and managing team size<br>10:45 – The risks of losing focus too early<br>12:20 – Safety considerations as volume increases<br>15:00 – Hiring admin and training a trainer for your team<br>20:00 – Building data-driven lead flow and predictability<br>24:30 – Closing reflections and invitation to connect</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>September 26–28: only digital tickets left. Walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🎧 Also listen on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everything I Learned Talking To Alex Hormozi | Ep. 41</title>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Everything I Learned Talking To Alex Hormozi | Ep. 41</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e994da89-a633-4dc8-bec2-8e0e19302d42</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cbbb8abd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi friends, Michelle Kline here, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch. In this week’s Hot Tip Friday episode, I am pulling back the curtain on a powerful moment from this summer when I had the opportunity to workshop my own business directly with Alex Hormozi at his Acquisition Workshop.</p><p><br>I share three big insights that left a lasting impact on me and that I believe will help you rethink how you are running and scaling your pet care business:</p><p><br>✨ <strong>What You’ll Learn in This Episode</strong></p><p>• Why “if it’s working, don’t stop” is one of the smartest growth strategies you can adopt</p><p>• How to lead with vision instead of fear, and why your conviction matters more than your struggles</p><p>• The importance of knowing your numbers and how clarity with data creates better decision-making</p><p>As always, these Hot Tip episodes are short, tactical, and straight to the point. My hope is that you walk away with one clear action you can implement right away in your own business.</p><p>🚨 <strong>The DogCo Business Summit is Almost Here</strong> 🚨</p><p>If you are serious about growing and scaling your pet care company, you cannot miss this. Join me September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC or grab your digital ticket to attend online. This is the event where the industry comes together to connect, learn, and build stronger businesses. Tickets are still available at 👉 <strong>http://dogcosummit.com. </strong></p><p>In-person ticket sales end 8/31 - so get yours now.</p><p><br>Cheering you on,</p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi friends, Michelle Kline here, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch. In this week’s Hot Tip Friday episode, I am pulling back the curtain on a powerful moment from this summer when I had the opportunity to workshop my own business directly with Alex Hormozi at his Acquisition Workshop.</p><p><br>I share three big insights that left a lasting impact on me and that I believe will help you rethink how you are running and scaling your pet care business:</p><p><br>✨ <strong>What You’ll Learn in This Episode</strong></p><p>• Why “if it’s working, don’t stop” is one of the smartest growth strategies you can adopt</p><p>• How to lead with vision instead of fear, and why your conviction matters more than your struggles</p><p>• The importance of knowing your numbers and how clarity with data creates better decision-making</p><p>As always, these Hot Tip episodes are short, tactical, and straight to the point. My hope is that you walk away with one clear action you can implement right away in your own business.</p><p>🚨 <strong>The DogCo Business Summit is Almost Here</strong> 🚨</p><p>If you are serious about growing and scaling your pet care company, you cannot miss this. Join me September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC or grab your digital ticket to attend online. This is the event where the industry comes together to connect, learn, and build stronger businesses. Tickets are still available at 👉 <strong>http://dogcosummit.com. </strong></p><p>In-person ticket sales end 8/31 - so get yours now.</p><p><br>Cheering you on,</p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cbbb8abd/dae20726.mp3" length="9904840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>616</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi friends, Michelle Kline here, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch. In this week’s Hot Tip Friday episode, I am pulling back the curtain on a powerful moment from this summer when I had the opportunity to workshop my own business directly with Alex Hormozi at his Acquisition Workshop.</p><p><br>I share three big insights that left a lasting impact on me and that I believe will help you rethink how you are running and scaling your pet care business:</p><p><br>✨ <strong>What You’ll Learn in This Episode</strong></p><p>• Why “if it’s working, don’t stop” is one of the smartest growth strategies you can adopt</p><p>• How to lead with vision instead of fear, and why your conviction matters more than your struggles</p><p>• The importance of knowing your numbers and how clarity with data creates better decision-making</p><p>As always, these Hot Tip episodes are short, tactical, and straight to the point. My hope is that you walk away with one clear action you can implement right away in your own business.</p><p>🚨 <strong>The DogCo Business Summit is Almost Here</strong> 🚨</p><p>If you are serious about growing and scaling your pet care company, you cannot miss this. Join me September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC or grab your digital ticket to attend online. This is the event where the industry comes together to connect, learn, and build stronger businesses. Tickets are still available at 👉 <strong>http://dogcosummit.com. </strong></p><p>In-person ticket sales end 8/31 - so get yours now.</p><p><br>Cheering you on,</p><p><br>- M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Phases of Pet Care Businesses: $100k - $200k | Ep. 40</title>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>40</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Scaling Phases of Pet Care Businesses: $100k - $200k | Ep. 40</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd949310-f25c-49c4-aef0-8e580588dac6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/454ba70e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I break down one of the toughest and most defining phases for pet care business owners: the $100,000 to $200,000 revenue stage. This is the season where owners are often stuck with one foot in the field and one foot in administration, trying to juggle everything while building a team of three to seven people.</p><p>I share the risks, bottlenecks, and strategies to help you break through this phase and set your business up for long-term growth. If you are feeling stuck in the whirlwind of daily tasks or struggling to retain staff while keeping clients happy, this episode is for you.</p><p>👉 And do not forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC or online from September 26 to 28. Tickets are almost gone, so secure yours today at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The $100K to $200K phase is one of the hardest growth seasons in pet care businesses<br>• Owners often get stuck juggling fieldwork and administrative work, limiting growth<br>• Lack of systems and SOPs can hurt client experience and stall retention<br>• Protecting windows of time for business-building is essential<br>• Two hiring pathways: keeping full-time clients vs creating stability for staff<br>• Retention improves when you prioritize stability for your team<br>• Running lean financially may be necessary to push past this bottleneck<br>• Focus on building scalable systems to avoid chaos as you grow</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to the Scaling Series<br>0:37 Why the $100K to $200K phase is unique<br>1:15 Building teams of 3 to 7 employees<br>2:04 The hardest season of Michelle’s business journey<br>3:02 Why owners get stuck between fieldwork and admin<br>4:05 The “whirlwind” that pulls you under<br>5:15 Decline in client experience without systems<br>6:32 Risks of staying too tied to fieldwork<br>7:48 Pathway one: keeping clients and giving staff leftovers<br>9:03 Pathway two: stability for staff, overflow for the owner<br>10:21 Why dog walking focus can stabilize growth<br>11:25 The power of SOPs and documented systems<br>12:40 Running lean to break through the $200K ceiling<br>13:55 Encouragement and strategy to push forward</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26 to 28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Whether you join in-person or online, you will walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Seats are almost gone, so grab your ticket today at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>Do you have software for scaling your pet care business? Check out my friends at Time to Pet - use my affiliate code and receive a free trial: www.timetopet.com/dogco</p><p>🎧 Also, listen to this podcast episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I break down one of the toughest and most defining phases for pet care business owners: the $100,000 to $200,000 revenue stage. This is the season where owners are often stuck with one foot in the field and one foot in administration, trying to juggle everything while building a team of three to seven people.</p><p>I share the risks, bottlenecks, and strategies to help you break through this phase and set your business up for long-term growth. If you are feeling stuck in the whirlwind of daily tasks or struggling to retain staff while keeping clients happy, this episode is for you.</p><p>👉 And do not forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC or online from September 26 to 28. Tickets are almost gone, so secure yours today at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The $100K to $200K phase is one of the hardest growth seasons in pet care businesses<br>• Owners often get stuck juggling fieldwork and administrative work, limiting growth<br>• Lack of systems and SOPs can hurt client experience and stall retention<br>• Protecting windows of time for business-building is essential<br>• Two hiring pathways: keeping full-time clients vs creating stability for staff<br>• Retention improves when you prioritize stability for your team<br>• Running lean financially may be necessary to push past this bottleneck<br>• Focus on building scalable systems to avoid chaos as you grow</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to the Scaling Series<br>0:37 Why the $100K to $200K phase is unique<br>1:15 Building teams of 3 to 7 employees<br>2:04 The hardest season of Michelle’s business journey<br>3:02 Why owners get stuck between fieldwork and admin<br>4:05 The “whirlwind” that pulls you under<br>5:15 Decline in client experience without systems<br>6:32 Risks of staying too tied to fieldwork<br>7:48 Pathway one: keeping clients and giving staff leftovers<br>9:03 Pathway two: stability for staff, overflow for the owner<br>10:21 Why dog walking focus can stabilize growth<br>11:25 The power of SOPs and documented systems<br>12:40 Running lean to break through the $200K ceiling<br>13:55 Encouragement and strategy to push forward</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26 to 28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Whether you join in-person or online, you will walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Seats are almost gone, so grab your ticket today at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>Do you have software for scaling your pet care business? Check out my friends at Time to Pet - use my affiliate code and receive a free trial: www.timetopet.com/dogco</p><p>🎧 Also, listen to this podcast episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/454ba70e/5bd072b5.mp3" length="24107101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1504</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I break down one of the toughest and most defining phases for pet care business owners: the $100,000 to $200,000 revenue stage. This is the season where owners are often stuck with one foot in the field and one foot in administration, trying to juggle everything while building a team of three to seven people.</p><p>I share the risks, bottlenecks, and strategies to help you break through this phase and set your business up for long-term growth. If you are feeling stuck in the whirlwind of daily tasks or struggling to retain staff while keeping clients happy, this episode is for you.</p><p>👉 And do not forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC or online from September 26 to 28. Tickets are almost gone, so secure yours today at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• The $100K to $200K phase is one of the hardest growth seasons in pet care businesses<br>• Owners often get stuck juggling fieldwork and administrative work, limiting growth<br>• Lack of systems and SOPs can hurt client experience and stall retention<br>• Protecting windows of time for business-building is essential<br>• Two hiring pathways: keeping full-time clients vs creating stability for staff<br>• Retention improves when you prioritize stability for your team<br>• Running lean financially may be necessary to push past this bottleneck<br>• Focus on building scalable systems to avoid chaos as you grow</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 Welcome to the Scaling Series<br>0:37 Why the $100K to $200K phase is unique<br>1:15 Building teams of 3 to 7 employees<br>2:04 The hardest season of Michelle’s business journey<br>3:02 Why owners get stuck between fieldwork and admin<br>4:05 The “whirlwind” that pulls you under<br>5:15 Decline in client experience without systems<br>6:32 Risks of staying too tied to fieldwork<br>7:48 Pathway one: keeping clients and giving staff leftovers<br>9:03 Pathway two: stability for staff, overflow for the owner<br>10:21 Why dog walking focus can stabilize growth<br>11:25 The power of SOPs and documented systems<br>12:40 Running lean to break through the $200K ceiling<br>13:55 Encouragement and strategy to push forward</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26 to 28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Whether you join in-person or online, you will walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Seats are almost gone, so grab your ticket today at: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>Do you have software for scaling your pet care business? Check out my friends at Time to Pet - use my affiliate code and receive a free trial: www.timetopet.com/dogco</p><p>🎧 Also, listen to this podcast episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take: Conquering Your Ego | Ep. 39</title>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take: Conquering Your Ego | Ep. 39</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab7a96c8-08eb-48a2-a296-51d397983c5f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b0be413d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🔥 Your ego can be your biggest battle or your biggest breakthrough. In this week’s Hot Tip Friday, I'll share one of the hardest lessons I've had to learn as a business owner: how to battle ego and embrace true open-mindedness. From realizing I wasn’t as openminded as I thought, to working through defensiveness, emotional decision-making, and my fear of data, I'll get personal about what it takes to grow.</p><p><br>In this episode, I unpack 3 actionable strategies to quiet the ego and develop a healthier mindset:</p><p>✅ Stay genuinely curious and listen to feedback<br>✅ Step into your “future self” when making decisions<br>✅ Use data as your ally, not your enemy</p><p>If you’ve ever felt your ego holding you back from growth, this episode is for you.</p><p>📍 The DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26–28 or grab your digital ticket at: <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Resources Mentioned (disclosure - these are affiliate links):<br></strong><br></p><p>📖 <em>Principles</em> by Ray Dalio: https://amzn.to/4fGdUTe<br>📖 <em>Ego is the Enemy</em> by Ryan Holiday: https://amzn.to/45T97KW </p><p>Cheering you on.</p><p>-M<a href="http://dogcosummit.com"><br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🔥 Your ego can be your biggest battle or your biggest breakthrough. In this week’s Hot Tip Friday, I'll share one of the hardest lessons I've had to learn as a business owner: how to battle ego and embrace true open-mindedness. From realizing I wasn’t as openminded as I thought, to working through defensiveness, emotional decision-making, and my fear of data, I'll get personal about what it takes to grow.</p><p><br>In this episode, I unpack 3 actionable strategies to quiet the ego and develop a healthier mindset:</p><p>✅ Stay genuinely curious and listen to feedback<br>✅ Step into your “future self” when making decisions<br>✅ Use data as your ally, not your enemy</p><p>If you’ve ever felt your ego holding you back from growth, this episode is for you.</p><p>📍 The DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26–28 or grab your digital ticket at: <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Resources Mentioned (disclosure - these are affiliate links):<br></strong><br></p><p>📖 <em>Principles</em> by Ray Dalio: https://amzn.to/4fGdUTe<br>📖 <em>Ego is the Enemy</em> by Ryan Holiday: https://amzn.to/45T97KW </p><p>Cheering you on.</p><p>-M<a href="http://dogcosummit.com"><br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b0be413d/4ec1869e.mp3" length="9092311" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>565</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>🔥 Your ego can be your biggest battle or your biggest breakthrough. In this week’s Hot Tip Friday, I'll share one of the hardest lessons I've had to learn as a business owner: how to battle ego and embrace true open-mindedness. From realizing I wasn’t as openminded as I thought, to working through defensiveness, emotional decision-making, and my fear of data, I'll get personal about what it takes to grow.</p><p><br>In this episode, I unpack 3 actionable strategies to quiet the ego and develop a healthier mindset:</p><p>✅ Stay genuinely curious and listen to feedback<br>✅ Step into your “future self” when making decisions<br>✅ Use data as your ally, not your enemy</p><p>If you’ve ever felt your ego holding you back from growth, this episode is for you.</p><p>📍 The DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26–28 or grab your digital ticket at: <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Resources Mentioned (disclosure - these are affiliate links):<br></strong><br></p><p>📖 <em>Principles</em> by Ray Dalio: https://amzn.to/4fGdUTe<br>📖 <em>Ego is the Enemy</em> by Ryan Holiday: https://amzn.to/45T97KW </p><p>Cheering you on.</p><p>-M<a href="http://dogcosummit.com"><br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Series: Winning as a Solopreneur | Ep. 38</title>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>38</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Scaling Series: Winning as a Solopreneur | Ep. 38</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebe0f94d-9709-42b3-a7c6-dae6ab912bfa</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fc1ef7a8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you running your pet care business solo and wondering how to scale without burning out? 🐾 In this episode, I'm kicking off the Scaling Series by breaking down the path from solopreneur to team growth. Whether you love working solo or are ready to build your dream team, this episode is packed with practical steps, key risks, and real-world strategies to help you thrive.</p><p>And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC or online from September 26–28. Get your ticket today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Solopreneurs can scale by raising prices or by building a team<br>• Know your personal financial numbers before hiring<br>• Avoid burnout by planning for time off early<br>• Build systems like Time to Pet and on-site entry before bringing on staff<br>• Hire part-time team members first and let them grow with the business</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the Scaling Series<br>0:36 – Why scaling matters in pet care businesses<br>1:27 – The surprising stat that started DogCo<br>2:22 – Breaking down scaling phases for pet care businesses<br>3:12 – Transitioning from solo to team<br>4:01 – The challenges and risks of solopreneurship<br>5:05 – Two scaling paths: higher ticket services vs team growth<br>6:15 – Why team growth removes the ceiling on scale<br>7:01 – Knowing your numbers before you hire<br>8:13 – The financial dip you can expect when building a team<br>9:08 – Pro tip: how to time your first hires<br>10:14 – Systems you need in place before hiring<br>11:02 – Why on-site entry beats keeping client keys<br>12:05 – Hiring strategy: two part-timers vs one full-timer<br>13:29 – Doug Keeling’s hiring course recommendation<br>14:07 – Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Whether you join in-person or online, you’ll walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Tickets are limited, so grab yours today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>Do you have software for scaling your pet care business? Check out my friends at Time to Pet - use my affiliate code and receive a free trial: www.timetopet.com/dogco</p><p>Check out this resource that I discussed in the episode: Doug Keeling's Pawsitive Hiring Course - https://dougthedogguy.co/hiringcourse/</p><p>🎧 Also, Listen to this podcast episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you running your pet care business solo and wondering how to scale without burning out? 🐾 In this episode, I'm kicking off the Scaling Series by breaking down the path from solopreneur to team growth. Whether you love working solo or are ready to build your dream team, this episode is packed with practical steps, key risks, and real-world strategies to help you thrive.</p><p>And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC or online from September 26–28. Get your ticket today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Solopreneurs can scale by raising prices or by building a team<br>• Know your personal financial numbers before hiring<br>• Avoid burnout by planning for time off early<br>• Build systems like Time to Pet and on-site entry before bringing on staff<br>• Hire part-time team members first and let them grow with the business</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the Scaling Series<br>0:36 – Why scaling matters in pet care businesses<br>1:27 – The surprising stat that started DogCo<br>2:22 – Breaking down scaling phases for pet care businesses<br>3:12 – Transitioning from solo to team<br>4:01 – The challenges and risks of solopreneurship<br>5:05 – Two scaling paths: higher ticket services vs team growth<br>6:15 – Why team growth removes the ceiling on scale<br>7:01 – Knowing your numbers before you hire<br>8:13 – The financial dip you can expect when building a team<br>9:08 – Pro tip: how to time your first hires<br>10:14 – Systems you need in place before hiring<br>11:02 – Why on-site entry beats keeping client keys<br>12:05 – Hiring strategy: two part-timers vs one full-timer<br>13:29 – Doug Keeling’s hiring course recommendation<br>14:07 – Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Whether you join in-person or online, you’ll walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Tickets are limited, so grab yours today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>Do you have software for scaling your pet care business? Check out my friends at Time to Pet - use my affiliate code and receive a free trial: www.timetopet.com/dogco</p><p>Check out this resource that I discussed in the episode: Doug Keeling's Pawsitive Hiring Course - https://dougthedogguy.co/hiringcourse/</p><p>🎧 Also, Listen to this podcast episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fc1ef7a8/9270c63e.mp3" length="14250776" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>888</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you running your pet care business solo and wondering how to scale without burning out? 🐾 In this episode, I'm kicking off the Scaling Series by breaking down the path from solopreneur to team growth. Whether you love working solo or are ready to build your dream team, this episode is packed with practical steps, key risks, and real-world strategies to help you thrive.</p><p>And don’t forget, the DogCo Business Summit is almost here! Join us in Winston-Salem, NC or online from September 26–28. Get your ticket today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>✨ Key Takeaways<br>• Solopreneurs can scale by raising prices or by building a team<br>• Know your personal financial numbers before hiring<br>• Avoid burnout by planning for time off early<br>• Build systems like Time to Pet and on-site entry before bringing on staff<br>• Hire part-time team members first and let them grow with the business</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the Scaling Series<br>0:36 – Why scaling matters in pet care businesses<br>1:27 – The surprising stat that started DogCo<br>2:22 – Breaking down scaling phases for pet care businesses<br>3:12 – Transitioning from solo to team<br>4:01 – The challenges and risks of solopreneurship<br>5:05 – Two scaling paths: higher ticket services vs team growth<br>6:15 – Why team growth removes the ceiling on scale<br>7:01 – Knowing your numbers before you hire<br>8:13 – The financial dip you can expect when building a team<br>9:08 – Pro tip: how to time your first hires<br>10:14 – Systems you need in place before hiring<br>11:02 – Why on-site entry beats keeping client keys<br>12:05 – Hiring strategy: two part-timers vs one full-timer<br>13:29 – Doug Keeling’s hiring course recommendation<br>14:07 – Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>🚨 Final Call: DogCo Summit is Almost Here! 🚨<br>The industry’s most powerful event is happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Whether you join in-person or online, you’ll walk away with strategies to grow your pet care business with confidence. Tickets are limited, so grab yours today at 👉 http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>Do you have software for scaling your pet care business? Check out my friends at Time to Pet - use my affiliate code and receive a free trial: www.timetopet.com/dogco</p><p>Check out this resource that I discussed in the episode: Doug Keeling's Pawsitive Hiring Course - https://dougthedogguy.co/hiringcourse/</p><p>🎧 Also, Listen to this podcast episode on:<br>Apple Podcasts | Spotify | Google Podcasts | YouTube</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take: 3 Things Seven Figure Companies Do | Ep. 37</title>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take: 3 Things Seven Figure Companies Do | Ep. 37</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">81d85ba8-eddc-44ac-8bb5-7cebb3e64823</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8396fe85</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am breaking down the top three things I consistently see in seven-figure pet care companies that set them apart. These are not abstract ideas. They are actionable strategies that can help you scale faster, avoid costly mistakes, and run a business you truly love.</p><p>From building rock-solid systems to staying ahead of problems before they happen, to removing fear-based decision making, these are the moves that separate thriving companies from those stuck in survival mode. Whether you are on your way to your first $100K or already approaching the seven-figure mark, you will find practical takeaways to level up your leadership and business growth.</p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is right around the corner. Join us in Winston Salem, North Carolina, from September 26th to 28th, or grab your digital ticket. This is where industry leaders, growth-minded pet care business owners, and powerhouse speakers come together to transform the way you work. Secure your spot now: <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Why the best companies focus heavily on systems and operations</li><li>How proactive problem-solving keeps growth on track</li><li>The importance of replacing fear-based choices with data-driven decisions</li></ul><p>Listen, learn, and then put these strategies into action. Your future business self will thank you.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am breaking down the top three things I consistently see in seven-figure pet care companies that set them apart. These are not abstract ideas. They are actionable strategies that can help you scale faster, avoid costly mistakes, and run a business you truly love.</p><p>From building rock-solid systems to staying ahead of problems before they happen, to removing fear-based decision making, these are the moves that separate thriving companies from those stuck in survival mode. Whether you are on your way to your first $100K or already approaching the seven-figure mark, you will find practical takeaways to level up your leadership and business growth.</p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is right around the corner. Join us in Winston Salem, North Carolina, from September 26th to 28th, or grab your digital ticket. This is where industry leaders, growth-minded pet care business owners, and powerhouse speakers come together to transform the way you work. Secure your spot now: <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Why the best companies focus heavily on systems and operations</li><li>How proactive problem-solving keeps growth on track</li><li>The importance of replacing fear-based choices with data-driven decisions</li></ul><p>Listen, learn, and then put these strategies into action. Your future business self will thank you.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8396fe85/963a5f95.mp3" length="5967663" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>370</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of the DogCo Secrets Podcast, I am breaking down the top three things I consistently see in seven-figure pet care companies that set them apart. These are not abstract ideas. They are actionable strategies that can help you scale faster, avoid costly mistakes, and run a business you truly love.</p><p>From building rock-solid systems to staying ahead of problems before they happen, to removing fear-based decision making, these are the moves that separate thriving companies from those stuck in survival mode. Whether you are on your way to your first $100K or already approaching the seven-figure mark, you will find practical takeaways to level up your leadership and business growth.</p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is right around the corner. Join us in Winston Salem, North Carolina, from September 26th to 28th, or grab your digital ticket. This is where industry leaders, growth-minded pet care business owners, and powerhouse speakers come together to transform the way you work. Secure your spot now: <strong>http://dogcosummit.com<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Why the best companies focus heavily on systems and operations</li><li>How proactive problem-solving keeps growth on track</li><li>The importance of replacing fear-based choices with data-driven decisions</li></ul><p>Listen, learn, and then put these strategies into action. Your future business self will thank you.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Stay Focused When 1 Million Things Want Your Attention | Ep. 36</title>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Stay Focused When 1 Million Things Want Your Attention | Ep. 36</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d9c76619-1d11-4614-be8f-e96faf2b9ed9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/06681751</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎯 Feeling pulled in a thousand directions? You are not alone. In this episode, I'll share my personal journey of wrestling with focus, straight from working alongside top entrepreneurs like Alex Hormozi and Evelyn Weiss. This is not just another productivity pep talk. It is a deep dive into 5 powerful questions every pet care business owner should be asking to protect their time, energy, and impact.</p><p>With the DogCo Summit just weeks away, now is the time to get laser-focused on what truly moves the needle in your business. Join me for this timely conversation and walk away with strategies you can put into action immediately.</p><p>🐾 DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28. We have just announced a digital ticket option so you can join from anywhere. Seats are almost gone, so secure your spot now: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS:<br>🔥 Why “If it is working, do not mess with it” can be the most profitable decision you make this year<br>🔥 How to identify and protect the single highest-impact activity in your business<br>🔥 What is draining your time and energy without giving you meaningful returns<br>🔥 How to decide what can (and should) be deprioritized<br>🔥 The underrated power of tracking and protecting your time like a high-value asset</p><p>TIMESTAMPS:<br>00:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>00:16 – The reality check: focus struggles even for high achievers<br>01:16 – Lessons from working with Alex Hormozi and Evelyn Weiss<br>02:10 – Principle #1: If it is working, do not change it<br>02:25 – Summit announcement and invitation (http://dogcosummit.com)<br>02:31 – Principle #2: The power of focus in business strategy<br>03:01 – Question 1: What is driving the most impact in your business?<br>06:08 – Question 2: What pulls more attention than it returns?<br>09:23 – Why rest is essential to maintaining focus<br>10:44 – Question 3: What can you afford to deprioritize?<br>12:49 – Question 4: What cannot be deprioritized?<br>14:35 – The role of personal enjoyment in sustainable business growth<br>15:22 – Question 5: Do you have enough data on where your time goes?<br>17:36 – Self-auditing for impact and alignment with long-term goals<br>18:16 – Final thoughts and call to action</p><p>If this episode hit home, share it with another business owner who needs to reclaim their focus before the year ends. The countdown is on for the DogCo Business Summit, so do not wait to take action. Reserve your in-person or digital ticket today at http://dogcosummit.com and join a community of pet care professionals who are ready to think bigger, work smarter, and build stronger businesses together.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎯 Feeling pulled in a thousand directions? You are not alone. In this episode, I'll share my personal journey of wrestling with focus, straight from working alongside top entrepreneurs like Alex Hormozi and Evelyn Weiss. This is not just another productivity pep talk. It is a deep dive into 5 powerful questions every pet care business owner should be asking to protect their time, energy, and impact.</p><p>With the DogCo Summit just weeks away, now is the time to get laser-focused on what truly moves the needle in your business. Join me for this timely conversation and walk away with strategies you can put into action immediately.</p><p>🐾 DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28. We have just announced a digital ticket option so you can join from anywhere. Seats are almost gone, so secure your spot now: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS:<br>🔥 Why “If it is working, do not mess with it” can be the most profitable decision you make this year<br>🔥 How to identify and protect the single highest-impact activity in your business<br>🔥 What is draining your time and energy without giving you meaningful returns<br>🔥 How to decide what can (and should) be deprioritized<br>🔥 The underrated power of tracking and protecting your time like a high-value asset</p><p>TIMESTAMPS:<br>00:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>00:16 – The reality check: focus struggles even for high achievers<br>01:16 – Lessons from working with Alex Hormozi and Evelyn Weiss<br>02:10 – Principle #1: If it is working, do not change it<br>02:25 – Summit announcement and invitation (http://dogcosummit.com)<br>02:31 – Principle #2: The power of focus in business strategy<br>03:01 – Question 1: What is driving the most impact in your business?<br>06:08 – Question 2: What pulls more attention than it returns?<br>09:23 – Why rest is essential to maintaining focus<br>10:44 – Question 3: What can you afford to deprioritize?<br>12:49 – Question 4: What cannot be deprioritized?<br>14:35 – The role of personal enjoyment in sustainable business growth<br>15:22 – Question 5: Do you have enough data on where your time goes?<br>17:36 – Self-auditing for impact and alignment with long-term goals<br>18:16 – Final thoughts and call to action</p><p>If this episode hit home, share it with another business owner who needs to reclaim their focus before the year ends. The countdown is on for the DogCo Business Summit, so do not wait to take action. Reserve your in-person or digital ticket today at http://dogcosummit.com and join a community of pet care professionals who are ready to think bigger, work smarter, and build stronger businesses together.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/06681751/b9f2a06a.mp3" length="17769177" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1107</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>🎯 Feeling pulled in a thousand directions? You are not alone. In this episode, I'll share my personal journey of wrestling with focus, straight from working alongside top entrepreneurs like Alex Hormozi and Evelyn Weiss. This is not just another productivity pep talk. It is a deep dive into 5 powerful questions every pet care business owner should be asking to protect their time, energy, and impact.</p><p>With the DogCo Summit just weeks away, now is the time to get laser-focused on what truly moves the needle in your business. Join me for this timely conversation and walk away with strategies you can put into action immediately.</p><p>🐾 DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28. We have just announced a digital ticket option so you can join from anywhere. Seats are almost gone, so secure your spot now: http://dogcosummit.com</p><p>🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS:<br>🔥 Why “If it is working, do not mess with it” can be the most profitable decision you make this year<br>🔥 How to identify and protect the single highest-impact activity in your business<br>🔥 What is draining your time and energy without giving you meaningful returns<br>🔥 How to decide what can (and should) be deprioritized<br>🔥 The underrated power of tracking and protecting your time like a high-value asset</p><p>TIMESTAMPS:<br>00:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>00:16 – The reality check: focus struggles even for high achievers<br>01:16 – Lessons from working with Alex Hormozi and Evelyn Weiss<br>02:10 – Principle #1: If it is working, do not change it<br>02:25 – Summit announcement and invitation (http://dogcosummit.com)<br>02:31 – Principle #2: The power of focus in business strategy<br>03:01 – Question 1: What is driving the most impact in your business?<br>06:08 – Question 2: What pulls more attention than it returns?<br>09:23 – Why rest is essential to maintaining focus<br>10:44 – Question 3: What can you afford to deprioritize?<br>12:49 – Question 4: What cannot be deprioritized?<br>14:35 – The role of personal enjoyment in sustainable business growth<br>15:22 – Question 5: Do you have enough data on where your time goes?<br>17:36 – Self-auditing for impact and alignment with long-term goals<br>18:16 – Final thoughts and call to action</p><p>If this episode hit home, share it with another business owner who needs to reclaim their focus before the year ends. The countdown is on for the DogCo Business Summit, so do not wait to take action. Reserve your in-person or digital ticket today at http://dogcosummit.com and join a community of pet care professionals who are ready to think bigger, work smarter, and build stronger businesses together.</p><p>-M</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take: Your Team Has Their Own Interests... and That Is Okay | Ep. 35</title>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take: Your Team Has Their Own Interests... and That Is Okay | Ep. 35</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c09121d1-be14-440c-a5e8-a0482cce3c44</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e6cc152a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Are you expecting your team to care as much as you do?</strong></p><p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of <em>DogCo Secrets</em>, I share one of the most important mindset shifts I’ve made as a pet care business owner, realizing that my team’s outside-of-work interests are not a threat to my business, but a key to long-term retention and healthy company culture.</p><p><br>If you’ve ever been frustrated that employees don’t “step up” in the same way you do, this episode will challenge and encourage you. I dive into how unrealistic expectations can hurt your business, what healthy boundaries look like, and why giving your staff space to have a life outside of work makes your company stronger.</p><p><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></p><ul><li>Why expecting employees to care as much as owners can backfire</li><li>How respecting your team’s boundaries leads to higher retention</li><li>Common mistakes that unintentionally create resentment in staff</li><li>The mindset shift every pet care business owner needs to scale sustainably<p></p></li></ul><p><strong>DogCo Business Summit<br></strong><br></p><p>Want more strategies to level up your pet care business? Join us at the <strong>DogCo Summit</strong> in Winston-Salem, NC (September 26–28) or grab a digital ticket to attend online. This event includes Joey Coleman’s exclusive workshop on client and employee retention — perfect if you want a happier team and more loyal clients.</p><p>👉 https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Are you expecting your team to care as much as you do?</strong></p><p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of <em>DogCo Secrets</em>, I share one of the most important mindset shifts I’ve made as a pet care business owner, realizing that my team’s outside-of-work interests are not a threat to my business, but a key to long-term retention and healthy company culture.</p><p><br>If you’ve ever been frustrated that employees don’t “step up” in the same way you do, this episode will challenge and encourage you. I dive into how unrealistic expectations can hurt your business, what healthy boundaries look like, and why giving your staff space to have a life outside of work makes your company stronger.</p><p><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></p><ul><li>Why expecting employees to care as much as owners can backfire</li><li>How respecting your team’s boundaries leads to higher retention</li><li>Common mistakes that unintentionally create resentment in staff</li><li>The mindset shift every pet care business owner needs to scale sustainably<p></p></li></ul><p><strong>DogCo Business Summit<br></strong><br></p><p>Want more strategies to level up your pet care business? Join us at the <strong>DogCo Summit</strong> in Winston-Salem, NC (September 26–28) or grab a digital ticket to attend online. This event includes Joey Coleman’s exclusive workshop on client and employee retention — perfect if you want a happier team and more loyal clients.</p><p>👉 https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e6cc152a/8393488d.mp3" length="7211111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>448</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Are you expecting your team to care as much as you do?</strong></p><p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode of <em>DogCo Secrets</em>, I share one of the most important mindset shifts I’ve made as a pet care business owner, realizing that my team’s outside-of-work interests are not a threat to my business, but a key to long-term retention and healthy company culture.</p><p><br>If you’ve ever been frustrated that employees don’t “step up” in the same way you do, this episode will challenge and encourage you. I dive into how unrealistic expectations can hurt your business, what healthy boundaries look like, and why giving your staff space to have a life outside of work makes your company stronger.</p><p><strong>What You’ll Learn</strong></p><ul><li>Why expecting employees to care as much as owners can backfire</li><li>How respecting your team’s boundaries leads to higher retention</li><li>Common mistakes that unintentionally create resentment in staff</li><li>The mindset shift every pet care business owner needs to scale sustainably<p></p></li></ul><p><strong>DogCo Business Summit<br></strong><br></p><p>Want more strategies to level up your pet care business? Join us at the <strong>DogCo Summit</strong> in Winston-Salem, NC (September 26–28) or grab a digital ticket to attend online. This event includes Joey Coleman’s exclusive workshop on client and employee retention — perfect if you want a happier team and more loyal clients.</p><p>👉 https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Top 10 Money Strategies to Keep Your Finances Winning | Ep 34</title>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Top 10 Money Strategies to Keep Your Finances Winning | Ep 34</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">182b4d76-37a8-4cbf-9b01-7d834dc33c2f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4c5ec5db</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of DogCo Secrets, I’m walking you through 10 money strategies that will keep your pet care business winning. We’re talking about everything from bookkeeping must-haves to daily money habits, mindset shifts, and practical systems you can put in place this week. If you’ve ever felt stressed about cash flow, profit margins, or paying yourself confidently, this episode will give you clarity and actionable next steps.</p><p>These are the exact strategies I’ve seen transform struggling businesses into thriving ones. Whether you’re running a dog walking company, pet sitting business, or any service-based pet care brand, this countdown is packed with tools you can use immediately.</p><p>🔥 Key Takeaways</p><p>• 10 tactical tips to set your pet care business up for financial success<br>• How to separate business and tax savings to avoid painful surprises<br>• Why hiring a bookkeeper early is a growth accelerator, not an expense<br>• The mindset shift that turns money management from stressful to empowering</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>0:42 – Why finances are the foundation for scaling your business<br>3:00 – Tip 1: Hire a bookkeeper and why you can’t afford not to<br>5:30 – Tip 2: Learn to read key financial reports<br>8:15 – Tip 3: The three-bank-account system for clarity and control<br>10:50 – Tip 4: Automating savings transfers to build wealth over time<br>13:45 – Tip 5: Identify a “free spend” category to prevent burnout<br>16:30 – Tip 6: Understanding labor costs and employee retention<br>19:10 – Tip 7: Course-correct quickly when you make financial mistakes<br>21:30 – Tip 8: Protect “future you” with smart decisions today<br>24:00 – Tip 9: Check your finances daily to remove fear and shame<br>26:20 – Tip 10: Make money management fun and rewarding</p><p>DogCo Summit</p><p>Want to take these strategies further? Join us at the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC (September 26–28) or grab a digital ticket to attend online. This event includes Joey Coleman’s exclusive 4-hour workshop on client and employee retention — a must if you want to scale your pet care business in 2025. 👉 Get your ticket: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>👉 Subscribe for more weekly business insights<br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify<br>📲 Follow @michelleckline on Instagram<br>💬 Comment below if this resonated with you</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of DogCo Secrets, I’m walking you through 10 money strategies that will keep your pet care business winning. We’re talking about everything from bookkeeping must-haves to daily money habits, mindset shifts, and practical systems you can put in place this week. If you’ve ever felt stressed about cash flow, profit margins, or paying yourself confidently, this episode will give you clarity and actionable next steps.</p><p>These are the exact strategies I’ve seen transform struggling businesses into thriving ones. Whether you’re running a dog walking company, pet sitting business, or any service-based pet care brand, this countdown is packed with tools you can use immediately.</p><p>🔥 Key Takeaways</p><p>• 10 tactical tips to set your pet care business up for financial success<br>• How to separate business and tax savings to avoid painful surprises<br>• Why hiring a bookkeeper early is a growth accelerator, not an expense<br>• The mindset shift that turns money management from stressful to empowering</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>0:42 – Why finances are the foundation for scaling your business<br>3:00 – Tip 1: Hire a bookkeeper and why you can’t afford not to<br>5:30 – Tip 2: Learn to read key financial reports<br>8:15 – Tip 3: The three-bank-account system for clarity and control<br>10:50 – Tip 4: Automating savings transfers to build wealth over time<br>13:45 – Tip 5: Identify a “free spend” category to prevent burnout<br>16:30 – Tip 6: Understanding labor costs and employee retention<br>19:10 – Tip 7: Course-correct quickly when you make financial mistakes<br>21:30 – Tip 8: Protect “future you” with smart decisions today<br>24:00 – Tip 9: Check your finances daily to remove fear and shame<br>26:20 – Tip 10: Make money management fun and rewarding</p><p>DogCo Summit</p><p>Want to take these strategies further? Join us at the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC (September 26–28) or grab a digital ticket to attend online. This event includes Joey Coleman’s exclusive 4-hour workshop on client and employee retention — a must if you want to scale your pet care business in 2025. 👉 Get your ticket: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>👉 Subscribe for more weekly business insights<br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify<br>📲 Follow @michelleckline on Instagram<br>💬 Comment below if this resonated with you</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4c5ec5db/2c51e6b0.mp3" length="19907029" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of DogCo Secrets, I’m walking you through 10 money strategies that will keep your pet care business winning. We’re talking about everything from bookkeeping must-haves to daily money habits, mindset shifts, and practical systems you can put in place this week. If you’ve ever felt stressed about cash flow, profit margins, or paying yourself confidently, this episode will give you clarity and actionable next steps.</p><p>These are the exact strategies I’ve seen transform struggling businesses into thriving ones. Whether you’re running a dog walking company, pet sitting business, or any service-based pet care brand, this countdown is packed with tools you can use immediately.</p><p>🔥 Key Takeaways</p><p>• 10 tactical tips to set your pet care business up for financial success<br>• How to separate business and tax savings to avoid painful surprises<br>• Why hiring a bookkeeper early is a growth accelerator, not an expense<br>• The mindset shift that turns money management from stressful to empowering</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and episode overview<br>0:42 – Why finances are the foundation for scaling your business<br>3:00 – Tip 1: Hire a bookkeeper and why you can’t afford not to<br>5:30 – Tip 2: Learn to read key financial reports<br>8:15 – Tip 3: The three-bank-account system for clarity and control<br>10:50 – Tip 4: Automating savings transfers to build wealth over time<br>13:45 – Tip 5: Identify a “free spend” category to prevent burnout<br>16:30 – Tip 6: Understanding labor costs and employee retention<br>19:10 – Tip 7: Course-correct quickly when you make financial mistakes<br>21:30 – Tip 8: Protect “future you” with smart decisions today<br>24:00 – Tip 9: Check your finances daily to remove fear and shame<br>26:20 – Tip 10: Make money management fun and rewarding</p><p>DogCo Summit</p><p>Want to take these strategies further? Join us at the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC (September 26–28) or grab a digital ticket to attend online. This event includes Joey Coleman’s exclusive 4-hour workshop on client and employee retention — a must if you want to scale your pet care business in 2025. 👉 Get your ticket: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>👉 Subscribe for more weekly business insights<br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify<br>📲 Follow @michelleckline on Instagram<br>💬 Comment below if this resonated with you</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Repost: Hot Take - Triple Your Pet Sitting Profit | Ep. 33</title>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Repost: Hot Take - Triple Your Pet Sitting Profit | Ep. 33</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47dc49c3-7efb-446d-9239-1eed48a2925d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ae02601f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a repost of Episode 11 - one of THE most listened to and implemented episodes to date. Resurfacing because I believe this content is valuable enough to share twice.</p><p>💸 Want to make more money on your pet sitting services?</p><p><br>LFG.</p><p><br>In this hot-take mini episode, I share one powerful pricing strategy that helped a pet care company I work with go from $35,000 in net profit to $150,000 in a single year, without increasing staff or adding complexity. (and yes - I said NET PROFIT.)</p><p>Whether you’re deep into pet sitting or just dabbling, this shift can dramatically improve your margins on this service line.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><ul><li>The hidden costs within your pet sitting services</li><li>A simple pricing change that adds pure profit to your bottom line</li><li>The truth about after-hours fees (and how to roll them out without backlash)</li><li>Real answers to your biggest FAQs - like whether to pass the fee to staff and if you need to announce it publicly</li></ul><p>📊 This model isn’t about nickel-and-diming clients. It’s about protecting your margins and turning a high-effort service into a high-reward revenue line.</p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p><br>✅ Pet sitting often carries hidden operational costs</p><p>✅ Charge based on time, not service labels (IMO)</p><p>✅ Add $5–$10 after-hours fees for visits outside 9–5</p><p>✅ Clients rarely push back - and often shift to easier daytime windows</p><p>✅ Keep the fee - don’t pass it to staff</p><p>✅ No price increase announcement needed</p><p>✅ More money for the same labor = a win</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS:</p><p>Join us at the DogCo Business Summit, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC! Learn how to scale smarter, price better, and grow sustainably.<br>🎟 Get tickets at www.dogcosummit.com </p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly episodes that help you build a more profitable, people-first pet care company.</p><p>💬 Was this tip helpful? Let me know - tag @michelleckline on IG and share your takeaway.</p><p>🎯 Like + share with a pet sitter or solopreneur who deserves to keep more of their earnings.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a repost of Episode 11 - one of THE most listened to and implemented episodes to date. Resurfacing because I believe this content is valuable enough to share twice.</p><p>💸 Want to make more money on your pet sitting services?</p><p><br>LFG.</p><p><br>In this hot-take mini episode, I share one powerful pricing strategy that helped a pet care company I work with go from $35,000 in net profit to $150,000 in a single year, without increasing staff or adding complexity. (and yes - I said NET PROFIT.)</p><p>Whether you’re deep into pet sitting or just dabbling, this shift can dramatically improve your margins on this service line.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><ul><li>The hidden costs within your pet sitting services</li><li>A simple pricing change that adds pure profit to your bottom line</li><li>The truth about after-hours fees (and how to roll them out without backlash)</li><li>Real answers to your biggest FAQs - like whether to pass the fee to staff and if you need to announce it publicly</li></ul><p>📊 This model isn’t about nickel-and-diming clients. It’s about protecting your margins and turning a high-effort service into a high-reward revenue line.</p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p><br>✅ Pet sitting often carries hidden operational costs</p><p>✅ Charge based on time, not service labels (IMO)</p><p>✅ Add $5–$10 after-hours fees for visits outside 9–5</p><p>✅ Clients rarely push back - and often shift to easier daytime windows</p><p>✅ Keep the fee - don’t pass it to staff</p><p>✅ No price increase announcement needed</p><p>✅ More money for the same labor = a win</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS:</p><p>Join us at the DogCo Business Summit, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC! Learn how to scale smarter, price better, and grow sustainably.<br>🎟 Get tickets at www.dogcosummit.com </p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly episodes that help you build a more profitable, people-first pet care company.</p><p>💬 Was this tip helpful? Let me know - tag @michelleckline on IG and share your takeaway.</p><p>🎯 Like + share with a pet sitter or solopreneur who deserves to keep more of their earnings.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ae02601f/01b6781a.mp3" length="8741246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>543</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This episode is a repost of Episode 11 - one of THE most listened to and implemented episodes to date. Resurfacing because I believe this content is valuable enough to share twice.</p><p>💸 Want to make more money on your pet sitting services?</p><p><br>LFG.</p><p><br>In this hot-take mini episode, I share one powerful pricing strategy that helped a pet care company I work with go from $35,000 in net profit to $150,000 in a single year, without increasing staff or adding complexity. (and yes - I said NET PROFIT.)</p><p>Whether you’re deep into pet sitting or just dabbling, this shift can dramatically improve your margins on this service line.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><ul><li>The hidden costs within your pet sitting services</li><li>A simple pricing change that adds pure profit to your bottom line</li><li>The truth about after-hours fees (and how to roll them out without backlash)</li><li>Real answers to your biggest FAQs - like whether to pass the fee to staff and if you need to announce it publicly</li></ul><p>📊 This model isn’t about nickel-and-diming clients. It’s about protecting your margins and turning a high-effort service into a high-reward revenue line.</p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p><br>✅ Pet sitting often carries hidden operational costs</p><p>✅ Charge based on time, not service labels (IMO)</p><p>✅ Add $5–$10 after-hours fees for visits outside 9–5</p><p>✅ Clients rarely push back - and often shift to easier daytime windows</p><p>✅ Keep the fee - don’t pass it to staff</p><p>✅ No price increase announcement needed</p><p>✅ More money for the same labor = a win</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS:</p><p>Join us at the DogCo Business Summit, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC! Learn how to scale smarter, price better, and grow sustainably.<br>🎟 Get tickets at www.dogcosummit.com </p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly episodes that help you build a more profitable, people-first pet care company.</p><p>💬 Was this tip helpful? Let me know - tag @michelleckline on IG and share your takeaway.</p><p>🎯 Like + share with a pet sitter or solopreneur who deserves to keep more of their earnings.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside 7 Figure DogCo: An Interview with Rachel Eaton | Ep. 32</title>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Inside 7 Figure DogCo: An Interview with Rachel Eaton | Ep. 32</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95e4f97f-a56b-4a1b-b874-00fb1cb9e9be</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/16634946</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to scale your pet care business to seven figures and beyond? In this episode of DogCo Secrets, I talk with Rachel Eaton, founder of We Let The Dogs Out, about how she transformed a small pet care company into a thriving, community-focused empire.</p><p>This episode is part of our new series highlighting 7-Figure DogCo businesses and their path to success. If you want to get more connected to leaders like Rachel - grab your ticket to the DogCo Business Summit now at dogcosummit.com to learn directly from leaders like Rachel.</p><p>🔥 Episode Takeaways<br>• How Rachel grew from 2 employees to a team of over 38<br>• The pivotal leadership and delegation shifts that allowed her to step out of day-to-day walking<br>• Why community involvement drives both trust and long-term growth<br>• Evolving pay structures, onboarding, and culture for a scaling company<br>• Key lessons for entrepreneurs building resilient pet care brands</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the Seven-Figure DogCo series<br>1:02 – Meet Rachel and We Let The Dogs Out<br>3:04 – From law career to pet care entrepreneur<br>5:18 – Rapid team growth and lessons in hiring<br>8:00 – Learning to delegate and lead effectively<br>10:45 – Acquisitions and building leadership within the team<br>15:00 – Leveraging community events for brand recognition<br>18:30 – Pay structure shifts and improving company culture<br>22:00 – Evolving training and onboarding processes<br>25:30 – Mindset growth and embracing discomfort<br>30:00 – Rachel’s vision for the future</p><p>🔗 Resources and Links<br>• Rachel’s company: https://thedogsout.com/pet-care-team/<br>• DogCo Summit Tickets: https://dogcosummit.com<br>• Instagram: @weletthedogsout</p><p>🐶 Join Us at the Summit<br>If Rachel’s story sparks something for you, do not miss the chance to learn from her in person at the DogCo Business Summit. This event brings together the best minds in the pet care industry for two full days of strategy, connection, and growth. Reserve your seat now at dogcosummit.com.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to scale your pet care business to seven figures and beyond? In this episode of DogCo Secrets, I talk with Rachel Eaton, founder of We Let The Dogs Out, about how she transformed a small pet care company into a thriving, community-focused empire.</p><p>This episode is part of our new series highlighting 7-Figure DogCo businesses and their path to success. If you want to get more connected to leaders like Rachel - grab your ticket to the DogCo Business Summit now at dogcosummit.com to learn directly from leaders like Rachel.</p><p>🔥 Episode Takeaways<br>• How Rachel grew from 2 employees to a team of over 38<br>• The pivotal leadership and delegation shifts that allowed her to step out of day-to-day walking<br>• Why community involvement drives both trust and long-term growth<br>• Evolving pay structures, onboarding, and culture for a scaling company<br>• Key lessons for entrepreneurs building resilient pet care brands</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the Seven-Figure DogCo series<br>1:02 – Meet Rachel and We Let The Dogs Out<br>3:04 – From law career to pet care entrepreneur<br>5:18 – Rapid team growth and lessons in hiring<br>8:00 – Learning to delegate and lead effectively<br>10:45 – Acquisitions and building leadership within the team<br>15:00 – Leveraging community events for brand recognition<br>18:30 – Pay structure shifts and improving company culture<br>22:00 – Evolving training and onboarding processes<br>25:30 – Mindset growth and embracing discomfort<br>30:00 – Rachel’s vision for the future</p><p>🔗 Resources and Links<br>• Rachel’s company: https://thedogsout.com/pet-care-team/<br>• DogCo Summit Tickets: https://dogcosummit.com<br>• Instagram: @weletthedogsout</p><p>🐶 Join Us at the Summit<br>If Rachel’s story sparks something for you, do not miss the chance to learn from her in person at the DogCo Business Summit. This event brings together the best minds in the pet care industry for two full days of strategy, connection, and growth. Reserve your seat now at dogcosummit.com.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/16634946/b5e5eec4.mp3" length="30718798" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1917</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to scale your pet care business to seven figures and beyond? In this episode of DogCo Secrets, I talk with Rachel Eaton, founder of We Let The Dogs Out, about how she transformed a small pet care company into a thriving, community-focused empire.</p><p>This episode is part of our new series highlighting 7-Figure DogCo businesses and their path to success. If you want to get more connected to leaders like Rachel - grab your ticket to the DogCo Business Summit now at dogcosummit.com to learn directly from leaders like Rachel.</p><p>🔥 Episode Takeaways<br>• How Rachel grew from 2 employees to a team of over 38<br>• The pivotal leadership and delegation shifts that allowed her to step out of day-to-day walking<br>• Why community involvement drives both trust and long-term growth<br>• Evolving pay structures, onboarding, and culture for a scaling company<br>• Key lessons for entrepreneurs building resilient pet care brands</p><p>⏰ Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome to the Seven-Figure DogCo series<br>1:02 – Meet Rachel and We Let The Dogs Out<br>3:04 – From law career to pet care entrepreneur<br>5:18 – Rapid team growth and lessons in hiring<br>8:00 – Learning to delegate and lead effectively<br>10:45 – Acquisitions and building leadership within the team<br>15:00 – Leveraging community events for brand recognition<br>18:30 – Pay structure shifts and improving company culture<br>22:00 – Evolving training and onboarding processes<br>25:30 – Mindset growth and embracing discomfort<br>30:00 – Rachel’s vision for the future</p><p>🔗 Resources and Links<br>• Rachel’s company: https://thedogsout.com/pet-care-team/<br>• DogCo Summit Tickets: https://dogcosummit.com<br>• Instagram: @weletthedogsout</p><p>🐶 Join Us at the Summit<br>If Rachel’s story sparks something for you, do not miss the chance to learn from her in person at the DogCo Business Summit. This event brings together the best minds in the pet care industry for two full days of strategy, connection, and growth. Reserve your seat now at dogcosummit.com.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Why In Person Will Always Win | Ep. 31</title>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Why In Person Will Always Win | Ep. 31</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d4395c2-0a31-45cf-bb67-9b5368548bb9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d334d00d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey friends, it’s Michelle Kline, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch, where I help pet care businesses grow and scale. Today’s Hot Tip is all about the underrated, often-overlooked power of <em>in-person connection.<br></em><br></p><p>Whether it’s your marketing, your client retention, or your own growth as a business owner, in-person experiences will <em>always</em> outpace digital. In this quick but loaded episode, I’ll walk through three specific areas where showing up face-to-face gives you an irreplaceable edge:</p><p>✨ Getting better testimonials and driving new leads<br>✨ Building deeper, longer-lasting client relationships<br>✨ Hypercharging your own business education and personal development</p><p>From dog park meetups to professional summits, I’m sharing personal stories and tactical tips you can apply this month to build trust, deepen engagement, and grow with intention.</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Don’t miss your opportunity to be in the room<br></strong><br></p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is coming to Winston-Salem, NC, from September 26-28, and we now have <strong>digital tickets</strong> available for those who can’t travel. But if you <em>can</em> get there in person, do it. Your brain and your business will thank you.</p><p>→<a href="https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items"> Get your ticket<br></a><br></p><p>🔗 <strong>Links and Resources:<br></strong><br></p><p>• Connect with Michelle:<a href="http://www.dogcolaunch.com"> www.dogcolaunch.com</a></p><p><br>• Subscribe to the podcast for new Hot Tips every week</p><p>If this helped you rethink your next marketing move or inspired you to get out from behind the screen, do me a favor - share this episode with a friend or colleague who needs a little push to go <em>in person.<br></em><br></p><p>Let’s build something real.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey friends, it’s Michelle Kline, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch, where I help pet care businesses grow and scale. Today’s Hot Tip is all about the underrated, often-overlooked power of <em>in-person connection.<br></em><br></p><p>Whether it’s your marketing, your client retention, or your own growth as a business owner, in-person experiences will <em>always</em> outpace digital. In this quick but loaded episode, I’ll walk through three specific areas where showing up face-to-face gives you an irreplaceable edge:</p><p>✨ Getting better testimonials and driving new leads<br>✨ Building deeper, longer-lasting client relationships<br>✨ Hypercharging your own business education and personal development</p><p>From dog park meetups to professional summits, I’m sharing personal stories and tactical tips you can apply this month to build trust, deepen engagement, and grow with intention.</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Don’t miss your opportunity to be in the room<br></strong><br></p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is coming to Winston-Salem, NC, from September 26-28, and we now have <strong>digital tickets</strong> available for those who can’t travel. But if you <em>can</em> get there in person, do it. Your brain and your business will thank you.</p><p>→<a href="https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items"> Get your ticket<br></a><br></p><p>🔗 <strong>Links and Resources:<br></strong><br></p><p>• Connect with Michelle:<a href="http://www.dogcolaunch.com"> www.dogcolaunch.com</a></p><p><br>• Subscribe to the podcast for new Hot Tips every week</p><p>If this helped you rethink your next marketing move or inspired you to get out from behind the screen, do me a favor - share this episode with a friend or colleague who needs a little push to go <em>in person.<br></em><br></p><p>Let’s build something real.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d334d00d/b2685594.mp3" length="7824234" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>486</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey friends, it’s Michelle Kline, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch, where I help pet care businesses grow and scale. Today’s Hot Tip is all about the underrated, often-overlooked power of <em>in-person connection.<br></em><br></p><p>Whether it’s your marketing, your client retention, or your own growth as a business owner, in-person experiences will <em>always</em> outpace digital. In this quick but loaded episode, I’ll walk through three specific areas where showing up face-to-face gives you an irreplaceable edge:</p><p>✨ Getting better testimonials and driving new leads<br>✨ Building deeper, longer-lasting client relationships<br>✨ Hypercharging your own business education and personal development</p><p>From dog park meetups to professional summits, I’m sharing personal stories and tactical tips you can apply this month to build trust, deepen engagement, and grow with intention.</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Don’t miss your opportunity to be in the room<br></strong><br></p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is coming to Winston-Salem, NC, from September 26-28, and we now have <strong>digital tickets</strong> available for those who can’t travel. But if you <em>can</em> get there in person, do it. Your brain and your business will thank you.</p><p>→<a href="https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items"> Get your ticket<br></a><br></p><p>🔗 <strong>Links and Resources:<br></strong><br></p><p>• Connect with Michelle:<a href="http://www.dogcolaunch.com"> www.dogcolaunch.com</a></p><p><br>• Subscribe to the podcast for new Hot Tips every week</p><p>If this helped you rethink your next marketing move or inspired you to get out from behind the screen, do me a favor - share this episode with a friend or colleague who needs a little push to go <em>in person.<br></em><br></p><p>Let’s build something real.</p><p>-M</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Interview with Jamie Trull | Ep. 30</title>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>An Interview with Jamie Trull | Ep. 30</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16da8c6d-9678-488e-bf1e-4d8662e6a19b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3bea44a6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to the DogCo Secrets Podcast! In this special episode, I sat down with financial educator and profit strategist Jamie Trull to talk about all things money, mindset, and mastering your business finances. Whether you’re just getting started or trying to get control of your cash flow at scale, Jamie breaks it down with practical, empathetic insight. This is a must-listen for every business owner, especially those of us in pet care who often fly by the seat of our QuickBooks.</p><p>💡 Spoiler: It’s not about being “good with numbers.” It’s about systems, support, and shifting how we think about our role as financial leaders.</p><p>👇 Want more help in building your business with clarity and confidence? Check out the links below.</p><p>🎟️ DogCo Business Summit with Michelle Kline &amp; Jamie Trull<br>Join us in Winston-Salem, NC from Sept 26–28 or grab your digital ticket now:<br>https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p><p>📘 Jamie Trull’s Free Finance Resources &amp; Courses:<br><a href="https://studio.youtube.com/channel/UC7vGEKe2pHPYgpQxsmsk6Pw"> @JamieTrull </a>  <br>https://jamietrull.com/<br>https://jamietrull.com/book<br>https://www.instagram.com/jamie.trull/</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• Why profit is a decision, not just a leftover<br>• The mental blocks business owners have around numbers<br>• What it really means to pay yourself as the owner<br>• Understanding cash flow versus profitability<br>• When to outsource bookkeeping and financial support<br>• Building systems that don’t rely on willpower</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 - Intro &amp; why Jamie’s voice matters<br>03:12 - The power of financial language for women in business<br>06:40 - The mindset shift around profitability<br>10:15 - What most owners get wrong about paying themselves<br>15:42 - How to stop reacting and start planning with your money<br>20:07 - When to hire a bookkeeper or CFO<br>27:30 - The difference between revenue, profit, and cash<br>35:45 - Why micromanaging dollars can hurt your growth<br>41:02 - Budgeting for sustainability, not just survival<br>47:55 - Michelle &amp; Jamie talk about real-life lessons<br>53:20 - Financial tools that work for small teams<br>59:00 - Wrapping up: permission to take control</p><p>If you got something out of this conversation, hit subscribe and share it with a friend in the pet care industry. And don’t forget to grab your spot at the Summit—live or online! Michelle and Jamie are teaming up to help you move your business from guessing to growing.</p><p>📢 Stay in the loop with Michelle &amp; DogCo Launch:<br>http://dogcosummit.com/<br>https://www.instagram.com/dogcolaunch/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to the DogCo Secrets Podcast! In this special episode, I sat down with financial educator and profit strategist Jamie Trull to talk about all things money, mindset, and mastering your business finances. Whether you’re just getting started or trying to get control of your cash flow at scale, Jamie breaks it down with practical, empathetic insight. This is a must-listen for every business owner, especially those of us in pet care who often fly by the seat of our QuickBooks.</p><p>💡 Spoiler: It’s not about being “good with numbers.” It’s about systems, support, and shifting how we think about our role as financial leaders.</p><p>👇 Want more help in building your business with clarity and confidence? Check out the links below.</p><p>🎟️ DogCo Business Summit with Michelle Kline &amp; Jamie Trull<br>Join us in Winston-Salem, NC from Sept 26–28 or grab your digital ticket now:<br>https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p><p>📘 Jamie Trull’s Free Finance Resources &amp; Courses:<br><a href="https://studio.youtube.com/channel/UC7vGEKe2pHPYgpQxsmsk6Pw"> @JamieTrull </a>  <br>https://jamietrull.com/<br>https://jamietrull.com/book<br>https://www.instagram.com/jamie.trull/</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• Why profit is a decision, not just a leftover<br>• The mental blocks business owners have around numbers<br>• What it really means to pay yourself as the owner<br>• Understanding cash flow versus profitability<br>• When to outsource bookkeeping and financial support<br>• Building systems that don’t rely on willpower</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 - Intro &amp; why Jamie’s voice matters<br>03:12 - The power of financial language for women in business<br>06:40 - The mindset shift around profitability<br>10:15 - What most owners get wrong about paying themselves<br>15:42 - How to stop reacting and start planning with your money<br>20:07 - When to hire a bookkeeper or CFO<br>27:30 - The difference between revenue, profit, and cash<br>35:45 - Why micromanaging dollars can hurt your growth<br>41:02 - Budgeting for sustainability, not just survival<br>47:55 - Michelle &amp; Jamie talk about real-life lessons<br>53:20 - Financial tools that work for small teams<br>59:00 - Wrapping up: permission to take control</p><p>If you got something out of this conversation, hit subscribe and share it with a friend in the pet care industry. And don’t forget to grab your spot at the Summit—live or online! Michelle and Jamie are teaming up to help you move your business from guessing to growing.</p><p>📢 Stay in the loop with Michelle &amp; DogCo Launch:<br>http://dogcosummit.com/<br>https://www.instagram.com/dogcolaunch/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3bea44a6/d3417e41.mp3" length="34091287" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2128</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to the DogCo Secrets Podcast! In this special episode, I sat down with financial educator and profit strategist Jamie Trull to talk about all things money, mindset, and mastering your business finances. Whether you’re just getting started or trying to get control of your cash flow at scale, Jamie breaks it down with practical, empathetic insight. This is a must-listen for every business owner, especially those of us in pet care who often fly by the seat of our QuickBooks.</p><p>💡 Spoiler: It’s not about being “good with numbers.” It’s about systems, support, and shifting how we think about our role as financial leaders.</p><p>👇 Want more help in building your business with clarity and confidence? Check out the links below.</p><p>🎟️ DogCo Business Summit with Michelle Kline &amp; Jamie Trull<br>Join us in Winston-Salem, NC from Sept 26–28 or grab your digital ticket now:<br>https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p><p>📘 Jamie Trull’s Free Finance Resources &amp; Courses:<br><a href="https://studio.youtube.com/channel/UC7vGEKe2pHPYgpQxsmsk6Pw"> @JamieTrull </a>  <br>https://jamietrull.com/<br>https://jamietrull.com/book<br>https://www.instagram.com/jamie.trull/</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• Why profit is a decision, not just a leftover<br>• The mental blocks business owners have around numbers<br>• What it really means to pay yourself as the owner<br>• Understanding cash flow versus profitability<br>• When to outsource bookkeeping and financial support<br>• Building systems that don’t rely on willpower</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 - Intro &amp; why Jamie’s voice matters<br>03:12 - The power of financial language for women in business<br>06:40 - The mindset shift around profitability<br>10:15 - What most owners get wrong about paying themselves<br>15:42 - How to stop reacting and start planning with your money<br>20:07 - When to hire a bookkeeper or CFO<br>27:30 - The difference between revenue, profit, and cash<br>35:45 - Why micromanaging dollars can hurt your growth<br>41:02 - Budgeting for sustainability, not just survival<br>47:55 - Michelle &amp; Jamie talk about real-life lessons<br>53:20 - Financial tools that work for small teams<br>59:00 - Wrapping up: permission to take control</p><p>If you got something out of this conversation, hit subscribe and share it with a friend in the pet care industry. And don’t forget to grab your spot at the Summit—live or online! Michelle and Jamie are teaming up to help you move your business from guessing to growing.</p><p>📢 Stay in the loop with Michelle &amp; DogCo Launch:<br>http://dogcosummit.com/<br>https://www.instagram.com/dogcolaunch/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Go Deeper on Your Marketing | Ep. 29</title>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Go Deeper on Your Marketing | Ep. 29</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa901219-a279-494f-a338-9d8e6f223f1f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/aeed17ac</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey everyone, Michelle Kline here, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch, where I help pet care companies grow and scale sustainably.</p><p>In today’s episode, I’m diving into one of the most important mindset shifts you can make as a business owner: stop chasing shiny marketing tactics and start going deeper into what you’ve already committed to. This episode is a call to action for pet business owners who feel stuck in a cycle of starting and stopping new strategies before they’ve had a real chance to work.</p><p>We’re talking about how depth creates mastery, how 90-day sprints can change everything, and why most businesses quit way too early. If you’ve ever said, “I tried that and it didn’t work,” this episode is for you. I’ll share what I’ve learned in my own business journey and lay out a game plan for how to go from inconsistent growth to building real traction with your marketing.</p><p>Let’s stop spinning our wheels and start seeing results by going deeper, not wider.</p><p>🎟️ Want to take your strategy even further?</p><p>Join us at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong> happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. In-person and digital tickets are available now at:</p><p>👉<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Why most marketing “failures” are just unfinished experiments</li><li>The power of 90-day marketing sprints</li><li>What happens when you stop switching strategies and start improving them</li><li>How to analyze your data and refine your process over time</li><li>Volume and depth: the secret combo most people ignore</li></ul><p>Thanks for listening to this week’s Hot Tip. If you loved it, don’t forget to follow, rate, and share with a friend in the pet care space. I’m cheering you on every step of the way. Let’s do this.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey everyone, Michelle Kline here, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch, where I help pet care companies grow and scale sustainably.</p><p>In today’s episode, I’m diving into one of the most important mindset shifts you can make as a business owner: stop chasing shiny marketing tactics and start going deeper into what you’ve already committed to. This episode is a call to action for pet business owners who feel stuck in a cycle of starting and stopping new strategies before they’ve had a real chance to work.</p><p>We’re talking about how depth creates mastery, how 90-day sprints can change everything, and why most businesses quit way too early. If you’ve ever said, “I tried that and it didn’t work,” this episode is for you. I’ll share what I’ve learned in my own business journey and lay out a game plan for how to go from inconsistent growth to building real traction with your marketing.</p><p>Let’s stop spinning our wheels and start seeing results by going deeper, not wider.</p><p>🎟️ Want to take your strategy even further?</p><p>Join us at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong> happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. In-person and digital tickets are available now at:</p><p>👉<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Why most marketing “failures” are just unfinished experiments</li><li>The power of 90-day marketing sprints</li><li>What happens when you stop switching strategies and start improving them</li><li>How to analyze your data and refine your process over time</li><li>Volume and depth: the secret combo most people ignore</li></ul><p>Thanks for listening to this week’s Hot Tip. If you loved it, don’t forget to follow, rate, and share with a friend in the pet care space. I’m cheering you on every step of the way. Let’s do this.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/aeed17ac/5d5304d4.mp3" length="7128748" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>442</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey everyone, Michelle Kline here, host of the DogCo Secrets Podcast and founder of DogCo Launch, where I help pet care companies grow and scale sustainably.</p><p>In today’s episode, I’m diving into one of the most important mindset shifts you can make as a business owner: stop chasing shiny marketing tactics and start going deeper into what you’ve already committed to. This episode is a call to action for pet business owners who feel stuck in a cycle of starting and stopping new strategies before they’ve had a real chance to work.</p><p>We’re talking about how depth creates mastery, how 90-day sprints can change everything, and why most businesses quit way too early. If you’ve ever said, “I tried that and it didn’t work,” this episode is for you. I’ll share what I’ve learned in my own business journey and lay out a game plan for how to go from inconsistent growth to building real traction with your marketing.</p><p>Let’s stop spinning our wheels and start seeing results by going deeper, not wider.</p><p>🎟️ Want to take your strategy even further?</p><p>Join us at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong> happening September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC. In-person and digital tickets are available now at:</p><p>👉<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Why most marketing “failures” are just unfinished experiments</li><li>The power of 90-day marketing sprints</li><li>What happens when you stop switching strategies and start improving them</li><li>How to analyze your data and refine your process over time</li><li>Volume and depth: the secret combo most people ignore</li></ul><p>Thanks for listening to this week’s Hot Tip. If you loved it, don’t forget to follow, rate, and share with a friend in the pet care space. I’m cheering you on every step of the way. Let’s do this.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Tell If You're Dealing with Burnout | Ep. 28</title>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How To Tell If You're Dealing with Burnout | Ep. 28</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d93fc49-61e7-4bf6-891b-929d21aae0f0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/17e56040</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you’re on the edge but don’t know if it’s burnout or just the next level? In this episode, I get personal. I’m pulling back the curtain on some of the hardest seasons of my professional life, from my years in social work to the aftermath of the pandemic while running my pet care business. We’re talking real burnout: the signs, the sneaky symptoms, and the mindset shifts that saved me.</p><p>I also walk through what I’ve learned in my journey as a founder and business coach: how to spot the difference between healthy overwhelm and burnout, and how to make empowered decisions before you’re deep in the crash zone.</p><p>If you’ve ever had the thought, “Am I just tired, or is this unsustainable?” this one’s for you.</p><p>And hey, if you’re a pet care business owner wanting to level up (without burning out), make sure to grab your ticket for the DogCo Business Summit, happening Sept 26-28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Digital tickets are now available!</p><p>👉 Get your ticket: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>📝 What You’ll Take Away:<br>• How to recognize the early signs of burnout<br>• Four ways I knew I had hit my personal wall<br>• Tactics to recover without blowing up your business<br>• The mindset shift that changed everything<br>• How to build sustainable rhythms at higher altitudes</p><p>⏰Timestamps:<br>00:00 – Welcome and intro to burnout<br>01:00 – When burnout feels sneaky<br>02:00 – My two major burnout seasons<br>04:00 – Burnout after the pandemic<br>05:30 – The line between growth and collapse<br>07:00 – Four signs I was burning out<br>10:00 – Emotional reactivity as a warning<br>13:00 – Four ways I now manage burnout<br>15:30 – The glass vs. plastic metaphor<br>18:00 – Better strategies for handling stress<br>19:30 – The power of mindset and choosing your life</p><p>👉 Subscribe for more weekly business insights<br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify<br>📲 Follow @michelleckline on Instagram<br>💬 Comment below if this resonated with you</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you’re on the edge but don’t know if it’s burnout or just the next level? In this episode, I get personal. I’m pulling back the curtain on some of the hardest seasons of my professional life, from my years in social work to the aftermath of the pandemic while running my pet care business. We’re talking real burnout: the signs, the sneaky symptoms, and the mindset shifts that saved me.</p><p>I also walk through what I’ve learned in my journey as a founder and business coach: how to spot the difference between healthy overwhelm and burnout, and how to make empowered decisions before you’re deep in the crash zone.</p><p>If you’ve ever had the thought, “Am I just tired, or is this unsustainable?” this one’s for you.</p><p>And hey, if you’re a pet care business owner wanting to level up (without burning out), make sure to grab your ticket for the DogCo Business Summit, happening Sept 26-28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Digital tickets are now available!</p><p>👉 Get your ticket: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>📝 What You’ll Take Away:<br>• How to recognize the early signs of burnout<br>• Four ways I knew I had hit my personal wall<br>• Tactics to recover without blowing up your business<br>• The mindset shift that changed everything<br>• How to build sustainable rhythms at higher altitudes</p><p>⏰Timestamps:<br>00:00 – Welcome and intro to burnout<br>01:00 – When burnout feels sneaky<br>02:00 – My two major burnout seasons<br>04:00 – Burnout after the pandemic<br>05:30 – The line between growth and collapse<br>07:00 – Four signs I was burning out<br>10:00 – Emotional reactivity as a warning<br>13:00 – Four ways I now manage burnout<br>15:30 – The glass vs. plastic metaphor<br>18:00 – Better strategies for handling stress<br>19:30 – The power of mindset and choosing your life</p><p>👉 Subscribe for more weekly business insights<br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify<br>📲 Follow @michelleckline on Instagram<br>💬 Comment below if this resonated with you</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/17e56040/8d6a832d.mp3" length="20040766" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1249</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you’re on the edge but don’t know if it’s burnout or just the next level? In this episode, I get personal. I’m pulling back the curtain on some of the hardest seasons of my professional life, from my years in social work to the aftermath of the pandemic while running my pet care business. We’re talking real burnout: the signs, the sneaky symptoms, and the mindset shifts that saved me.</p><p>I also walk through what I’ve learned in my journey as a founder and business coach: how to spot the difference between healthy overwhelm and burnout, and how to make empowered decisions before you’re deep in the crash zone.</p><p>If you’ve ever had the thought, “Am I just tired, or is this unsustainable?” this one’s for you.</p><p>And hey, if you’re a pet care business owner wanting to level up (without burning out), make sure to grab your ticket for the DogCo Business Summit, happening Sept 26-28 in Winston-Salem, NC. Digital tickets are now available!</p><p>👉 Get your ticket: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>📝 What You’ll Take Away:<br>• How to recognize the early signs of burnout<br>• Four ways I knew I had hit my personal wall<br>• Tactics to recover without blowing up your business<br>• The mindset shift that changed everything<br>• How to build sustainable rhythms at higher altitudes</p><p>⏰Timestamps:<br>00:00 – Welcome and intro to burnout<br>01:00 – When burnout feels sneaky<br>02:00 – My two major burnout seasons<br>04:00 – Burnout after the pandemic<br>05:30 – The line between growth and collapse<br>07:00 – Four signs I was burning out<br>10:00 – Emotional reactivity as a warning<br>13:00 – Four ways I now manage burnout<br>15:30 – The glass vs. plastic metaphor<br>18:00 – Better strategies for handling stress<br>19:30 – The power of mindset and choosing your life</p><p>👉 Subscribe for more weekly business insights<br>🎧 Listen on Apple Podcasts &amp; Spotify<br>📲 Follow @michelleckline on Instagram<br>💬 Comment below if this resonated with you</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - How to Saturate Your Service Area With Your Brand | Ep. 27</title>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - How to Saturate Your Service Area With Your Brand | Ep. 27</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fdfacacc-380f-4a50-8cbb-54349a2f6f1d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/30a0a4bc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to your Friday Hot Tip! In this episode, I’m breaking down three of the most practical, boots-on-the-ground marketing strategies that helped me (and my clients) saturate a specific service area with brand visibility.</p><p><br>If you’re running an in-home pet care company, you know that location matters. That’s why today we’re talking about how to make your brand pop in the exact neighborhoods you want to dominate.</p><p><br>I’ll walk you through how to use <strong>flyers</strong>, <strong>yard signs</strong>, and <strong>car magnets</strong> in strategic, intentional ways to get the most out of your print materials. These aren’t just nice-to-haves - they’re powerful, proven tools when deployed correctly.</p><p><br>We’ll also cover design principles, location tips, how to avoid wasting time and energy, and how to convert eyeballs into long-term clients.</p><p>Whether you’re new to physical marketing or want to optimize what you’ve already got going, this episode is loaded with tactical tips that will give you more traction in less time.</p><p>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Keep it simple - people only glance at flyers for 3 seconds</p><p>• Don’t overload your signs - make your message instantly readable</p><p>• Car magnets are low-cost, high-visibility tools when used well</p><p>• Hyper-target one area at a time - don’t scatter your efforts</p><p>• Always loop your offline efforts back into your social media presence</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Come meet me in person (or online!)<br></strong><br></p><p>Join me at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong> in Winston-Salem, NC - September 26–28, 2025. We’ve just launched digital tickets!</p><p><br>Grab yours here:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><br></p><p>📌 <strong>Mentioned Strategies</strong></p><p>• Flyers (where to hang them, how to design them)</p><p>• Yard signs (minimal copy, high contrast)</p><p>• Car magnets (addressing common hesitations and risks)</p><p>• Social media synergy with local businesses</p><p>• Picking one neighborhood to saturate at a time</p><p>💬 If this episode helped you, consider sharing it with a fellow pet business owner. A rising tide lifts all boats. Cheering you on, always!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to your Friday Hot Tip! In this episode, I’m breaking down three of the most practical, boots-on-the-ground marketing strategies that helped me (and my clients) saturate a specific service area with brand visibility.</p><p><br>If you’re running an in-home pet care company, you know that location matters. That’s why today we’re talking about how to make your brand pop in the exact neighborhoods you want to dominate.</p><p><br>I’ll walk you through how to use <strong>flyers</strong>, <strong>yard signs</strong>, and <strong>car magnets</strong> in strategic, intentional ways to get the most out of your print materials. These aren’t just nice-to-haves - they’re powerful, proven tools when deployed correctly.</p><p><br>We’ll also cover design principles, location tips, how to avoid wasting time and energy, and how to convert eyeballs into long-term clients.</p><p>Whether you’re new to physical marketing or want to optimize what you’ve already got going, this episode is loaded with tactical tips that will give you more traction in less time.</p><p>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Keep it simple - people only glance at flyers for 3 seconds</p><p>• Don’t overload your signs - make your message instantly readable</p><p>• Car magnets are low-cost, high-visibility tools when used well</p><p>• Hyper-target one area at a time - don’t scatter your efforts</p><p>• Always loop your offline efforts back into your social media presence</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Come meet me in person (or online!)<br></strong><br></p><p>Join me at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong> in Winston-Salem, NC - September 26–28, 2025. We’ve just launched digital tickets!</p><p><br>Grab yours here:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><br></p><p>📌 <strong>Mentioned Strategies</strong></p><p>• Flyers (where to hang them, how to design them)</p><p>• Yard signs (minimal copy, high contrast)</p><p>• Car magnets (addressing common hesitations and risks)</p><p>• Social media synergy with local businesses</p><p>• Picking one neighborhood to saturate at a time</p><p>💬 If this episode helped you, consider sharing it with a fellow pet business owner. A rising tide lifts all boats. Cheering you on, always!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/30a0a4bc/ad0db5f2.mp3" length="10817678" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>673</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome back to your Friday Hot Tip! In this episode, I’m breaking down three of the most practical, boots-on-the-ground marketing strategies that helped me (and my clients) saturate a specific service area with brand visibility.</p><p><br>If you’re running an in-home pet care company, you know that location matters. That’s why today we’re talking about how to make your brand pop in the exact neighborhoods you want to dominate.</p><p><br>I’ll walk you through how to use <strong>flyers</strong>, <strong>yard signs</strong>, and <strong>car magnets</strong> in strategic, intentional ways to get the most out of your print materials. These aren’t just nice-to-haves - they’re powerful, proven tools when deployed correctly.</p><p><br>We’ll also cover design principles, location tips, how to avoid wasting time and energy, and how to convert eyeballs into long-term clients.</p><p>Whether you’re new to physical marketing or want to optimize what you’ve already got going, this episode is loaded with tactical tips that will give you more traction in less time.</p><p>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways</strong></p><p>• Keep it simple - people only glance at flyers for 3 seconds</p><p>• Don’t overload your signs - make your message instantly readable</p><p>• Car magnets are low-cost, high-visibility tools when used well</p><p>• Hyper-target one area at a time - don’t scatter your efforts</p><p>• Always loop your offline efforts back into your social media presence</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Come meet me in person (or online!)<br></strong><br></p><p>Join me at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong> in Winston-Salem, NC - September 26–28, 2025. We’ve just launched digital tickets!</p><p><br>Grab yours here:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><br></p><p>📌 <strong>Mentioned Strategies</strong></p><p>• Flyers (where to hang them, how to design them)</p><p>• Yard signs (minimal copy, high contrast)</p><p>• Car magnets (addressing common hesitations and risks)</p><p>• Social media synergy with local businesses</p><p>• Picking one neighborhood to saturate at a time</p><p>💬 If this episode helped you, consider sharing it with a fellow pet business owner. A rising tide lifts all boats. Cheering you on, always!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>DogCo Exposed - My Honest Thoughts on 2025 So Far | Ep. 26</title>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>DogCo Exposed - My Honest Thoughts on 2025 So Far | Ep. 26</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">377aa0c9-3bb3-4cd9-926c-c1094a32a7da</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/097b864f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey friends, Michelle Kline here. Today’s episode is a vulnerable one. I’m pulling back the curtain and talking honestly about several realization I’ve had in my own business (I’ve been the one in the way).</p><p>This isn’t just a strategy conversation. It’s a personal check-in. I’m sharing what it’s looked like for me to confront habits, mindsets, and leadership patterns that were unintentionally holding DogCo back. If you’ve ever felt like your business can’t grow unless you do, this one’s for you.</p><p>My hope is that this episode gives you permission to pause, reflect, and course-correct with compassion, and to realize that change doesn’t always mean doing more, it means thinking differently.</p><p>🎫 Tickets are still available for the DogCo Business Summit!<br>Winston-Salem, NC | September 26–28, 2025<br>Now available both in-person and digitally<br>👉 dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways 💥<br>• You might be the most influential limiter on your business’s growth<br>• Change is less about doing more, and more about thinking differently<br>• Leadership isn’t just delegation, it’s transformation<br>• How you might be unknowingly limiting your business’s growth<br>• What it actually looks like to lead differently<br>• The subtle behaviors that point to bottlenecking<br>• How to shift your internal script and free up momentum<br>• Encouragement for the overwhelmed pet care business owner</p><p>💬 If this episode sparked something in you, let me know. Share with a fellow business owner or tag me on Instagram. I’m cheering you on every step of the way.</p><p>🎧 Listen on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you tune in.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey friends, Michelle Kline here. Today’s episode is a vulnerable one. I’m pulling back the curtain and talking honestly about several realization I’ve had in my own business (I’ve been the one in the way).</p><p>This isn’t just a strategy conversation. It’s a personal check-in. I’m sharing what it’s looked like for me to confront habits, mindsets, and leadership patterns that were unintentionally holding DogCo back. If you’ve ever felt like your business can’t grow unless you do, this one’s for you.</p><p>My hope is that this episode gives you permission to pause, reflect, and course-correct with compassion, and to realize that change doesn’t always mean doing more, it means thinking differently.</p><p>🎫 Tickets are still available for the DogCo Business Summit!<br>Winston-Salem, NC | September 26–28, 2025<br>Now available both in-person and digitally<br>👉 dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways 💥<br>• You might be the most influential limiter on your business’s growth<br>• Change is less about doing more, and more about thinking differently<br>• Leadership isn’t just delegation, it’s transformation<br>• How you might be unknowingly limiting your business’s growth<br>• What it actually looks like to lead differently<br>• The subtle behaviors that point to bottlenecking<br>• How to shift your internal script and free up momentum<br>• Encouragement for the overwhelmed pet care business owner</p><p>💬 If this episode sparked something in you, let me know. Share with a fellow business owner or tag me on Instagram. I’m cheering you on every step of the way.</p><p>🎧 Listen on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you tune in.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/097b864f/55975778.mp3" length="30557462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1907</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey friends, Michelle Kline here. Today’s episode is a vulnerable one. I’m pulling back the curtain and talking honestly about several realization I’ve had in my own business (I’ve been the one in the way).</p><p>This isn’t just a strategy conversation. It’s a personal check-in. I’m sharing what it’s looked like for me to confront habits, mindsets, and leadership patterns that were unintentionally holding DogCo back. If you’ve ever felt like your business can’t grow unless you do, this one’s for you.</p><p>My hope is that this episode gives you permission to pause, reflect, and course-correct with compassion, and to realize that change doesn’t always mean doing more, it means thinking differently.</p><p>🎫 Tickets are still available for the DogCo Business Summit!<br>Winston-Salem, NC | September 26–28, 2025<br>Now available both in-person and digitally<br>👉 dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways 💥<br>• You might be the most influential limiter on your business’s growth<br>• Change is less about doing more, and more about thinking differently<br>• Leadership isn’t just delegation, it’s transformation<br>• How you might be unknowingly limiting your business’s growth<br>• What it actually looks like to lead differently<br>• The subtle behaviors that point to bottlenecking<br>• How to shift your internal script and free up momentum<br>• Encouragement for the overwhelmed pet care business owner</p><p>💬 If this episode sparked something in you, let me know. Share with a fellow business owner or tag me on Instagram. I’m cheering you on every step of the way.</p><p>🎧 Listen on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, or wherever you tune in.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Mid-Year Reset | Ep. 25</title>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Mid-Year Reset | Ep. 25</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5bc1851-9d00-42fe-b1f5-a11b9f9c83d5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/668803b1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Take a breath. We’re halfway through the year, and this episode is your invitation to pause and reflect. I’m walking you through how I’m setting aside two full days to audit my business, pull real data, and intentionally map out the next six months. This is your sign to slow down, zoom out, and move forward with clarity.</p><p>👋 I’m Michelle Kline, founder of DogCo Launch and host of the DogCo Secrets podcast, where I help pet care companies grow and scale without burning out. Today’s episode is about how I personally approach mid-year planning and how you can use this time to recalibrate your own goals.</p><p>If you’ve been running full speed since January, this is your invitation to press pause, reflect, and re-align.</p><p>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Why planning time must be <em>scheduled</em> to actually happen</li><li>What kind of data I’m pulling to guide decision-making</li><li>How I’m using AI to evaluate performance trends</li><li>Why I don’t mind changing goals mid-year</li></ul><p>🎟️ <strong>Come to the DogCo Business Summit<br></strong><br></p><p>In-person and digital tickets are available now for the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC,  September 26–28.</p><p><br>🛒 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br>🎤 Featuring Joey Coleman and other top-tier pet business experts</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 <strong>Resources Mentioned:<br></strong><br></p><p>• Mid-year business planning</p><p>• Time tracking and goal audits</p><p>• Uploading your data to ChatGPT for insights</p><p>📬 If this episode gave you clarity or made you pause in a helpful way, please share it with a fellow business owner.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Take a breath. We’re halfway through the year, and this episode is your invitation to pause and reflect. I’m walking you through how I’m setting aside two full days to audit my business, pull real data, and intentionally map out the next six months. This is your sign to slow down, zoom out, and move forward with clarity.</p><p>👋 I’m Michelle Kline, founder of DogCo Launch and host of the DogCo Secrets podcast, where I help pet care companies grow and scale without burning out. Today’s episode is about how I personally approach mid-year planning and how you can use this time to recalibrate your own goals.</p><p>If you’ve been running full speed since January, this is your invitation to press pause, reflect, and re-align.</p><p>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Why planning time must be <em>scheduled</em> to actually happen</li><li>What kind of data I’m pulling to guide decision-making</li><li>How I’m using AI to evaluate performance trends</li><li>Why I don’t mind changing goals mid-year</li></ul><p>🎟️ <strong>Come to the DogCo Business Summit<br></strong><br></p><p>In-person and digital tickets are available now for the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC,  September 26–28.</p><p><br>🛒 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br>🎤 Featuring Joey Coleman and other top-tier pet business experts</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 <strong>Resources Mentioned:<br></strong><br></p><p>• Mid-year business planning</p><p>• Time tracking and goal audits</p><p>• Uploading your data to ChatGPT for insights</p><p>📬 If this episode gave you clarity or made you pause in a helpful way, please share it with a fellow business owner.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Jul 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/668803b1/0b4a6cb5.mp3" length="7951697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>494</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Take a breath. We’re halfway through the year, and this episode is your invitation to pause and reflect. I’m walking you through how I’m setting aside two full days to audit my business, pull real data, and intentionally map out the next six months. This is your sign to slow down, zoom out, and move forward with clarity.</p><p>👋 I’m Michelle Kline, founder of DogCo Launch and host of the DogCo Secrets podcast, where I help pet care companies grow and scale without burning out. Today’s episode is about how I personally approach mid-year planning and how you can use this time to recalibrate your own goals.</p><p>If you’ve been running full speed since January, this is your invitation to press pause, reflect, and re-align.</p><p>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Why planning time must be <em>scheduled</em> to actually happen</li><li>What kind of data I’m pulling to guide decision-making</li><li>How I’m using AI to evaluate performance trends</li><li>Why I don’t mind changing goals mid-year</li></ul><p>🎟️ <strong>Come to the DogCo Business Summit<br></strong><br></p><p>In-person and digital tickets are available now for the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC,  September 26–28.</p><p><br>🛒 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p><br>🎤 Featuring Joey Coleman and other top-tier pet business experts</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 <strong>Resources Mentioned:<br></strong><br></p><p>• Mid-year business planning</p><p>• Time tracking and goal audits</p><p>• Uploading your data to ChatGPT for insights</p><p>📬 If this episode gave you clarity or made you pause in a helpful way, please share it with a fellow business owner.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who is your business for? | Ep. 24</title>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who is your business for? | Ep. 24</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06999aa3-e116-433f-9ab8-d23074c296fb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/489ffdc4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🤯 Are You Building Your Business for YOU or for Everyone Else? If you’ve ever found yourself stuck between what your team needs, what your clients want, and what you actually envisioned when you started your business, this episode is for you. I’m Michelle Kline, founder of Dog Co. Launch and host of the Dog Co. Secrets Podcast, and today we’re tackling one of the most important strategic questions every pet care business owner needs to answer:</p><p>Who is your business really built to serve?</p><p>I’ll walk you through how to clarify that answer, how to realign your goals when it’s out of sync, and how to start making decisions that protect your why, not just your revenue.</p><p>👇 Jump to what matters most using the chapters below and don’t forget, summit tickets are open! <br>🎟️ DogCo Business Summit: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 What’s Inside This Episode:<br> • Re-centering your role as the owner<br> • Redefining “who you serve” across clients, team, and self<br> • Spotting imbalance before it burns you out<br> • Practical frameworks for setting business priorities</p><p>📢 Ready for Next Steps?<br>💡 Join me at the DogCo Business Summit this September in Winston-Salem or virtually. This is where next-level clarity and community come together.<br>🎟️ https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🤯 Are You Building Your Business for YOU or for Everyone Else? If you’ve ever found yourself stuck between what your team needs, what your clients want, and what you actually envisioned when you started your business, this episode is for you. I’m Michelle Kline, founder of Dog Co. Launch and host of the Dog Co. Secrets Podcast, and today we’re tackling one of the most important strategic questions every pet care business owner needs to answer:</p><p>Who is your business really built to serve?</p><p>I’ll walk you through how to clarify that answer, how to realign your goals when it’s out of sync, and how to start making decisions that protect your why, not just your revenue.</p><p>👇 Jump to what matters most using the chapters below and don’t forget, summit tickets are open! <br>🎟️ DogCo Business Summit: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 What’s Inside This Episode:<br> • Re-centering your role as the owner<br> • Redefining “who you serve” across clients, team, and self<br> • Spotting imbalance before it burns you out<br> • Practical frameworks for setting business priorities</p><p>📢 Ready for Next Steps?<br>💡 Join me at the DogCo Business Summit this September in Winston-Salem or virtually. This is where next-level clarity and community come together.<br>🎟️ https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/489ffdc4/ea11deec.mp3" length="19900315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>🤯 Are You Building Your Business for YOU or for Everyone Else? If you’ve ever found yourself stuck between what your team needs, what your clients want, and what you actually envisioned when you started your business, this episode is for you. I’m Michelle Kline, founder of Dog Co. Launch and host of the Dog Co. Secrets Podcast, and today we’re tackling one of the most important strategic questions every pet care business owner needs to answer:</p><p>Who is your business really built to serve?</p><p>I’ll walk you through how to clarify that answer, how to realign your goals when it’s out of sync, and how to start making decisions that protect your why, not just your revenue.</p><p>👇 Jump to what matters most using the chapters below and don’t forget, summit tickets are open! <br>🎟️ DogCo Business Summit: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 What’s Inside This Episode:<br> • Re-centering your role as the owner<br> • Redefining “who you serve” across clients, team, and self<br> • Spotting imbalance before it burns you out<br> • Practical frameworks for setting business priorities</p><p>📢 Ready for Next Steps?<br>💡 Join me at the DogCo Business Summit this September in Winston-Salem or virtually. This is where next-level clarity and community come together.<br>🎟️ https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Your Website + Call to Actions | Ep. 23</title>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Your Website + Call to Actions | Ep. 23</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17e49c28-c1ca-4c0f-bbd1-e08b18441285</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f1ef026f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This Hot Tip Friday episode is all about <strong>Call to Actions (CTAs)</strong> and why they might just be the easiest, most impactful fix you can make to your website, social, and general marketing today.</p><p>Whether you’re a dog walker, pet sitter, or service-based business owner in the pet care space, a clear, compelling CTA can be the difference between someone clicking and someone bouncing. In this episode, I break down how to build strong CTAs, how to avoid common pitfalls, and how to use them across your website and social media to actually get more conversions without shouting or selling.</p><p>💥 <strong>3 Quick Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Clear CTAs reduce brain fatigue and increase clicks</p><p>• Short, action-driven language always outperforms long descriptions</p><p>• Placement and contrast matter just as much as wording</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Come meet me in person (or online!)<br></strong><br></p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28, 2024.</p><p>Join me for three days of business growth, community, and strategy built for pet care professionals.</p><p><br>👉 Tickets available now:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p><br>🔗 <strong>Links &amp; Resources<br></strong><br></p><p>• DogCo Summit Tickets:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p>• Follow me on Instagram:<a href="https://www.instagram.com/dogcolaunch"> </a><a href="https://www.instagram.com/michelleckline">https://www.instagram.com/michelleckline</a></p><p>• Join the DogCo Facebook Group: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/917885736018212">https://www.facebook.com/groups/917885736018212</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This Hot Tip Friday episode is all about <strong>Call to Actions (CTAs)</strong> and why they might just be the easiest, most impactful fix you can make to your website, social, and general marketing today.</p><p>Whether you’re a dog walker, pet sitter, or service-based business owner in the pet care space, a clear, compelling CTA can be the difference between someone clicking and someone bouncing. In this episode, I break down how to build strong CTAs, how to avoid common pitfalls, and how to use them across your website and social media to actually get more conversions without shouting or selling.</p><p>💥 <strong>3 Quick Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Clear CTAs reduce brain fatigue and increase clicks</p><p>• Short, action-driven language always outperforms long descriptions</p><p>• Placement and contrast matter just as much as wording</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Come meet me in person (or online!)<br></strong><br></p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28, 2024.</p><p>Join me for three days of business growth, community, and strategy built for pet care professionals.</p><p><br>👉 Tickets available now:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p><br>🔗 <strong>Links &amp; Resources<br></strong><br></p><p>• DogCo Summit Tickets:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p>• Follow me on Instagram:<a href="https://www.instagram.com/dogcolaunch"> </a><a href="https://www.instagram.com/michelleckline">https://www.instagram.com/michelleckline</a></p><p>• Join the DogCo Facebook Group: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/917885736018212">https://www.facebook.com/groups/917885736018212</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f1ef026f/de5f01cf.mp3" length="8503001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>528</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This Hot Tip Friday episode is all about <strong>Call to Actions (CTAs)</strong> and why they might just be the easiest, most impactful fix you can make to your website, social, and general marketing today.</p><p>Whether you’re a dog walker, pet sitter, or service-based business owner in the pet care space, a clear, compelling CTA can be the difference between someone clicking and someone bouncing. In this episode, I break down how to build strong CTAs, how to avoid common pitfalls, and how to use them across your website and social media to actually get more conversions without shouting or selling.</p><p>💥 <strong>3 Quick Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>• Clear CTAs reduce brain fatigue and increase clicks</p><p>• Short, action-driven language always outperforms long descriptions</p><p>• Placement and contrast matter just as much as wording</p><p>🎟️ <strong>Come meet me in person (or online!)<br></strong><br></p><p>The DogCo Business Summit is happening in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28, 2024.</p><p>Join me for three days of business growth, community, and strategy built for pet care professionals.</p><p><br>👉 Tickets available now:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p><br>🔗 <strong>Links &amp; Resources<br></strong><br></p><p>• DogCo Summit Tickets:<a href="https://dogcosummit.com"> https://dogcosummit.com</a></p><p>• Follow me on Instagram:<a href="https://www.instagram.com/dogcolaunch"> </a><a href="https://www.instagram.com/michelleckline">https://www.instagram.com/michelleckline</a></p><p>• Join the DogCo Facebook Group: <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/917885736018212">https://www.facebook.com/groups/917885736018212</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It's Time to Make Your Marketing Professional | Ep. 22</title>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It's Time to Make Your Marketing Professional | Ep. 22</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dbcce303-d4fa-4ded-8337-644ead2b5608</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/41f9f058</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m diving deep into what it takes to professionalize your marketing as a pet care business owner. This conversation was inspired by a post I saw in a Facebook group, and it lit a fire in me to talk about how important it is for us, especially in the pet care industry, to step up and stand out. Whether you’re brand new or scaling fast, getting serious about your photography, messaging, reviews, and website could be the key to your next big breakthrough.</p><p>This is not just about aesthetics. It’s about clarity, credibility, and conversion. If you’ve been feeling stuck or overwhelmed when it comes to marketing, this is the episode for you.</p><p>🎟️ Grab your ticket to the DogCo Business Summit<br>📍 Winston-Salem, NC – Sept 26-28, 2025<br>🌐 In-person and digital tickets available now: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 What’s Inside This Episode<br>• Why marketing is your job<br>• The 4 cornerstone investments every pet biz owner should make<br>• A reality check on AI content and authenticity<br>• The mindset shift that can make all the difference</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 - Welcome and story behind today’s episode<br>2:00 - The “it’s not fair” mindset and what to do about it<br>4:00 - Why marketing matters even if you didn’t sign up for it<br>5:15 - Cornerstone #1: The ROI of professional photography<br>8:00 - AI imagery vs real-life trust builders<br>9:45 - Cornerstone #2: Reviews and reputation as marketing<br>11:30 - Cornerstone #3: Your website is your conversion engine<br>13:20 - Cornerstone #4: Learning to write like you mean it<br>16:00 - The copywriting edge you can’t afford to skip</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways<br>• Marketing doesn’t have to be perfect, but it does have to be intentional<br>• Photography, reviews, a good website, and strong messaging are high ROI plays<br>• Excellent writing will always outperform average AI-generated content<br>• You don’t have to do it all—but you do have to lead with clarity</p><p>📍 DogCo Business Summit | September 26-28, 2025<br>Come meet other pet care entrepreneurs, grow your network, and sharpen your business.<br>🎟️ Tickets: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m diving deep into what it takes to professionalize your marketing as a pet care business owner. This conversation was inspired by a post I saw in a Facebook group, and it lit a fire in me to talk about how important it is for us, especially in the pet care industry, to step up and stand out. Whether you’re brand new or scaling fast, getting serious about your photography, messaging, reviews, and website could be the key to your next big breakthrough.</p><p>This is not just about aesthetics. It’s about clarity, credibility, and conversion. If you’ve been feeling stuck or overwhelmed when it comes to marketing, this is the episode for you.</p><p>🎟️ Grab your ticket to the DogCo Business Summit<br>📍 Winston-Salem, NC – Sept 26-28, 2025<br>🌐 In-person and digital tickets available now: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 What’s Inside This Episode<br>• Why marketing is your job<br>• The 4 cornerstone investments every pet biz owner should make<br>• A reality check on AI content and authenticity<br>• The mindset shift that can make all the difference</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 - Welcome and story behind today’s episode<br>2:00 - The “it’s not fair” mindset and what to do about it<br>4:00 - Why marketing matters even if you didn’t sign up for it<br>5:15 - Cornerstone #1: The ROI of professional photography<br>8:00 - AI imagery vs real-life trust builders<br>9:45 - Cornerstone #2: Reviews and reputation as marketing<br>11:30 - Cornerstone #3: Your website is your conversion engine<br>13:20 - Cornerstone #4: Learning to write like you mean it<br>16:00 - The copywriting edge you can’t afford to skip</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways<br>• Marketing doesn’t have to be perfect, but it does have to be intentional<br>• Photography, reviews, a good website, and strong messaging are high ROI plays<br>• Excellent writing will always outperform average AI-generated content<br>• You don’t have to do it all—but you do have to lead with clarity</p><p>📍 DogCo Business Summit | September 26-28, 2025<br>Come meet other pet care entrepreneurs, grow your network, and sharpen your business.<br>🎟️ Tickets: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/41f9f058/fed051e9.mp3" length="17409298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1085</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m diving deep into what it takes to professionalize your marketing as a pet care business owner. This conversation was inspired by a post I saw in a Facebook group, and it lit a fire in me to talk about how important it is for us, especially in the pet care industry, to step up and stand out. Whether you’re brand new or scaling fast, getting serious about your photography, messaging, reviews, and website could be the key to your next big breakthrough.</p><p>This is not just about aesthetics. It’s about clarity, credibility, and conversion. If you’ve been feeling stuck or overwhelmed when it comes to marketing, this is the episode for you.</p><p>🎟️ Grab your ticket to the DogCo Business Summit<br>📍 Winston-Salem, NC – Sept 26-28, 2025<br>🌐 In-person and digital tickets available now: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>💥 What’s Inside This Episode<br>• Why marketing is your job<br>• The 4 cornerstone investments every pet biz owner should make<br>• A reality check on AI content and authenticity<br>• The mindset shift that can make all the difference</p><p>⏱️ Timestamps<br>0:00 - Welcome and story behind today’s episode<br>2:00 - The “it’s not fair” mindset and what to do about it<br>4:00 - Why marketing matters even if you didn’t sign up for it<br>5:15 - Cornerstone #1: The ROI of professional photography<br>8:00 - AI imagery vs real-life trust builders<br>9:45 - Cornerstone #2: Reviews and reputation as marketing<br>11:30 - Cornerstone #3: Your website is your conversion engine<br>13:20 - Cornerstone #4: Learning to write like you mean it<br>16:00 - The copywriting edge you can’t afford to skip</p><p>🧠 Key Takeaways<br>• Marketing doesn’t have to be perfect, but it does have to be intentional<br>• Photography, reviews, a good website, and strong messaging are high ROI plays<br>• Excellent writing will always outperform average AI-generated content<br>• You don’t have to do it all—but you do have to lead with clarity</p><p>📍 DogCo Business Summit | September 26-28, 2025<br>Come meet other pet care entrepreneurs, grow your network, and sharpen your business.<br>🎟️ Tickets: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Setting Up my Office Made Me a Better Biz Owner | Ep. 21</title>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Setting Up my Office Made Me a Better Biz Owner | Ep. 21</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">892b5c9f-0f4c-40d5-b251-b8d1236a27af</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/af915007</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today’s Hot Tip is all about workspace strategy. I’m walking you through how my home office upgrade completely changed the way I show up as a CEO, and the surprisingly small tweaks that gave me the biggest return. If you’ve ever felt scattered, distracted, or like you’re “just getting through” your workday, this one’s for you.<br></p><p>✨ <strong>Here’s what’s inside this episode:</strong></p><ul><li>The <em>one</em> moment that changed how I view my work environment</li><li>My top 3 high-ROI workspace upgrades (that don’t cost a fortune)</li><li>A few bonus tweaks that help me get into deep work faster</li></ul><p><br>💡 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>A dedicated desk can train your brain to treat your time like a business owner</li><li>Dual monitors will level up your efficiency more than you think</li><li>Noise-canceling headphones are a focus superpower, even in silence</li><li>Simple tools like a timer and screen layout can multiply your attention<p></p></li></ul><p>A good office setup isn’t about aesthetics, it’s about function, and building a space where you can think like the leader your business needs.</p><p>🎧 <em>P.S. My current favorite productivity combo: a clean desk, two screens, a focus timer, and noise-canceling headphones with nothing playing at all.<br></em><br></p><p>🎟️ <strong>Want more strategies like this? Come to the DogCo Business Summit</strong></p><p>September 26–28, 2025 | Winston-Salem, NC<br>Now with digital ticket options available! →<a href="https://www.dogcosummit.com"> dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today’s Hot Tip is all about workspace strategy. I’m walking you through how my home office upgrade completely changed the way I show up as a CEO, and the surprisingly small tweaks that gave me the biggest return. If you’ve ever felt scattered, distracted, or like you’re “just getting through” your workday, this one’s for you.<br></p><p>✨ <strong>Here’s what’s inside this episode:</strong></p><ul><li>The <em>one</em> moment that changed how I view my work environment</li><li>My top 3 high-ROI workspace upgrades (that don’t cost a fortune)</li><li>A few bonus tweaks that help me get into deep work faster</li></ul><p><br>💡 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>A dedicated desk can train your brain to treat your time like a business owner</li><li>Dual monitors will level up your efficiency more than you think</li><li>Noise-canceling headphones are a focus superpower, even in silence</li><li>Simple tools like a timer and screen layout can multiply your attention<p></p></li></ul><p>A good office setup isn’t about aesthetics, it’s about function, and building a space where you can think like the leader your business needs.</p><p>🎧 <em>P.S. My current favorite productivity combo: a clean desk, two screens, a focus timer, and noise-canceling headphones with nothing playing at all.<br></em><br></p><p>🎟️ <strong>Want more strategies like this? Come to the DogCo Business Summit</strong></p><p>September 26–28, 2025 | Winston-Salem, NC<br>Now with digital ticket options available! →<a href="https://www.dogcosummit.com"> dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/af915007/124c2765.mp3" length="6608409" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>410</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today’s Hot Tip is all about workspace strategy. I’m walking you through how my home office upgrade completely changed the way I show up as a CEO, and the surprisingly small tweaks that gave me the biggest return. If you’ve ever felt scattered, distracted, or like you’re “just getting through” your workday, this one’s for you.<br></p><p>✨ <strong>Here’s what’s inside this episode:</strong></p><ul><li>The <em>one</em> moment that changed how I view my work environment</li><li>My top 3 high-ROI workspace upgrades (that don’t cost a fortune)</li><li>A few bonus tweaks that help me get into deep work faster</li></ul><p><br>💡 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>A dedicated desk can train your brain to treat your time like a business owner</li><li>Dual monitors will level up your efficiency more than you think</li><li>Noise-canceling headphones are a focus superpower, even in silence</li><li>Simple tools like a timer and screen layout can multiply your attention<p></p></li></ul><p>A good office setup isn’t about aesthetics, it’s about function, and building a space where you can think like the leader your business needs.</p><p>🎧 <em>P.S. My current favorite productivity combo: a clean desk, two screens, a focus timer, and noise-canceling headphones with nothing playing at all.<br></em><br></p><p>🎟️ <strong>Want more strategies like this? Come to the DogCo Business Summit</strong></p><p>September 26–28, 2025 | Winston-Salem, NC<br>Now with digital ticket options available! →<a href="https://www.dogcosummit.com"> dogcosummit.com<br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Scaling Frameworks and the PHASES of your Pet Care Business | Ep. 20</title>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Scaling Frameworks and the PHASES of your Pet Care Business | Ep. 20</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3fe802f3-6dc0-4fcf-83dd-58a5f5fd6b44</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7cc278b6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re wondering what the next level looks like for your pet care company, this episode is for you. Over the last few years, I’ve had the privilege of helping hundreds of pet care businesses grow and scale, and this episode walks through the key phases I’ve seen again and again. Whether you’re still solo or passing the half-million mark, I break down what to expect, what breaks, and what you’ll need to evolve if you’re serious about sustainable growth.</p><p>🎟️ Want support growing your pet care business?<br>Join me and other ambitious owners at the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28. In-person and digital tickets available.<br>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>In this conversation, I walk you through the actual scaling patterns that show up in businesses across the pet care industry. From hiring your first team member to building a seven-figure company, I share how the work changes, how your role shifts, and what you need to pay attention to so you can keep growing without burning out.</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways<br>• You can’t build a million-dollar business doing $20/hr tasks<br>• The shift from fieldwork to strategy is not automatic; it’s a skill<br>• Hiring too soon or too late will cost you<br>• Repeatable systems, not hustle, are what scale your company<br>• Every phase of growth breaks something, and that’s normal</p><p>👇 Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and why this episode matters<br>1:45 – My early days as a solopreneur (and how it broke me)<br>4:10 – What most owners get wrong when trying to scale<br>6:00 – When to hire and how to build around your actual time<br>8:15 – Breaking into the 200-300K zone (and why it feels chaotic)<br>10:30 – Delegation, burnout, and trusting your team<br>12:20 – The systems you must have in place to scale sustainably<br>14:00 – Hiring for safety vs. survival<br>15:40 – The 750K+ shift and how your role must evolve<br>17:00 – Final thoughts and invitation to the Summit</p><p>Thanks for listening. I’d love to hear which phase you’re in right now and how I can support you better. Tag me or share with another business owner you care about. We’re building better companies, together.</p><p>- Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re wondering what the next level looks like for your pet care company, this episode is for you. Over the last few years, I’ve had the privilege of helping hundreds of pet care businesses grow and scale, and this episode walks through the key phases I’ve seen again and again. Whether you’re still solo or passing the half-million mark, I break down what to expect, what breaks, and what you’ll need to evolve if you’re serious about sustainable growth.</p><p>🎟️ Want support growing your pet care business?<br>Join me and other ambitious owners at the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28. In-person and digital tickets available.<br>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>In this conversation, I walk you through the actual scaling patterns that show up in businesses across the pet care industry. From hiring your first team member to building a seven-figure company, I share how the work changes, how your role shifts, and what you need to pay attention to so you can keep growing without burning out.</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways<br>• You can’t build a million-dollar business doing $20/hr tasks<br>• The shift from fieldwork to strategy is not automatic; it’s a skill<br>• Hiring too soon or too late will cost you<br>• Repeatable systems, not hustle, are what scale your company<br>• Every phase of growth breaks something, and that’s normal</p><p>👇 Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and why this episode matters<br>1:45 – My early days as a solopreneur (and how it broke me)<br>4:10 – What most owners get wrong when trying to scale<br>6:00 – When to hire and how to build around your actual time<br>8:15 – Breaking into the 200-300K zone (and why it feels chaotic)<br>10:30 – Delegation, burnout, and trusting your team<br>12:20 – The systems you must have in place to scale sustainably<br>14:00 – Hiring for safety vs. survival<br>15:40 – The 750K+ shift and how your role must evolve<br>17:00 – Final thoughts and invitation to the Summit</p><p>Thanks for listening. I’d love to hear which phase you’re in right now and how I can support you better. Tag me or share with another business owner you care about. We’re building better companies, together.</p><p>- Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7cc278b6/1ca52e4d.mp3" length="21670824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1351</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re wondering what the next level looks like for your pet care company, this episode is for you. Over the last few years, I’ve had the privilege of helping hundreds of pet care businesses grow and scale, and this episode walks through the key phases I’ve seen again and again. Whether you’re still solo or passing the half-million mark, I break down what to expect, what breaks, and what you’ll need to evolve if you’re serious about sustainable growth.</p><p>🎟️ Want support growing your pet care business?<br>Join me and other ambitious owners at the DogCo Business Summit in Winston-Salem, NC, September 26-28. In-person and digital tickets available.<br>👉 https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>In this conversation, I walk you through the actual scaling patterns that show up in businesses across the pet care industry. From hiring your first team member to building a seven-figure company, I share how the work changes, how your role shifts, and what you need to pay attention to so you can keep growing without burning out.</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways<br>• You can’t build a million-dollar business doing $20/hr tasks<br>• The shift from fieldwork to strategy is not automatic; it’s a skill<br>• Hiring too soon or too late will cost you<br>• Repeatable systems, not hustle, are what scale your company<br>• Every phase of growth breaks something, and that’s normal</p><p>👇 Timestamps<br>0:00 – Welcome and why this episode matters<br>1:45 – My early days as a solopreneur (and how it broke me)<br>4:10 – What most owners get wrong when trying to scale<br>6:00 – When to hire and how to build around your actual time<br>8:15 – Breaking into the 200-300K zone (and why it feels chaotic)<br>10:30 – Delegation, burnout, and trusting your team<br>12:20 – The systems you must have in place to scale sustainably<br>14:00 – Hiring for safety vs. survival<br>15:40 – The 750K+ shift and how your role must evolve<br>17:00 – Final thoughts and invitation to the Summit</p><p>Thanks for listening. I’d love to hear which phase you’re in right now and how I can support you better. Tag me or share with another business owner you care about. We’re building better companies, together.</p><p>- Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - 3 Takeaways from Interviewing Joey Coleman | Ep. 19</title>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - 3 Takeaways from Interviewing Joey Coleman | Ep. 19</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">367438e2-09b2-4366-b5fd-030f8eae5f99</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a9e7d41f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In my last episode, I had the privilege of interviewing the one and only Joey Coleman, bestselling author of <em>Never Lose a Customer Again</em> and <em>Never Lose an Employee Again.</em> The conversation left me fired up, and I wanted to use today’s Hot Tip episode to break down three key takeaways I’ve been chewing on since we wrapped.</p><p>Whether you’re looking to deepen client loyalty or build long-term relationships with your team, this episode is for you.</p><p>✨ <strong>Here’s what’s inside this episode:</strong></p><ul><li>Why curiosity is your most underrated retention tool</li><li>The costly mistake I made by over-focusing on new client acquisition</li><li>How vulnerability plays a hidden but crucial role in keeping the people you care about<p></p></li></ul><p>💡 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Curiosity is the antidote to assumption, and the gateway to engagement.</li><li>Client retention is often more powerful (and more profitable) than constant acquisition.</li></ul><p>Vulnerability in established relationships is uncomfortable, but essential.</p><p>If I could rebuild my first business all over again, this would be the playbook. I hope it helps you feel confident focusing on <em>who’s already with you</em>, not just who’s next.</p><p>📚 <strong>Mentioned in This Episode:<br></strong><br></p><ul><li><em>Never Lose A Customer Again</em> by Joey Coleman:<a href="https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT"> https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT</a></li><li><em>Never Lose an Employee Again</em> by Joey Coleman:<a href="https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp"> https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</a></li></ul><p><a href="https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp"><br></a>🎟️ <strong>Come Learn Live From Joey at the DogCo Business Summit!</strong></p><p><br>September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC</p><p>In-person and digital ticket options available</p><p>→<a href="https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items"> https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items<br></a><br></p><p>If this episode encouraged or challenged you, send it to a friend, share it with your team, or post it on socials. I’m cheering you on.</p><p>- Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In my last episode, I had the privilege of interviewing the one and only Joey Coleman, bestselling author of <em>Never Lose a Customer Again</em> and <em>Never Lose an Employee Again.</em> The conversation left me fired up, and I wanted to use today’s Hot Tip episode to break down three key takeaways I’ve been chewing on since we wrapped.</p><p>Whether you’re looking to deepen client loyalty or build long-term relationships with your team, this episode is for you.</p><p>✨ <strong>Here’s what’s inside this episode:</strong></p><ul><li>Why curiosity is your most underrated retention tool</li><li>The costly mistake I made by over-focusing on new client acquisition</li><li>How vulnerability plays a hidden but crucial role in keeping the people you care about<p></p></li></ul><p>💡 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Curiosity is the antidote to assumption, and the gateway to engagement.</li><li>Client retention is often more powerful (and more profitable) than constant acquisition.</li></ul><p>Vulnerability in established relationships is uncomfortable, but essential.</p><p>If I could rebuild my first business all over again, this would be the playbook. I hope it helps you feel confident focusing on <em>who’s already with you</em>, not just who’s next.</p><p>📚 <strong>Mentioned in This Episode:<br></strong><br></p><ul><li><em>Never Lose A Customer Again</em> by Joey Coleman:<a href="https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT"> https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT</a></li><li><em>Never Lose an Employee Again</em> by Joey Coleman:<a href="https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp"> https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</a></li></ul><p><a href="https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp"><br></a>🎟️ <strong>Come Learn Live From Joey at the DogCo Business Summit!</strong></p><p><br>September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC</p><p>In-person and digital ticket options available</p><p>→<a href="https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items"> https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items<br></a><br></p><p>If this episode encouraged or challenged you, send it to a friend, share it with your team, or post it on socials. I’m cheering you on.</p><p>- Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a9e7d41f/823e69cf.mp3" length="7125001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>442</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In my last episode, I had the privilege of interviewing the one and only Joey Coleman, bestselling author of <em>Never Lose a Customer Again</em> and <em>Never Lose an Employee Again.</em> The conversation left me fired up, and I wanted to use today’s Hot Tip episode to break down three key takeaways I’ve been chewing on since we wrapped.</p><p>Whether you’re looking to deepen client loyalty or build long-term relationships with your team, this episode is for you.</p><p>✨ <strong>Here’s what’s inside this episode:</strong></p><ul><li>Why curiosity is your most underrated retention tool</li><li>The costly mistake I made by over-focusing on new client acquisition</li><li>How vulnerability plays a hidden but crucial role in keeping the people you care about<p></p></li></ul><p>💡 <strong>Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Curiosity is the antidote to assumption, and the gateway to engagement.</li><li>Client retention is often more powerful (and more profitable) than constant acquisition.</li></ul><p>Vulnerability in established relationships is uncomfortable, but essential.</p><p>If I could rebuild my first business all over again, this would be the playbook. I hope it helps you feel confident focusing on <em>who’s already with you</em>, not just who’s next.</p><p>📚 <strong>Mentioned in This Episode:<br></strong><br></p><ul><li><em>Never Lose A Customer Again</em> by Joey Coleman:<a href="https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT"> https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT</a></li><li><em>Never Lose an Employee Again</em> by Joey Coleman:<a href="https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp"> https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</a></li></ul><p><a href="https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp"><br></a>🎟️ <strong>Come Learn Live From Joey at the DogCo Business Summit!</strong></p><p><br>September 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC</p><p>In-person and digital ticket options available</p><p>→<a href="https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items"> https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items<br></a><br></p><p>If this episode encouraged or challenged you, send it to a friend, share it with your team, or post it on socials. I’m cheering you on.</p><p>- Michelle</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Interviewing Best-Selling Author Joey Coleman | Ep. 18</title>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Interviewing Best-Selling Author Joey Coleman | Ep. 18</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fc131ed-ca07-4a3d-80aa-b63af6ea044b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/dc2ad3a3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi everyone! Michelle here. Today’s episode is a big one. I had the absolute honor of sitting down with Joey Coleman, renowned speaker and bestselling author of Never Lose a Customer Again and Never Lose an Employee Again. Joey is not only a master of customer experience—he’s also someone who fundamentally understands how to make people feel seen, valued, and loyal from Day One.</p><p>We talk through everything from why so many businesses drop the ball during onboarding, to how pet care brands can scale trust without sacrificing humanity. Whether you’re just starting out or deep in the weeds of growing your team and services, this episode is packed with takeaways that can literally change your business.</p><p>📚 Get Joey’s Books (Affiliate Links):<br>• Never Lose a Customer Again → https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT<br>• Never Lose an Employee Again → https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</p><p>🎟️ Come Learn From Joey Live at the DogCo Business Summit!<br>Join us for a live workshop with Joey Coleman himself at the DogCo Business Summit. Tickets available now:<br>👉 https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome and Intro to Joey Coleman<br>03:51 Joey’s background and mission<br>09:32 The cost of bad onboarding<br>13:10 Why most businesses lose clients early<br>18:27 Designing a first impression that lasts<br>24:03 Joey’s six stages of the customer journey<br>30:45 Turning casual buyers into lifelong fans<br>37:00 Building team culture that retains talent<br>43:19 Applying Joey’s principles to pet care<br>49:44 Joey’s advice on scaling experience with heart<br>55:02 What most businesses still get wrong<br>59:40 Behind the scenes of writing his books<br>1:03:55 Live Q&amp;A with Joey Coleman<br>1:09:22 Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• The first 100 days of client or employee experience are the most influential<br>• Most businesses lose loyalty early due to lack of intentionality<br>• Great onboarding isn’t about automation, it’s about emotion<br>• It’s easier to fix broken internal systems than it is to repair broken relationships<br>• Customer experience is your brand<br>• Loyal clients and employees become your best marketers</p><p>If this episode fired you up the way it did me, just imagine what it’ll be like to learn from Joey live. Come join us at the DogCo Business Summit and take your client and employee experience to the next level. Let’s build something unforgettable together.</p><p>#michellekline #joeycoleman #dogcosecrets</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi everyone! Michelle here. Today’s episode is a big one. I had the absolute honor of sitting down with Joey Coleman, renowned speaker and bestselling author of Never Lose a Customer Again and Never Lose an Employee Again. Joey is not only a master of customer experience—he’s also someone who fundamentally understands how to make people feel seen, valued, and loyal from Day One.</p><p>We talk through everything from why so many businesses drop the ball during onboarding, to how pet care brands can scale trust without sacrificing humanity. Whether you’re just starting out or deep in the weeds of growing your team and services, this episode is packed with takeaways that can literally change your business.</p><p>📚 Get Joey’s Books (Affiliate Links):<br>• Never Lose a Customer Again → https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT<br>• Never Lose an Employee Again → https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</p><p>🎟️ Come Learn From Joey Live at the DogCo Business Summit!<br>Join us for a live workshop with Joey Coleman himself at the DogCo Business Summit. Tickets available now:<br>👉 https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome and Intro to Joey Coleman<br>03:51 Joey’s background and mission<br>09:32 The cost of bad onboarding<br>13:10 Why most businesses lose clients early<br>18:27 Designing a first impression that lasts<br>24:03 Joey’s six stages of the customer journey<br>30:45 Turning casual buyers into lifelong fans<br>37:00 Building team culture that retains talent<br>43:19 Applying Joey’s principles to pet care<br>49:44 Joey’s advice on scaling experience with heart<br>55:02 What most businesses still get wrong<br>59:40 Behind the scenes of writing his books<br>1:03:55 Live Q&amp;A with Joey Coleman<br>1:09:22 Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• The first 100 days of client or employee experience are the most influential<br>• Most businesses lose loyalty early due to lack of intentionality<br>• Great onboarding isn’t about automation, it’s about emotion<br>• It’s easier to fix broken internal systems than it is to repair broken relationships<br>• Customer experience is your brand<br>• Loyal clients and employees become your best marketers</p><p>If this episode fired you up the way it did me, just imagine what it’ll be like to learn from Joey live. Come join us at the DogCo Business Summit and take your client and employee experience to the next level. Let’s build something unforgettable together.</p><p>#michellekline #joeycoleman #dogcosecrets</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/dc2ad3a3/765bd2ce.mp3" length="45299296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2828</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi everyone! Michelle here. Today’s episode is a big one. I had the absolute honor of sitting down with Joey Coleman, renowned speaker and bestselling author of Never Lose a Customer Again and Never Lose an Employee Again. Joey is not only a master of customer experience—he’s also someone who fundamentally understands how to make people feel seen, valued, and loyal from Day One.</p><p>We talk through everything from why so many businesses drop the ball during onboarding, to how pet care brands can scale trust without sacrificing humanity. Whether you’re just starting out or deep in the weeds of growing your team and services, this episode is packed with takeaways that can literally change your business.</p><p>📚 Get Joey’s Books (Affiliate Links):<br>• Never Lose a Customer Again → https://amzn.to/3SQRYdT<br>• Never Lose an Employee Again → https://amzn.to/4jqVDtp</p><p>🎟️ Come Learn From Joey Live at the DogCo Business Summit!<br>Join us for a live workshop with Joey Coleman himself at the DogCo Business Summit. Tickets available now:<br>👉 https://my.cheddarup.com/c/dogco-business-summit-tickets/items</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 Welcome and Intro to Joey Coleman<br>03:51 Joey’s background and mission<br>09:32 The cost of bad onboarding<br>13:10 Why most businesses lose clients early<br>18:27 Designing a first impression that lasts<br>24:03 Joey’s six stages of the customer journey<br>30:45 Turning casual buyers into lifelong fans<br>37:00 Building team culture that retains talent<br>43:19 Applying Joey’s principles to pet care<br>49:44 Joey’s advice on scaling experience with heart<br>55:02 What most businesses still get wrong<br>59:40 Behind the scenes of writing his books<br>1:03:55 Live Q&amp;A with Joey Coleman<br>1:09:22 Closing thoughts and next steps</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>• The first 100 days of client or employee experience are the most influential<br>• Most businesses lose loyalty early due to lack of intentionality<br>• Great onboarding isn’t about automation, it’s about emotion<br>• It’s easier to fix broken internal systems than it is to repair broken relationships<br>• Customer experience is your brand<br>• Loyal clients and employees become your best marketers</p><p>If this episode fired you up the way it did me, just imagine what it’ll be like to learn from Joey live. Come join us at the DogCo Business Summit and take your client and employee experience to the next level. Let’s build something unforgettable together.</p><p>#michellekline #joeycoleman #dogcosecrets</p><p>-Michelle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Invest 10% of Revenue Into Yourself | Ep. 17</title>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Invest 10% of Revenue Into Yourself | Ep. 17</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3051a6a4-a85b-4147-a94e-f66cc18a0ba1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/445345ad</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever wondered <em>how much</em> you should invest in your own growth, this one’s for you. In today’s short, impactful episode, I'll make a case for putting your money where your mindset is by setting aside a clear percentage of revenue to level up your personal and professional skills. I'll break down what “investing in yourself” really means, why it matters so much for your business’s success, and how to get over the barriers that keep most people from doing it.</p><p><strong><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Investing in your skills is the single most impactful way to grow your business</li><li>10% of your revenue should go toward your education and development</li><li>Budget for it <em>before</em> the opportunity arrives, not after</li><li>If you’re stuck, action beats perfection—just move</li><li>Self-trust is built through action, not hesitation</li><li>Profit First is a helpful system to carve out your investment bucket</li></ul><p>I'll also share the exact percentage she uses (hint: it’s higher than you think), along with a powerful mindset shift to help you take action before you’re “ready.” This episode will challenge you to stop waiting, start betting on yourself, and trust that <em>you</em> are the best asset your business has.</p><p><strong><br>🎯 What’s Inside This Episode:</strong></p><ul><li>Why investing in yourself creates the biggest ROI</li><li>The exact percentage I budget for personal growth</li><li>3 common barriers to investing in your education</li><li>A mindset shift that makes saying “yes” easier</li><li>Why betting on yourself beats betting on someone else</li></ul><p><br>📢 <strong>Want help growing your pet care business in 2025 and 2026?</strong></p><p><br>The <strong>DogCo Mastermind</strong> is now open for enrollment until <strong>June 6</strong> (or until seats fill). Work with me and a community of pet care professionals to build your dream business with structure, strategy, and support.</p><p><br>👉<a href="https://dogcolaunch.com"> Learn more at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever wondered <em>how much</em> you should invest in your own growth, this one’s for you. In today’s short, impactful episode, I'll make a case for putting your money where your mindset is by setting aside a clear percentage of revenue to level up your personal and professional skills. I'll break down what “investing in yourself” really means, why it matters so much for your business’s success, and how to get over the barriers that keep most people from doing it.</p><p><strong><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Investing in your skills is the single most impactful way to grow your business</li><li>10% of your revenue should go toward your education and development</li><li>Budget for it <em>before</em> the opportunity arrives, not after</li><li>If you’re stuck, action beats perfection—just move</li><li>Self-trust is built through action, not hesitation</li><li>Profit First is a helpful system to carve out your investment bucket</li></ul><p>I'll also share the exact percentage she uses (hint: it’s higher than you think), along with a powerful mindset shift to help you take action before you’re “ready.” This episode will challenge you to stop waiting, start betting on yourself, and trust that <em>you</em> are the best asset your business has.</p><p><strong><br>🎯 What’s Inside This Episode:</strong></p><ul><li>Why investing in yourself creates the biggest ROI</li><li>The exact percentage I budget for personal growth</li><li>3 common barriers to investing in your education</li><li>A mindset shift that makes saying “yes” easier</li><li>Why betting on yourself beats betting on someone else</li></ul><p><br>📢 <strong>Want help growing your pet care business in 2025 and 2026?</strong></p><p><br>The <strong>DogCo Mastermind</strong> is now open for enrollment until <strong>June 6</strong> (or until seats fill). Work with me and a community of pet care professionals to build your dream business with structure, strategy, and support.</p><p><br>👉<a href="https://dogcolaunch.com"> Learn more at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/445345ad/1f44f7f9.mp3" length="14418382" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>898</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever wondered <em>how much</em> you should invest in your own growth, this one’s for you. In today’s short, impactful episode, I'll make a case for putting your money where your mindset is by setting aside a clear percentage of revenue to level up your personal and professional skills. I'll break down what “investing in yourself” really means, why it matters so much for your business’s success, and how to get over the barriers that keep most people from doing it.</p><p><strong><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</strong></p><ul><li>Investing in your skills is the single most impactful way to grow your business</li><li>10% of your revenue should go toward your education and development</li><li>Budget for it <em>before</em> the opportunity arrives, not after</li><li>If you’re stuck, action beats perfection—just move</li><li>Self-trust is built through action, not hesitation</li><li>Profit First is a helpful system to carve out your investment bucket</li></ul><p>I'll also share the exact percentage she uses (hint: it’s higher than you think), along with a powerful mindset shift to help you take action before you’re “ready.” This episode will challenge you to stop waiting, start betting on yourself, and trust that <em>you</em> are the best asset your business has.</p><p><strong><br>🎯 What’s Inside This Episode:</strong></p><ul><li>Why investing in yourself creates the biggest ROI</li><li>The exact percentage I budget for personal growth</li><li>3 common barriers to investing in your education</li><li>A mindset shift that makes saying “yes” easier</li><li>Why betting on yourself beats betting on someone else</li></ul><p><br>📢 <strong>Want help growing your pet care business in 2025 and 2026?</strong></p><p><br>The <strong>DogCo Mastermind</strong> is now open for enrollment until <strong>June 6</strong> (or until seats fill). Work with me and a community of pet care professionals to build your dream business with structure, strategy, and support.</p><p><br>👉<a href="https://dogcolaunch.com"> Learn more at dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></a><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Become More of Who You Want To Be | Ep. 16</title>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Become More of Who You Want To Be | Ep. 16</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fe93c63a-c7c3-4412-b6c7-f1401ef4a6c2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa9b79a4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hard truth time: you don’t accidentally become the person you dream of being. That version of you, the one with clarity, capacity, and conviction, has to be built. In this raw, practical episode, I open up about the real work behind becoming the next version of yourself. From the daily choices that shape your trajectory to the painful truths we often avoid, this episode will challenge you to get honest, take ownership, and finally make measurable progress. (And remember: I'm always cheering you on.)</p><p>🚨 The DogCo Mastermind is now open, only twice a year! Doors close June 6th or when seats are filled. If you’re ready to scale your pet care business alongside others who are all-in, this is your moment.<br>👉 Learn more: https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p>Whether it’s your health, your habits, or your business, if you’re feeling stuck between where you are and where you want to be, this episode offers a clear 3-part framework to start bridging that gap today.</p><p>⏱️ Chapter Timestamps:</p><p>0:00 – Intro: The gap between now and who you want to be<br>1:00 – A transparent look at Michelle’s self-growth journey<br>3:30 – When your business (or body) tells the truth<br>6:05 – The 3-step framework that changed everything<br>9:45 – The cost of inaction vs. the power of investment<br>14:00 – Surrounding yourself with people who raise the bar</p><p>🔍 What’s Inside This Episode:<br>✅ How to close the gap between who you are and who you want to be<br>✅ Michelle’s personal post-COVID health wake-up call<br>✅ The truth about money, motivation, and making lasting change<br>✅ Why proximity to excellence speeds up growth<br>✅ A 3-step framework to track, commit, and level up</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hard truth time: you don’t accidentally become the person you dream of being. That version of you, the one with clarity, capacity, and conviction, has to be built. In this raw, practical episode, I open up about the real work behind becoming the next version of yourself. From the daily choices that shape your trajectory to the painful truths we often avoid, this episode will challenge you to get honest, take ownership, and finally make measurable progress. (And remember: I'm always cheering you on.)</p><p>🚨 The DogCo Mastermind is now open, only twice a year! Doors close June 6th or when seats are filled. If you’re ready to scale your pet care business alongside others who are all-in, this is your moment.<br>👉 Learn more: https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p>Whether it’s your health, your habits, or your business, if you’re feeling stuck between where you are and where you want to be, this episode offers a clear 3-part framework to start bridging that gap today.</p><p>⏱️ Chapter Timestamps:</p><p>0:00 – Intro: The gap between now and who you want to be<br>1:00 – A transparent look at Michelle’s self-growth journey<br>3:30 – When your business (or body) tells the truth<br>6:05 – The 3-step framework that changed everything<br>9:45 – The cost of inaction vs. the power of investment<br>14:00 – Surrounding yourself with people who raise the bar</p><p>🔍 What’s Inside This Episode:<br>✅ How to close the gap between who you are and who you want to be<br>✅ Michelle’s personal post-COVID health wake-up call<br>✅ The truth about money, motivation, and making lasting change<br>✅ Why proximity to excellence speeds up growth<br>✅ A 3-step framework to track, commit, and level up</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jun 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/aa9b79a4/479317e0.mp3" length="19928333" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1242</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hard truth time: you don’t accidentally become the person you dream of being. That version of you, the one with clarity, capacity, and conviction, has to be built. In this raw, practical episode, I open up about the real work behind becoming the next version of yourself. From the daily choices that shape your trajectory to the painful truths we often avoid, this episode will challenge you to get honest, take ownership, and finally make measurable progress. (And remember: I'm always cheering you on.)</p><p>🚨 The DogCo Mastermind is now open, only twice a year! Doors close June 6th or when seats are filled. If you’re ready to scale your pet care business alongside others who are all-in, this is your moment.<br>👉 Learn more: https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p>Whether it’s your health, your habits, or your business, if you’re feeling stuck between where you are and where you want to be, this episode offers a clear 3-part framework to start bridging that gap today.</p><p>⏱️ Chapter Timestamps:</p><p>0:00 – Intro: The gap between now and who you want to be<br>1:00 – A transparent look at Michelle’s self-growth journey<br>3:30 – When your business (or body) tells the truth<br>6:05 – The 3-step framework that changed everything<br>9:45 – The cost of inaction vs. the power of investment<br>14:00 – Surrounding yourself with people who raise the bar</p><p>🔍 What’s Inside This Episode:<br>✅ How to close the gap between who you are and who you want to be<br>✅ Michelle’s personal post-COVID health wake-up call<br>✅ The truth about money, motivation, and making lasting change<br>✅ Why proximity to excellence speeds up growth<br>✅ A 3-step framework to track, commit, and level up</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Using Client Feedback to Inform Your Marketing | Ep. 15</title>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Using Client Feedback to Inform Your Marketing | Ep. 15</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db4495ab-f4b0-42ce-b22e-64fe5f901718</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6d778886</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if your best marketing copy is already written… by your clients?</p><p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I’m sharing two simple and powerful ways to collect meaningful client feedback and turn it directly into marketing that converts. Whether you’ve been stuck trying to write better website copy or you’re not sure what to say on social media, this episode will walk you through how to <em>let your clients tell the story for you.<br></em><br></p><p>I also share my top trick for pulling it all together without getting overwhelmed, and how I use ChatGPT to streamline the process without letting it write the final message.</p><p><br>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways:<br></strong><br></p><p>✅ Use real client language to make your marketing feel more authentic<br>✅ Send an annual survey to pull out the emotional and practical value of your services<br>✅ Analyze recurring themes with a simple qualitative method<br>✅ Mine your Google and Facebook reviews for messaging gold<br>✅ Yes, you can (and should) repurpose reviews in your content<br>✅ Use ChatGPT to synthesize—not write—your copy<br>✅ Client feedback is the shortcut to connection and conversion</p><p>📢 <strong>DOGCO MASTERMIND<br></strong>Enrollment is open through June 6 (or until full)<br>Join a powerful group of pet care business owners scaling with structure and support to get you to the next level.<br>🎯<a href="https://dogcolaunch.com"> https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></a><br></p><p>💬 What’s one piece of client feedback you could turn into a headline today?<br>🐾 Share this episode with a pet pro who wants to simplify their messaging and connect more deeply with their audience.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if your best marketing copy is already written… by your clients?</p><p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I’m sharing two simple and powerful ways to collect meaningful client feedback and turn it directly into marketing that converts. Whether you’ve been stuck trying to write better website copy or you’re not sure what to say on social media, this episode will walk you through how to <em>let your clients tell the story for you.<br></em><br></p><p>I also share my top trick for pulling it all together without getting overwhelmed, and how I use ChatGPT to streamline the process without letting it write the final message.</p><p><br>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways:<br></strong><br></p><p>✅ Use real client language to make your marketing feel more authentic<br>✅ Send an annual survey to pull out the emotional and practical value of your services<br>✅ Analyze recurring themes with a simple qualitative method<br>✅ Mine your Google and Facebook reviews for messaging gold<br>✅ Yes, you can (and should) repurpose reviews in your content<br>✅ Use ChatGPT to synthesize—not write—your copy<br>✅ Client feedback is the shortcut to connection and conversion</p><p>📢 <strong>DOGCO MASTERMIND<br></strong>Enrollment is open through June 6 (or until full)<br>Join a powerful group of pet care business owners scaling with structure and support to get you to the next level.<br>🎯<a href="https://dogcolaunch.com"> https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></a><br></p><p>💬 What’s one piece of client feedback you could turn into a headline today?<br>🐾 Share this episode with a pet pro who wants to simplify their messaging and connect more deeply with their audience.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6d778886/2fc61ce2.mp3" length="7631990" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>474</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if your best marketing copy is already written… by your clients?</p><p><br>In this Hot Tip Friday episode, I’m sharing two simple and powerful ways to collect meaningful client feedback and turn it directly into marketing that converts. Whether you’ve been stuck trying to write better website copy or you’re not sure what to say on social media, this episode will walk you through how to <em>let your clients tell the story for you.<br></em><br></p><p>I also share my top trick for pulling it all together without getting overwhelmed, and how I use ChatGPT to streamline the process without letting it write the final message.</p><p><br>💥 <strong>Key Takeaways:<br></strong><br></p><p>✅ Use real client language to make your marketing feel more authentic<br>✅ Send an annual survey to pull out the emotional and practical value of your services<br>✅ Analyze recurring themes with a simple qualitative method<br>✅ Mine your Google and Facebook reviews for messaging gold<br>✅ Yes, you can (and should) repurpose reviews in your content<br>✅ Use ChatGPT to synthesize—not write—your copy<br>✅ Client feedback is the shortcut to connection and conversion</p><p>📢 <strong>DOGCO MASTERMIND<br></strong>Enrollment is open through June 6 (or until full)<br>Join a powerful group of pet care business owners scaling with structure and support to get you to the next level.<br>🎯<a href="https://dogcolaunch.com"> https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind<br></a><br></p><p>💬 What’s one piece of client feedback you could turn into a headline today?<br>🐾 Share this episode with a pet pro who wants to simplify their messaging and connect more deeply with their audience.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Decision Are You Avoiding Making? | Ep. 14</title>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Decision Are You Avoiding Making? | Ep. 14</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f86d48a6-0ee0-45a6-b385-51a51a479d2b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/42f54d66</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s talk about the decision you already know you need to make.</p><p>In this episode, I open up about the mental and emotional spiral we get caught in when we avoid action. Whether it’s a pricing change, a team restructure, a marketing shift, or a new direction entirely, avoiding a key decision will always cost more than making the wrong one.</p><p>You’ll hear how indecision has shown up in my own journey building DogCo, and why conviction, not certainty, is what actually moves your business forward.</p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND<br>Enrollment is open through June 6 (or until full).<br>Join a powerful group of pet care business owners scaling with structure and support and tactics to move you forward.<br>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Intro – What Decision Are You Avoiding?<br>01:15 Feeling Stuck and What That Signals<br>03:00 The Three Core Limiting Factors<br>05:00 Decisions Drive Action<br>07:20 Why Action is So Hard<br>09:10 The Cost of Indecision<br>11:00 My Own Decision Paralysis with DogCo<br>13:00 Three Truths to Anchor You in Action<br>14:30 Final Reflection and Encouragement</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Success is often hidden behind a decision we don’t want to make<br>✅ Avoiding action introduces more stress than the outcome itself<br>✅ Most decisions are not permanent<br>✅ The biggest risk to your business is indecision<br>✅ Imperfect action gives you feedback, clarity, and growth<br>✅ You miss 100% of the shots you don’t take</p><p>💬 What’s the one decision you’ve been sitting on? Let this be your sign to take action.<br>🐾 Subscribe for honest, weekly episodes that help you lead and scale with clarity.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s talk about the decision you already know you need to make.</p><p>In this episode, I open up about the mental and emotional spiral we get caught in when we avoid action. Whether it’s a pricing change, a team restructure, a marketing shift, or a new direction entirely, avoiding a key decision will always cost more than making the wrong one.</p><p>You’ll hear how indecision has shown up in my own journey building DogCo, and why conviction, not certainty, is what actually moves your business forward.</p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND<br>Enrollment is open through June 6 (or until full).<br>Join a powerful group of pet care business owners scaling with structure and support and tactics to move you forward.<br>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Intro – What Decision Are You Avoiding?<br>01:15 Feeling Stuck and What That Signals<br>03:00 The Three Core Limiting Factors<br>05:00 Decisions Drive Action<br>07:20 Why Action is So Hard<br>09:10 The Cost of Indecision<br>11:00 My Own Decision Paralysis with DogCo<br>13:00 Three Truths to Anchor You in Action<br>14:30 Final Reflection and Encouragement</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Success is often hidden behind a decision we don’t want to make<br>✅ Avoiding action introduces more stress than the outcome itself<br>✅ Most decisions are not permanent<br>✅ The biggest risk to your business is indecision<br>✅ Imperfect action gives you feedback, clarity, and growth<br>✅ You miss 100% of the shots you don’t take</p><p>💬 What’s the one decision you’ve been sitting on? Let this be your sign to take action.<br>🐾 Subscribe for honest, weekly episodes that help you lead and scale with clarity.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/42f54d66/03d8694d.mp3" length="14868935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>926</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s talk about the decision you already know you need to make.</p><p>In this episode, I open up about the mental and emotional spiral we get caught in when we avoid action. Whether it’s a pricing change, a team restructure, a marketing shift, or a new direction entirely, avoiding a key decision will always cost more than making the wrong one.</p><p>You’ll hear how indecision has shown up in my own journey building DogCo, and why conviction, not certainty, is what actually moves your business forward.</p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND<br>Enrollment is open through June 6 (or until full).<br>Join a powerful group of pet care business owners scaling with structure and support and tactics to move you forward.<br>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com/mastermind</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Intro – What Decision Are You Avoiding?<br>01:15 Feeling Stuck and What That Signals<br>03:00 The Three Core Limiting Factors<br>05:00 Decisions Drive Action<br>07:20 Why Action is So Hard<br>09:10 The Cost of Indecision<br>11:00 My Own Decision Paralysis with DogCo<br>13:00 Three Truths to Anchor You in Action<br>14:30 Final Reflection and Encouragement</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Success is often hidden behind a decision we don’t want to make<br>✅ Avoiding action introduces more stress than the outcome itself<br>✅ Most decisions are not permanent<br>✅ The biggest risk to your business is indecision<br>✅ Imperfect action gives you feedback, clarity, and growth<br>✅ You miss 100% of the shots you don’t take</p><p>💬 What’s the one decision you’ve been sitting on? Let this be your sign to take action.<br>🐾 Subscribe for honest, weekly episodes that help you lead and scale with clarity.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - The Best Way to Force Systems Into Your Biz | Ep. 13</title>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - The Best Way to Force Systems Into Your Biz | Ep. 13</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d52d7542-3d47-4e16-99ac-848c2ff7e9cf</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c65ed08a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s be real, systems don’t build themselves.</p><p><br></p><p>In this quick and punchy Hot Tip Friday episode, I share the truth about how systems actually get created inside a growing pet care business. Spoiler: it’s not by accident.</p><p><br></p><p>As someone who naturally gravitates toward marketing and sales, I had to work hard to force operational systems into my company. But once I hit a certain team size, I realized a lack of systems wasn’t just frustrating. It was creating risk. And if your company is scaling, you’re going to hit this same wall.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode gives you three simple, mindset-shifting strategies to force meaningful, scalable systems into your business, without feeling like you have to become a corporate robot.</p><p><br></p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p>✅ Systems won’t appear on their own - you have to install them</p><p>✅ Set growth targets that are impossible without structure</p><p>✅ Create external accountability to follow through</p><p>✅ Think of systems as something you iterate, not perfect</p><p>✅ When stress is reduced, system-building becomes easier</p><p>✅ You can enjoy the process even if systems aren’t your strong suit</p><p>✅ Don’t build systems for the sake of systems - build them for outcomes</p><p>✅ Gamify systems to reduce pressure and increase execution</p><p><br></p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND</p><p>Enrollment is open through June 6 or until full</p><p>Want to scale with structure, clarity, and support?</p><p>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p><br></p><p>💬 Drop a comment if this resonated or send it to someone trying to scale their service business without burning out.</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly insights that help you work smarter and lead stronger.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s be real, systems don’t build themselves.</p><p><br></p><p>In this quick and punchy Hot Tip Friday episode, I share the truth about how systems actually get created inside a growing pet care business. Spoiler: it’s not by accident.</p><p><br></p><p>As someone who naturally gravitates toward marketing and sales, I had to work hard to force operational systems into my company. But once I hit a certain team size, I realized a lack of systems wasn’t just frustrating. It was creating risk. And if your company is scaling, you’re going to hit this same wall.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode gives you three simple, mindset-shifting strategies to force meaningful, scalable systems into your business, without feeling like you have to become a corporate robot.</p><p><br></p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p>✅ Systems won’t appear on their own - you have to install them</p><p>✅ Set growth targets that are impossible without structure</p><p>✅ Create external accountability to follow through</p><p>✅ Think of systems as something you iterate, not perfect</p><p>✅ When stress is reduced, system-building becomes easier</p><p>✅ You can enjoy the process even if systems aren’t your strong suit</p><p>✅ Don’t build systems for the sake of systems - build them for outcomes</p><p>✅ Gamify systems to reduce pressure and increase execution</p><p><br></p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND</p><p>Enrollment is open through June 6 or until full</p><p>Want to scale with structure, clarity, and support?</p><p>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p><br></p><p>💬 Drop a comment if this resonated or send it to someone trying to scale their service business without burning out.</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly insights that help you work smarter and lead stronger.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c65ed08a/0bce3ef4.mp3" length="8480444" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>527</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Let’s be real, systems don’t build themselves.</p><p><br></p><p>In this quick and punchy Hot Tip Friday episode, I share the truth about how systems actually get created inside a growing pet care business. Spoiler: it’s not by accident.</p><p><br></p><p>As someone who naturally gravitates toward marketing and sales, I had to work hard to force operational systems into my company. But once I hit a certain team size, I realized a lack of systems wasn’t just frustrating. It was creating risk. And if your company is scaling, you’re going to hit this same wall.</p><p><br></p><p>This episode gives you three simple, mindset-shifting strategies to force meaningful, scalable systems into your business, without feeling like you have to become a corporate robot.</p><p><br></p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p>✅ Systems won’t appear on their own - you have to install them</p><p>✅ Set growth targets that are impossible without structure</p><p>✅ Create external accountability to follow through</p><p>✅ Think of systems as something you iterate, not perfect</p><p>✅ When stress is reduced, system-building becomes easier</p><p>✅ You can enjoy the process even if systems aren’t your strong suit</p><p>✅ Don’t build systems for the sake of systems - build them for outcomes</p><p>✅ Gamify systems to reduce pressure and increase execution</p><p><br></p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND</p><p>Enrollment is open through June 6 or until full</p><p>Want to scale with structure, clarity, and support?</p><p>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p><br></p><p>💬 Drop a comment if this resonated or send it to someone trying to scale their service business without burning out.</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly insights that help you work smarter and lead stronger.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Consistency Over 1x Effort | Ep. 12</title>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Consistency Over 1x Effort | Ep. 12</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">194dc1f4-7fae-48c8-aee4-71e8a4e5ec4b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0317d347</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you chasing big shifts or building long-term momentum?</p><p>In this week’s episode, I dig into one of the biggest lies entrepreneurs buy into: that one-time effort will change everything. The truth is that consistency is what really drives results.</p><p>I walk you through how I’ve learned to build steady output into my daily workflow, why commitment and consistency are not the same thing, and what routines I use to stay grounded when business gets chaotic.</p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND<br>Enrollment is open now through June 6 or until full<br>Ready to scale with structure, clarity, and support?<br>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p>This episode is a practical, honest push to stop waiting for the perfect moment and start showing up with intention, day after day.</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Consistency vs One-Time Effort<br>00:34 Why Change Feels Safer<br>01:45 The Trap of the Big Fix<br>03:00 Defining Real Consistency<br>04:12 Your Business Reflects You<br>06:00 Self-Accountability as a CEO<br>07:59 Time is Your Most Valuable Asset<br>09:13 Wind-Up and Wind-Down Routine<br>12:45 Creating Deep Work Windows<br>14:03 Morning Checklist Example<br>15:53 Evening Checklist Example<br>17:04 Time-Targeted Focus<br>18:14 Output Goals Over Tasks<br>20:45 Are You Truly Consistent?<br>23:03 Compounding Small Efforts<br>24:55 Wrap-Up and Encouragement</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Consistency builds momentum more than big ideas<br>✅ One-time effort rarely leads to lasting change<br>✅ Daily structure makes room for deeper focus<br>✅ Wind-up and wind-down routines anchor your week<br>✅ Output goals help avoid task list overwhelm<br>✅ Your actions should reflect your stated values<br>✅ Start small and let it compound<br>✅ You are the system your business needs</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly, practical, growth-minded content built for pet care pros.</p><p>💬 Drop a comment: What’s your biggest barrier to getting out of the field right now?</p><p>📣 Like + share this episode with someone who needs to hear they’re not alone in this.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you chasing big shifts or building long-term momentum?</p><p>In this week’s episode, I dig into one of the biggest lies entrepreneurs buy into: that one-time effort will change everything. The truth is that consistency is what really drives results.</p><p>I walk you through how I’ve learned to build steady output into my daily workflow, why commitment and consistency are not the same thing, and what routines I use to stay grounded when business gets chaotic.</p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND<br>Enrollment is open now through June 6 or until full<br>Ready to scale with structure, clarity, and support?<br>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p>This episode is a practical, honest push to stop waiting for the perfect moment and start showing up with intention, day after day.</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Consistency vs One-Time Effort<br>00:34 Why Change Feels Safer<br>01:45 The Trap of the Big Fix<br>03:00 Defining Real Consistency<br>04:12 Your Business Reflects You<br>06:00 Self-Accountability as a CEO<br>07:59 Time is Your Most Valuable Asset<br>09:13 Wind-Up and Wind-Down Routine<br>12:45 Creating Deep Work Windows<br>14:03 Morning Checklist Example<br>15:53 Evening Checklist Example<br>17:04 Time-Targeted Focus<br>18:14 Output Goals Over Tasks<br>20:45 Are You Truly Consistent?<br>23:03 Compounding Small Efforts<br>24:55 Wrap-Up and Encouragement</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Consistency builds momentum more than big ideas<br>✅ One-time effort rarely leads to lasting change<br>✅ Daily structure makes room for deeper focus<br>✅ Wind-up and wind-down routines anchor your week<br>✅ Output goals help avoid task list overwhelm<br>✅ Your actions should reflect your stated values<br>✅ Start small and let it compound<br>✅ You are the system your business needs</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly, practical, growth-minded content built for pet care pros.</p><p>💬 Drop a comment: What’s your biggest barrier to getting out of the field right now?</p><p>📣 Like + share this episode with someone who needs to hear they’re not alone in this.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 06:50:26 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0317d347/683817a0.mp3" length="24241240" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1512</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you chasing big shifts or building long-term momentum?</p><p>In this week’s episode, I dig into one of the biggest lies entrepreneurs buy into: that one-time effort will change everything. The truth is that consistency is what really drives results.</p><p>I walk you through how I’ve learned to build steady output into my daily workflow, why commitment and consistency are not the same thing, and what routines I use to stay grounded when business gets chaotic.</p><p>📢 DOGCO MASTERMIND<br>Enrollment is open now through June 6 or until full<br>Ready to scale with structure, clarity, and support?<br>🎯 https://dogcolaunch.com</p><p>This episode is a practical, honest push to stop waiting for the perfect moment and start showing up with intention, day after day.</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Consistency vs One-Time Effort<br>00:34 Why Change Feels Safer<br>01:45 The Trap of the Big Fix<br>03:00 Defining Real Consistency<br>04:12 Your Business Reflects You<br>06:00 Self-Accountability as a CEO<br>07:59 Time is Your Most Valuable Asset<br>09:13 Wind-Up and Wind-Down Routine<br>12:45 Creating Deep Work Windows<br>14:03 Morning Checklist Example<br>15:53 Evening Checklist Example<br>17:04 Time-Targeted Focus<br>18:14 Output Goals Over Tasks<br>20:45 Are You Truly Consistent?<br>23:03 Compounding Small Efforts<br>24:55 Wrap-Up and Encouragement</p><p>💥 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Consistency builds momentum more than big ideas<br>✅ One-time effort rarely leads to lasting change<br>✅ Daily structure makes room for deeper focus<br>✅ Wind-up and wind-down routines anchor your week<br>✅ Output goals help avoid task list overwhelm<br>✅ Your actions should reflect your stated values<br>✅ Start small and let it compound<br>✅ You are the system your business needs</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly, practical, growth-minded content built for pet care pros.</p><p>💬 Drop a comment: What’s your biggest barrier to getting out of the field right now?</p><p>📣 Like + share this episode with someone who needs to hear they’re not alone in this.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Triple Your Pet Sitting Profit | Ep. 11</title>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Triple Your Pet Sitting Profit | Ep. 11</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20c59e2e-75bd-4148-abed-ed77ec4dde43</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/99e51c3f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>💸 Want to make more money on your pet sitting services?</p><p><br>LFG.</p><p><br>In this hot-take mini episode, I share one powerful pricing strategy that helped a pet care company I work with go from <strong>$35,000 in net profit to $150,000</strong> in a single year, <strong>without increasing staff or adding complexity. </strong>(and yes - I said NET PROFIT.)<strong><br></strong><br></p><p>Whether you’re deep into pet sitting or just dabbling, this shift can dramatically improve your margins on this service line.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><ul><li>The hidden costs within your pet sitting services</li><li>A <strong>simple pricing change</strong> that adds pure profit to your bottom line</li><li>The truth about <strong>after-hours fees</strong> (and how to roll them out without backlash)</li><li>Real answers to your biggest FAQs - like whether to pass the fee to staff and if you need to announce it publicly</li></ul><p>📊 This model isn’t about nickel-and-diming clients. It’s about <strong>protecting your margins</strong> and turning a high-effort service into a <strong>high-reward revenue line.</strong></p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p><br>✅ Pet sitting often carries hidden operational costs</p><p>✅ Charge based on time, not service labels (IMO)</p><p>✅ Add $5–$10 after-hours fees for visits outside 9–5</p><p>✅ Clients rarely push back - and often shift to easier daytime windows</p><p>✅ Keep the fee - don’t pass it to staff</p><p>✅ No price increase announcement needed</p><p>✅ More money for the same labor = a win</p><p>📢 <strong>DON’T MISS THIS</strong>:<br>Join us at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong>, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC! Learn how to scale smarter, price better, and grow sustainably.<br>🎟 Get tickets at <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a> </p><p>🐾 <strong>Subscribe</strong> for weekly episodes that help you build a more profitable, people-first pet care company.<br>💬 Was this tip helpful? Let me know - tag @michelleckline on IG and share your takeaway.<br>🎯 Like + share with a pet sitter or solopreneur who deserves to keep more of their earnings.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>💸 Want to make more money on your pet sitting services?</p><p><br>LFG.</p><p><br>In this hot-take mini episode, I share one powerful pricing strategy that helped a pet care company I work with go from <strong>$35,000 in net profit to $150,000</strong> in a single year, <strong>without increasing staff or adding complexity. </strong>(and yes - I said NET PROFIT.)<strong><br></strong><br></p><p>Whether you’re deep into pet sitting or just dabbling, this shift can dramatically improve your margins on this service line.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><ul><li>The hidden costs within your pet sitting services</li><li>A <strong>simple pricing change</strong> that adds pure profit to your bottom line</li><li>The truth about <strong>after-hours fees</strong> (and how to roll them out without backlash)</li><li>Real answers to your biggest FAQs - like whether to pass the fee to staff and if you need to announce it publicly</li></ul><p>📊 This model isn’t about nickel-and-diming clients. It’s about <strong>protecting your margins</strong> and turning a high-effort service into a <strong>high-reward revenue line.</strong></p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p><br>✅ Pet sitting often carries hidden operational costs</p><p>✅ Charge based on time, not service labels (IMO)</p><p>✅ Add $5–$10 after-hours fees for visits outside 9–5</p><p>✅ Clients rarely push back - and often shift to easier daytime windows</p><p>✅ Keep the fee - don’t pass it to staff</p><p>✅ No price increase announcement needed</p><p>✅ More money for the same labor = a win</p><p>📢 <strong>DON’T MISS THIS</strong>:<br>Join us at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong>, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC! Learn how to scale smarter, price better, and grow sustainably.<br>🎟 Get tickets at <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a> </p><p>🐾 <strong>Subscribe</strong> for weekly episodes that help you build a more profitable, people-first pet care company.<br>💬 Was this tip helpful? Let me know - tag @michelleckline on IG and share your takeaway.<br>🎯 Like + share with a pet sitter or solopreneur who deserves to keep more of their earnings.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/99e51c3f/a350c286.mp3" length="8741238" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>543</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>💸 Want to make more money on your pet sitting services?</p><p><br>LFG.</p><p><br>In this hot-take mini episode, I share one powerful pricing strategy that helped a pet care company I work with go from <strong>$35,000 in net profit to $150,000</strong> in a single year, <strong>without increasing staff or adding complexity. </strong>(and yes - I said NET PROFIT.)<strong><br></strong><br></p><p>Whether you’re deep into pet sitting or just dabbling, this shift can dramatically improve your margins on this service line.</p><p>Inside this episode:</p><ul><li>The hidden costs within your pet sitting services</li><li>A <strong>simple pricing change</strong> that adds pure profit to your bottom line</li><li>The truth about <strong>after-hours fees</strong> (and how to roll them out without backlash)</li><li>Real answers to your biggest FAQs - like whether to pass the fee to staff and if you need to announce it publicly</li></ul><p>📊 This model isn’t about nickel-and-diming clients. It’s about <strong>protecting your margins</strong> and turning a high-effort service into a <strong>high-reward revenue line.</strong></p><p><br>💥 Key Takeaways:</p><p><br>✅ Pet sitting often carries hidden operational costs</p><p>✅ Charge based on time, not service labels (IMO)</p><p>✅ Add $5–$10 after-hours fees for visits outside 9–5</p><p>✅ Clients rarely push back - and often shift to easier daytime windows</p><p>✅ Keep the fee - don’t pass it to staff</p><p>✅ No price increase announcement needed</p><p>✅ More money for the same labor = a win</p><p>📢 <strong>DON’T MISS THIS</strong>:<br>Join us at the <strong>DogCo Business Summit</strong>, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC! Learn how to scale smarter, price better, and grow sustainably.<br>🎟 Get tickets at <a href="https://dogcosummit.com">https://dogcosummit.com</a> </p><p>🐾 <strong>Subscribe</strong> for weekly episodes that help you build a more profitable, people-first pet care company.<br>💬 Was this tip helpful? Let me know - tag @michelleckline on IG and share your takeaway.<br>🎯 Like + share with a pet sitter or solopreneur who deserves to keep more of their earnings.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It's Time To Get Out of the Field | Ep. 10</title>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It's Time To Get Out of the Field | Ep. 10</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">725c95ca-999c-4a2c-941b-bf0a0b237447</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0fcab058</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s time to stop yo-yoing between growth and burnout. In this episode, I’m sharing one of the hardest and most important transitions I made in my pet care business: finally getting out of the field—and staying out for good.</p><p>For years, I built momentum, only to be pulled right back into the daily grind. Sound familiar? If you’ve ever tried to scale but can’t seem to escape the pull of day-to-day client work, this one’s for you.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS:<br>We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🎟 Get tickets and details: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>I’ll walk you through:<br>👉 The three places you can create margin to protect your time<br>👉 Why being the “rescuer” is slowing your growth<br>👉 How to build a team and a structure that doesn’t depend on you to survive<br>👉 The mindset shift that finally got me unstuck</p><p>This episode gives you real-world strategies to start working on your business, not just in it.</p><p>📢 SPECIAL RESOURCE:<br>🎯 Download the Weekly Staffing + Margin Tracker Spreadsheet to start planning your team buffer: https://subscribepage.io/dgojX2</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Being in the field is capping your growth<br>✅ Margin has to exist somewhere: team, management, or owner<br>✅ You can staff to 80% to create a buffer<br>✅ Local admin support can be your game changer<br>✅ Profit margins matter - especially if you’re trying to exit the field<br>✅ There is a way out. But you have to plan for it.</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly, practical, growth-minded content built for pet care pros.</p><p>💬 Drop a comment: What’s your biggest barrier to getting out of the field right now?</p><p>📣 Like + share this episode with someone who needs to hear they’re not alone in this.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s time to stop yo-yoing between growth and burnout. In this episode, I’m sharing one of the hardest and most important transitions I made in my pet care business: finally getting out of the field—and staying out for good.</p><p>For years, I built momentum, only to be pulled right back into the daily grind. Sound familiar? If you’ve ever tried to scale but can’t seem to escape the pull of day-to-day client work, this one’s for you.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS:<br>We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🎟 Get tickets and details: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>I’ll walk you through:<br>👉 The three places you can create margin to protect your time<br>👉 Why being the “rescuer” is slowing your growth<br>👉 How to build a team and a structure that doesn’t depend on you to survive<br>👉 The mindset shift that finally got me unstuck</p><p>This episode gives you real-world strategies to start working on your business, not just in it.</p><p>📢 SPECIAL RESOURCE:<br>🎯 Download the Weekly Staffing + Margin Tracker Spreadsheet to start planning your team buffer: https://subscribepage.io/dgojX2</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Being in the field is capping your growth<br>✅ Margin has to exist somewhere: team, management, or owner<br>✅ You can staff to 80% to create a buffer<br>✅ Local admin support can be your game changer<br>✅ Profit margins matter - especially if you’re trying to exit the field<br>✅ There is a way out. But you have to plan for it.</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly, practical, growth-minded content built for pet care pros.</p><p>💬 Drop a comment: What’s your biggest barrier to getting out of the field right now?</p><p>📣 Like + share this episode with someone who needs to hear they’re not alone in this.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0fcab058/8a3089db.mp3" length="12873175" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>801</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s time to stop yo-yoing between growth and burnout. In this episode, I’m sharing one of the hardest and most important transitions I made in my pet care business: finally getting out of the field—and staying out for good.</p><p>For years, I built momentum, only to be pulled right back into the daily grind. Sound familiar? If you’ve ever tried to scale but can’t seem to escape the pull of day-to-day client work, this one’s for you.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS:<br>We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit, Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🎟 Get tickets and details: https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>I’ll walk you through:<br>👉 The three places you can create margin to protect your time<br>👉 Why being the “rescuer” is slowing your growth<br>👉 How to build a team and a structure that doesn’t depend on you to survive<br>👉 The mindset shift that finally got me unstuck</p><p>This episode gives you real-world strategies to start working on your business, not just in it.</p><p>📢 SPECIAL RESOURCE:<br>🎯 Download the Weekly Staffing + Margin Tracker Spreadsheet to start planning your team buffer: https://subscribepage.io/dgojX2</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Being in the field is capping your growth<br>✅ Margin has to exist somewhere: team, management, or owner<br>✅ You can staff to 80% to create a buffer<br>✅ Local admin support can be your game changer<br>✅ Profit margins matter - especially if you’re trying to exit the field<br>✅ There is a way out. But you have to plan for it.</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for weekly, practical, growth-minded content built for pet care pros.</p><p>💬 Drop a comment: What’s your biggest barrier to getting out of the field right now?</p><p>📣 Like + share this episode with someone who needs to hear they’re not alone in this.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hot Take - Quick &amp; Dirty Math Metrics | Ep. 9</title>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hot Take - Quick &amp; Dirty Math Metrics | Ep. 9</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fff6085c-d189-4f59-9ff4-89ead7fbb7f2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/52b81864</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to our first Hot Take Friday! In this new weekly mini-episode series, I'll be delivering sharp, focused insights in under 10 minutes, designed to drive immediate impact in your pet care business.</p><p><br></p><p>This week’s hot take? Data. Why it matters, how to use it, and the seven essential metrics you should know to make faster, smarter decisions in your business—without drowning in spreadsheets or chasing perfection.</p><p><br></p><p>📈 If the phrase “track your KPIs” makes your eyes glaze over, I gets it. But in this bite-sized episode, I'll cut through the noise and shares quick + dirty math strategies that will help you:</p><p> • Protect your profit</p><p> • Diagnose weak spots</p><p> • Focus your energy where it actually matters</p><p><br></p><p>From labor cost percentage to client retention and hiring trends, I'll break down the most actionable metrics that support real-time business health.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Metrics Covered:</p><p> 1. Labor cost percentage</p><p> 2. Profit margin percentage</p><p> 3. Week-over-week/month-over-month revenue</p><p> 4. Average client spend</p><p> 5. Average client retention</p><p> 6. Employee hiring leads</p><p> 7. Employee retention</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Takeaway: Protect your net profit. It is the lifeblood of your business.</p><p><br></p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Business Summit—Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC!</p><p>Get tickets and details: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to our first Hot Take Friday! In this new weekly mini-episode series, I'll be delivering sharp, focused insights in under 10 minutes, designed to drive immediate impact in your pet care business.</p><p><br></p><p>This week’s hot take? Data. Why it matters, how to use it, and the seven essential metrics you should know to make faster, smarter decisions in your business—without drowning in spreadsheets or chasing perfection.</p><p><br></p><p>📈 If the phrase “track your KPIs” makes your eyes glaze over, I gets it. But in this bite-sized episode, I'll cut through the noise and shares quick + dirty math strategies that will help you:</p><p> • Protect your profit</p><p> • Diagnose weak spots</p><p> • Focus your energy where it actually matters</p><p><br></p><p>From labor cost percentage to client retention and hiring trends, I'll break down the most actionable metrics that support real-time business health.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Metrics Covered:</p><p> 1. Labor cost percentage</p><p> 2. Profit margin percentage</p><p> 3. Week-over-week/month-over-month revenue</p><p> 4. Average client spend</p><p> 5. Average client retention</p><p> 6. Employee hiring leads</p><p> 7. Employee retention</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Takeaway: Protect your net profit. It is the lifeblood of your business.</p><p><br></p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Business Summit—Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC!</p><p>Get tickets and details: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/52b81864/28f0e83e.mp3" length="7494459" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>465</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Welcome to our first Hot Take Friday! In this new weekly mini-episode series, I'll be delivering sharp, focused insights in under 10 minutes, designed to drive immediate impact in your pet care business.</p><p><br></p><p>This week’s hot take? Data. Why it matters, how to use it, and the seven essential metrics you should know to make faster, smarter decisions in your business—without drowning in spreadsheets or chasing perfection.</p><p><br></p><p>📈 If the phrase “track your KPIs” makes your eyes glaze over, I gets it. But in this bite-sized episode, I'll cut through the noise and shares quick + dirty math strategies that will help you:</p><p> • Protect your profit</p><p> • Diagnose weak spots</p><p> • Focus your energy where it actually matters</p><p><br></p><p>From labor cost percentage to client retention and hiring trends, I'll break down the most actionable metrics that support real-time business health.</p><p><br></p><p>Key Metrics Covered:</p><p> 1. Labor cost percentage</p><p> 2. Profit margin percentage</p><p> 3. Week-over-week/month-over-month revenue</p><p> 4. Average client spend</p><p> 5. Average client retention</p><p> 6. Employee hiring leads</p><p> 7. Employee retention</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Takeaway: Protect your net profit. It is the lifeblood of your business.</p><p><br></p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Business Summit—Sept 26–28 in Winston-Salem, NC!</p><p>Get tickets and details: https://dogcosummit.com</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Would Someone WANT to Work for You? | Ep. 8</title>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Would Someone WANT to Work for You? | Ep. 8</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a319998f-811c-45a3-95bd-f4985c669eb1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/365f1574</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m getting real about one of the most critical (and painful) lessons I learned while scaling my pet care business: people won’t stay just because you need them.</p><p>Staffing is one of the biggest bottlenecks in our industry right now, and if you’re focused only on client lead flow while neglecting your team, you’re setting yourself up to stall out.</p><p>I open up about a time when I lost a third of my staff in 10 days (yes—really), and how that wake-up call launched me into a year-long deep dive on how to build a better team, a stronger culture, and a place people actually want to work.</p><p>This episode is packed with practical, hard-won insight and 7 proven tactics that helped me rebuild, retain, and rally my team around a shared mission. Whether you’re just starting to scale or managing a full team, this one is essential listening.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ You can’t grow if you can’t retain<br>✅ Client growth means nothing without team growth<br>✅ A fragile team = a fragile business<br>✅ Hiring is not just about filling roles—it’s about casting a vision<br>✅ Core values + shared mission = culture glue<br>✅ Employee satisfaction must be measured, not assumed<br>✅ Exit interviews are a goldmine of honest feedback<br>✅ Treat your staff like co-builders, not just task-doers<br>✅ If you can’t articulate why someone would want to work for you, you’re already behind<br>✅ Becoming “the best part-time job in your city” is a powerful, actionable goal</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “I had to stop cheerleading and start casting vision.”<br>⭐ “Hiring was bottlenecking everything.”<br>⭐ “Your business needs your team—period.”</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit in September, 2025! If you’re serious about growing your pet care company, this is for you: 🔗 Grab your ticket at dogcosummit.com</p><p>💬 What’s working for you when it comes to hiring and retention? Drop your story or strategy in the comments.<br>🧡 Subscribe for more unfiltered, strategic conversations that help you grow your business with clarity and heart.<br>🐾 Share this with a fellow pet pro who’s feeling the strain of building a team!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m getting real about one of the most critical (and painful) lessons I learned while scaling my pet care business: people won’t stay just because you need them.</p><p>Staffing is one of the biggest bottlenecks in our industry right now, and if you’re focused only on client lead flow while neglecting your team, you’re setting yourself up to stall out.</p><p>I open up about a time when I lost a third of my staff in 10 days (yes—really), and how that wake-up call launched me into a year-long deep dive on how to build a better team, a stronger culture, and a place people actually want to work.</p><p>This episode is packed with practical, hard-won insight and 7 proven tactics that helped me rebuild, retain, and rally my team around a shared mission. Whether you’re just starting to scale or managing a full team, this one is essential listening.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ You can’t grow if you can’t retain<br>✅ Client growth means nothing without team growth<br>✅ A fragile team = a fragile business<br>✅ Hiring is not just about filling roles—it’s about casting a vision<br>✅ Core values + shared mission = culture glue<br>✅ Employee satisfaction must be measured, not assumed<br>✅ Exit interviews are a goldmine of honest feedback<br>✅ Treat your staff like co-builders, not just task-doers<br>✅ If you can’t articulate why someone would want to work for you, you’re already behind<br>✅ Becoming “the best part-time job in your city” is a powerful, actionable goal</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “I had to stop cheerleading and start casting vision.”<br>⭐ “Hiring was bottlenecking everything.”<br>⭐ “Your business needs your team—period.”</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit in September, 2025! If you’re serious about growing your pet care company, this is for you: 🔗 Grab your ticket at dogcosummit.com</p><p>💬 What’s working for you when it comes to hiring and retention? Drop your story or strategy in the comments.<br>🧡 Subscribe for more unfiltered, strategic conversations that help you grow your business with clarity and heart.<br>🐾 Share this with a fellow pet pro who’s feeling the strain of building a team!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 May 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/365f1574/61b3840e.mp3" length="23866760" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1489</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m getting real about one of the most critical (and painful) lessons I learned while scaling my pet care business: people won’t stay just because you need them.</p><p>Staffing is one of the biggest bottlenecks in our industry right now, and if you’re focused only on client lead flow while neglecting your team, you’re setting yourself up to stall out.</p><p>I open up about a time when I lost a third of my staff in 10 days (yes—really), and how that wake-up call launched me into a year-long deep dive on how to build a better team, a stronger culture, and a place people actually want to work.</p><p>This episode is packed with practical, hard-won insight and 7 proven tactics that helped me rebuild, retain, and rally my team around a shared mission. Whether you’re just starting to scale or managing a full team, this one is essential listening.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ You can’t grow if you can’t retain<br>✅ Client growth means nothing without team growth<br>✅ A fragile team = a fragile business<br>✅ Hiring is not just about filling roles—it’s about casting a vision<br>✅ Core values + shared mission = culture glue<br>✅ Employee satisfaction must be measured, not assumed<br>✅ Exit interviews are a goldmine of honest feedback<br>✅ Treat your staff like co-builders, not just task-doers<br>✅ If you can’t articulate why someone would want to work for you, you’re already behind<br>✅ Becoming “the best part-time job in your city” is a powerful, actionable goal</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “I had to stop cheerleading and start casting vision.”<br>⭐ “Hiring was bottlenecking everything.”<br>⭐ “Your business needs your team—period.”</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit in September, 2025! If you’re serious about growing your pet care company, this is for you: 🔗 Grab your ticket at dogcosummit.com</p><p>💬 What’s working for you when it comes to hiring and retention? Drop your story or strategy in the comments.<br>🧡 Subscribe for more unfiltered, strategic conversations that help you grow your business with clarity and heart.<br>🐾 Share this with a fellow pet pro who’s feeling the strain of building a team!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Know Your Value | Ep. 7</title>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Know Your Value | Ep. 7</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b2486a76-15b1-450b-a439-82c9e253f99b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e891cec3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today, I’m digging into a phrase we hear all the time in the pet care world: “Know your worth.”</p><p>But here’s the thing - true business growth isn’t just about you knowing your worth. It’s about helping your clients perceive it too. In this episode, I break down the real meaning behind pricing, value, and customer perception, and how to strategically frame your offers so that clients feel like they’re getting an incredible deal - without having to slash your prices.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit this September in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🔗 https://dogcosummit.com/</p><p>Whether you’re struggling with pricing confidence or trying to create stronger buy-in from clients, this episode gives you actionable tools to bridge the gap between your worth and their willingness to pay.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Knowing your worth is important - but it’s not enough<br>✅ The client’s perception of value is what drives their buying decision<br>✅ Pricing should reflect the value they see, not just what you believe<br>✅ Focus on framing outcomes, not just services<br>✅ Stack value creatively to increase perceived worth without hurting margins<br>✅ Guarantees and social proof can dramatically boost trust and conversion<br>✅ Pet care businesses must protect their margins and price confidently<br>✅ Selling the destination (peace of mind) is more powerful than selling the flight (the service itself)<br>✅ Value is the space between price and willingness to pay - widen it thoughtfully<br>✅ Strategic communication makes clients feel they’re winning</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “We want to sell the destination, not the flight.”<br>⭐ “Your value is not just what you know - it’s how clients perceive it.”<br>⭐ “Framing, stacking, and proof - that’s how you move the needle.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Knowing Your Worth in Business<br>02:08 The Reality of Value Perception<br>02:54 Announcing the DogCo Business Summit!<br>03:54 Pricing, Clients, and True Value<br>05:22 Aligning with What Clients Care About<br>08:28 Pricing Examples and Client Psychology<br>10:42 Strategies to Increase Perceived Value<br>14:25 Framing, Value Stacking, and Social Proof<br>20:00 Closing Thoughts and Summary</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit this September in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🔗 Reserve your spot now!</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for more real-world business strategies tailored for pet care pros.<br>💬 What resonated with you most in this episode? Drop a comment below - I’d love to hear your thoughts!<br>🎯 Like, share, and help another business owner feel empowered about pricing!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today, I’m digging into a phrase we hear all the time in the pet care world: “Know your worth.”</p><p>But here’s the thing - true business growth isn’t just about you knowing your worth. It’s about helping your clients perceive it too. In this episode, I break down the real meaning behind pricing, value, and customer perception, and how to strategically frame your offers so that clients feel like they’re getting an incredible deal - without having to slash your prices.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit this September in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🔗 https://dogcosummit.com/</p><p>Whether you’re struggling with pricing confidence or trying to create stronger buy-in from clients, this episode gives you actionable tools to bridge the gap between your worth and their willingness to pay.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Knowing your worth is important - but it’s not enough<br>✅ The client’s perception of value is what drives their buying decision<br>✅ Pricing should reflect the value they see, not just what you believe<br>✅ Focus on framing outcomes, not just services<br>✅ Stack value creatively to increase perceived worth without hurting margins<br>✅ Guarantees and social proof can dramatically boost trust and conversion<br>✅ Pet care businesses must protect their margins and price confidently<br>✅ Selling the destination (peace of mind) is more powerful than selling the flight (the service itself)<br>✅ Value is the space between price and willingness to pay - widen it thoughtfully<br>✅ Strategic communication makes clients feel they’re winning</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “We want to sell the destination, not the flight.”<br>⭐ “Your value is not just what you know - it’s how clients perceive it.”<br>⭐ “Framing, stacking, and proof - that’s how you move the needle.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Knowing Your Worth in Business<br>02:08 The Reality of Value Perception<br>02:54 Announcing the DogCo Business Summit!<br>03:54 Pricing, Clients, and True Value<br>05:22 Aligning with What Clients Care About<br>08:28 Pricing Examples and Client Psychology<br>10:42 Strategies to Increase Perceived Value<br>14:25 Framing, Value Stacking, and Social Proof<br>20:00 Closing Thoughts and Summary</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit this September in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🔗 Reserve your spot now!</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for more real-world business strategies tailored for pet care pros.<br>💬 What resonated with you most in this episode? Drop a comment below - I’d love to hear your thoughts!<br>🎯 Like, share, and help another business owner feel empowered about pricing!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Apr 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e891cec3/28625907.mp3" length="20350027" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1269</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today, I’m digging into a phrase we hear all the time in the pet care world: “Know your worth.”</p><p>But here’s the thing - true business growth isn’t just about you knowing your worth. It’s about helping your clients perceive it too. In this episode, I break down the real meaning behind pricing, value, and customer perception, and how to strategically frame your offers so that clients feel like they’re getting an incredible deal - without having to slash your prices.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit this September in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🔗 https://dogcosummit.com/</p><p>Whether you’re struggling with pricing confidence or trying to create stronger buy-in from clients, this episode gives you actionable tools to bridge the gap between your worth and their willingness to pay.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Knowing your worth is important - but it’s not enough<br>✅ The client’s perception of value is what drives their buying decision<br>✅ Pricing should reflect the value they see, not just what you believe<br>✅ Focus on framing outcomes, not just services<br>✅ Stack value creatively to increase perceived worth without hurting margins<br>✅ Guarantees and social proof can dramatically boost trust and conversion<br>✅ Pet care businesses must protect their margins and price confidently<br>✅ Selling the destination (peace of mind) is more powerful than selling the flight (the service itself)<br>✅ Value is the space between price and willingness to pay - widen it thoughtfully<br>✅ Strategic communication makes clients feel they’re winning</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “We want to sell the destination, not the flight.”<br>⭐ “Your value is not just what you know - it’s how clients perceive it.”<br>⭐ “Framing, stacking, and proof - that’s how you move the needle.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Knowing Your Worth in Business<br>02:08 The Reality of Value Perception<br>02:54 Announcing the DogCo Business Summit!<br>03:54 Pricing, Clients, and True Value<br>05:22 Aligning with What Clients Care About<br>08:28 Pricing Examples and Client Psychology<br>10:42 Strategies to Increase Perceived Value<br>14:25 Framing, Value Stacking, and Social Proof<br>20:00 Closing Thoughts and Summary</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit this September in Winston-Salem, NC!<br>🔗 Reserve your spot now!</p><p>🐾 Subscribe for more real-world business strategies tailored for pet care pros.<br>💬 What resonated with you most in this episode? Drop a comment below - I’d love to hear your thoughts!<br>🎯 Like, share, and help another business owner feel empowered about pricing!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is People Pleasing Ruining Your Business? | Ep. 6</title>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is People Pleasing Ruining Your Business? | Ep. 6</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46b8eee8-cb70-4bab-a862-0d6ff4d7090c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0536a930</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi, I’m Michelle, and I’m a chronic - yet recovering - people pleaser.</p><p>In this episode, I’m opening up about something that has impacted both my life and business in very real ways: people pleasing. For a long time, I avoided conflict, dodged feedback, and tried to be everything to everyone. And while I thought I was keeping the peace, what I was really doing was slowly draining my capacity to lead.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>If you’ve ever felt the tension between being liked and being clear, or you’ve hesitated to set boundaries, delegate with authority, or make the hard decisions… this one is for you.</p><p>I’ll walk you through how people pleasing manifests in leadership, how it robs us of clarity, and how we can begin to unroot this tendency and lead from a place of authenticity, courage, and conviction.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ People pleasing is one of the fastest ways to lose yourself in business<br>✅ Avoiding conflict increases stress, anxiety, and confusion<br>✅ Great leadership means making hard decisions—and standing by them<br>✅ Fear of feedback limits growth and creates disconnect<br>✅ Trying to serve everyone results in a watered-down product<br>✅ Self-awareness is the first step toward transformation<br>✅ People pleasing is often a fear-based aversion to risk<br>✅ You must be willing to be misunderstood, disliked, and still move forward<br>✅ Leading authentically means showing up wholly and courageously<br>✅ The goal isn’t perfection—it’s conviction</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “I have been a pretty conflict-avoidant person.”<br>⭐ “It has caused a lot of stress to my body.”<br>⭐ “People pleasing will ruin your business.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Introduction to People Pleasing<br>05:22 The Impact of People Pleasing on Leadership<br>10:41 Courage vs. People Pleasing<br>14:25 Unrooting People Pleasing in Business</p><p>💬 Your reflection prompt: Where am I making decisions out of people pleasing? Where is fear holding me back?<br>🐾 If this episode hit home, comment below, share it with a fellow leader, and don’t forget to subscribe for weekly encouragement and business insights.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi, I’m Michelle, and I’m a chronic - yet recovering - people pleaser.</p><p>In this episode, I’m opening up about something that has impacted both my life and business in very real ways: people pleasing. For a long time, I avoided conflict, dodged feedback, and tried to be everything to everyone. And while I thought I was keeping the peace, what I was really doing was slowly draining my capacity to lead.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>If you’ve ever felt the tension between being liked and being clear, or you’ve hesitated to set boundaries, delegate with authority, or make the hard decisions… this one is for you.</p><p>I’ll walk you through how people pleasing manifests in leadership, how it robs us of clarity, and how we can begin to unroot this tendency and lead from a place of authenticity, courage, and conviction.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ People pleasing is one of the fastest ways to lose yourself in business<br>✅ Avoiding conflict increases stress, anxiety, and confusion<br>✅ Great leadership means making hard decisions—and standing by them<br>✅ Fear of feedback limits growth and creates disconnect<br>✅ Trying to serve everyone results in a watered-down product<br>✅ Self-awareness is the first step toward transformation<br>✅ People pleasing is often a fear-based aversion to risk<br>✅ You must be willing to be misunderstood, disliked, and still move forward<br>✅ Leading authentically means showing up wholly and courageously<br>✅ The goal isn’t perfection—it’s conviction</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “I have been a pretty conflict-avoidant person.”<br>⭐ “It has caused a lot of stress to my body.”<br>⭐ “People pleasing will ruin your business.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Introduction to People Pleasing<br>05:22 The Impact of People Pleasing on Leadership<br>10:41 Courage vs. People Pleasing<br>14:25 Unrooting People Pleasing in Business</p><p>💬 Your reflection prompt: Where am I making decisions out of people pleasing? Where is fear holding me back?<br>🐾 If this episode hit home, comment below, share it with a fellow leader, and don’t forget to subscribe for weekly encouragement and business insights.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Apr 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0536a930/bbf311ca.mp3" length="15877472" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>989</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hi, I’m Michelle, and I’m a chronic - yet recovering - people pleaser.</p><p>In this episode, I’m opening up about something that has impacted both my life and business in very real ways: people pleasing. For a long time, I avoided conflict, dodged feedback, and tried to be everything to everyone. And while I thought I was keeping the peace, what I was really doing was slowly draining my capacity to lead.</p><p>📢 DON’T MISS THIS: We’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com</p><p>If you’ve ever felt the tension between being liked and being clear, or you’ve hesitated to set boundaries, delegate with authority, or make the hard decisions… this one is for you.</p><p>I’ll walk you through how people pleasing manifests in leadership, how it robs us of clarity, and how we can begin to unroot this tendency and lead from a place of authenticity, courage, and conviction.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ People pleasing is one of the fastest ways to lose yourself in business<br>✅ Avoiding conflict increases stress, anxiety, and confusion<br>✅ Great leadership means making hard decisions—and standing by them<br>✅ Fear of feedback limits growth and creates disconnect<br>✅ Trying to serve everyone results in a watered-down product<br>✅ Self-awareness is the first step toward transformation<br>✅ People pleasing is often a fear-based aversion to risk<br>✅ You must be willing to be misunderstood, disliked, and still move forward<br>✅ Leading authentically means showing up wholly and courageously<br>✅ The goal isn’t perfection—it’s conviction</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “I have been a pretty conflict-avoidant person.”<br>⭐ “It has caused a lot of stress to my body.”<br>⭐ “People pleasing will ruin your business.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 Introduction to People Pleasing<br>05:22 The Impact of People Pleasing on Leadership<br>10:41 Courage vs. People Pleasing<br>14:25 Unrooting People Pleasing in Business</p><p>💬 Your reflection prompt: Where am I making decisions out of people pleasing? Where is fear holding me back?<br>🐾 If this episode hit home, comment below, share it with a fellow leader, and don’t forget to subscribe for weekly encouragement and business insights.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You MUST Make Things Easier for Your Clients | Ep. 5</title>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>You MUST Make Things Easier for Your Clients | Ep. 5</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1088bf2-55b1-4704-8b2d-55d87bd66026</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e3ec2c5c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m digging into a topic that can make or break your business growth: client onboarding.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers</p><p>Let’s be real, your competitors probably aren’t beating you with better service. They’re beating you with speed and convenience. If your onboarding process is slow, clunky, or full of unnecessary steps, you’re not just creating friction, you’re losing clients.</p><p>I’ll walk you through how to minimize friction, maximize convenience, and turn your onboarding into a smooth, welcoming experience that sets the tone for long-term retention. Whether you’re just getting started or trying to scale, your ability to optimize lead flow and onboard with ease is a game-changer.</p><p>Grab your FREE Client Onboarding Template here: subscribepage.io/VJF3CD</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Your competition wins by being faster, not always better<br>✅ Speed and ease are your biggest differentiators in onboarding<br>✅ Every added step = potential drop-off<br>✅ Friction costs you clients. simplify everything<br>✅ Let more people through your funnel, then refine<br>✅ Clear communication = confidence and clarity<br>✅ Offer a Quick Start Guide to make the experience smooth<br>✅ Streamlined onboarding = higher retention and satisfaction<br>✅ Focus on lead flow, not just perfection<br>✅ The easier it is to start with you, the more clients you’ll keep</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “We want to make it as easy as possible for them.”<br>⭐ “I want you to win.”<br>⭐ “Friction comes with a cost.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 The Importance of Speed in Client Onboarding<br>02:43 Differentiators: Love, Care, and Convenience<br>05:06 Understanding Friction in Client Onboarding<br>08:11 Streamlining the Onboarding Process<br>10:46 Real-World Examples of Effective Onboarding<br>13:19 Practical Tips for Reducing Friction<br>16:00 Optimizing Client Lead Flow<br>18:38 Final Thoughts on Client Onboarding</p><p>📢 Subscribe for weekly strategies to help your pet care business scale smarter.<br>🐾 Like and share this episode with someone who needs to hear it.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m digging into a topic that can make or break your business growth: client onboarding.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers</p><p>Let’s be real, your competitors probably aren’t beating you with better service. They’re beating you with speed and convenience. If your onboarding process is slow, clunky, or full of unnecessary steps, you’re not just creating friction, you’re losing clients.</p><p>I’ll walk you through how to minimize friction, maximize convenience, and turn your onboarding into a smooth, welcoming experience that sets the tone for long-term retention. Whether you’re just getting started or trying to scale, your ability to optimize lead flow and onboard with ease is a game-changer.</p><p>Grab your FREE Client Onboarding Template here: subscribepage.io/VJF3CD</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Your competition wins by being faster, not always better<br>✅ Speed and ease are your biggest differentiators in onboarding<br>✅ Every added step = potential drop-off<br>✅ Friction costs you clients. simplify everything<br>✅ Let more people through your funnel, then refine<br>✅ Clear communication = confidence and clarity<br>✅ Offer a Quick Start Guide to make the experience smooth<br>✅ Streamlined onboarding = higher retention and satisfaction<br>✅ Focus on lead flow, not just perfection<br>✅ The easier it is to start with you, the more clients you’ll keep</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “We want to make it as easy as possible for them.”<br>⭐ “I want you to win.”<br>⭐ “Friction comes with a cost.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 The Importance of Speed in Client Onboarding<br>02:43 Differentiators: Love, Care, and Convenience<br>05:06 Understanding Friction in Client Onboarding<br>08:11 Streamlining the Onboarding Process<br>10:46 Real-World Examples of Effective Onboarding<br>13:19 Practical Tips for Reducing Friction<br>16:00 Optimizing Client Lead Flow<br>18:38 Final Thoughts on Client Onboarding</p><p>📢 Subscribe for weekly strategies to help your pet care business scale smarter.<br>🐾 Like and share this episode with someone who needs to hear it.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e3ec2c5c/8fddd048.mp3" length="23529889" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1467</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m digging into a topic that can make or break your business growth: client onboarding.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers</p><p>Let’s be real, your competitors probably aren’t beating you with better service. They’re beating you with speed and convenience. If your onboarding process is slow, clunky, or full of unnecessary steps, you’re not just creating friction, you’re losing clients.</p><p>I’ll walk you through how to minimize friction, maximize convenience, and turn your onboarding into a smooth, welcoming experience that sets the tone for long-term retention. Whether you’re just getting started or trying to scale, your ability to optimize lead flow and onboard with ease is a game-changer.</p><p>Grab your FREE Client Onboarding Template here: subscribepage.io/VJF3CD</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Your competition wins by being faster, not always better<br>✅ Speed and ease are your biggest differentiators in onboarding<br>✅ Every added step = potential drop-off<br>✅ Friction costs you clients. simplify everything<br>✅ Let more people through your funnel, then refine<br>✅ Clear communication = confidence and clarity<br>✅ Offer a Quick Start Guide to make the experience smooth<br>✅ Streamlined onboarding = higher retention and satisfaction<br>✅ Focus on lead flow, not just perfection<br>✅ The easier it is to start with you, the more clients you’ll keep</p><p>🎙️ Sound Bites:<br>⭐ “We want to make it as easy as possible for them.”<br>⭐ “I want you to win.”<br>⭐ “Friction comes with a cost.”</p><p>📚 Chapters:<br>00:00 The Importance of Speed in Client Onboarding<br>02:43 Differentiators: Love, Care, and Convenience<br>05:06 Understanding Friction in Client Onboarding<br>08:11 Streamlining the Onboarding Process<br>10:46 Real-World Examples of Effective Onboarding<br>13:19 Practical Tips for Reducing Friction<br>16:00 Optimizing Client Lead Flow<br>18:38 Final Thoughts on Client Onboarding</p><p>📢 Subscribe for weekly strategies to help your pet care business scale smarter.<br>🐾 Like and share this episode with someone who needs to hear it.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When You Feel Like You Can't Win | Ep. 4</title>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When You Feel Like You Can't Win | Ep. 4</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0741659a-0120-4390-82e9-77cb4ca7c30e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5ef85fc4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m speaking directly to the discouraged, the tired, and the questioning. If you’ve ever wrestled with self-doubt, imposter syndrome, or wondered if you’re really cut out for this - this episode is for you.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers. September 26 - 28, 2025.</p><p>Entrepreneurship isn’t just about business - it’s about you. It challenges you personally and professionally. I open up about the pain, discomfort, and decision fatigue that so often show up on this path, and I’m here to tell you: it’s normal. It’s survivable. And it’s worth it.</p><p>You do have what it takes. You can keep going. Your success is not an accident - it’s a result of conviction, commitment, and courage. Let’s talk about how to stay grounded in that truth.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ This one’s for anyone who’s ever asked, “Why does this feel so hard?”<br>✅ Entrepreneurship will challenge every part of you - emotionally, mentally, spiritually.<br>✅ Self-doubt is normal - but it’s not your truth.<br>✅ You already have the skills to build success - yes, again.<br>✅ Pain and discomfort are part of the growth process.<br>✅ Success is built on conviction, not convenience.<br>✅ Clarity in decision-making leads to confidence.<br>✅ You can’t lose if you don’t quit.<br>✅ Sometimes it’s good and hard at the same time - and that’s okay.</p><p>🎯 Key Quotes:<br>⭐ “You have the skills to do it again.”<br>⭐ “Do you believe you can do it?”<br>⭐ “Your success is not an accident.”</p><p>📢 Subscribe for weekly insights on scaling your pet care business - and yourself.<br>🐾 And don’t forget to like and share with someone who might need this today.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m speaking directly to the discouraged, the tired, and the questioning. If you’ve ever wrestled with self-doubt, imposter syndrome, or wondered if you’re really cut out for this - this episode is for you.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers. September 26 - 28, 2025.</p><p>Entrepreneurship isn’t just about business - it’s about you. It challenges you personally and professionally. I open up about the pain, discomfort, and decision fatigue that so often show up on this path, and I’m here to tell you: it’s normal. It’s survivable. And it’s worth it.</p><p>You do have what it takes. You can keep going. Your success is not an accident - it’s a result of conviction, commitment, and courage. Let’s talk about how to stay grounded in that truth.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ This one’s for anyone who’s ever asked, “Why does this feel so hard?”<br>✅ Entrepreneurship will challenge every part of you - emotionally, mentally, spiritually.<br>✅ Self-doubt is normal - but it’s not your truth.<br>✅ You already have the skills to build success - yes, again.<br>✅ Pain and discomfort are part of the growth process.<br>✅ Success is built on conviction, not convenience.<br>✅ Clarity in decision-making leads to confidence.<br>✅ You can’t lose if you don’t quit.<br>✅ Sometimes it’s good and hard at the same time - and that’s okay.</p><p>🎯 Key Quotes:<br>⭐ “You have the skills to do it again.”<br>⭐ “Do you believe you can do it?”<br>⭐ “Your success is not an accident.”</p><p>📢 Subscribe for weekly insights on scaling your pet care business - and yourself.<br>🐾 And don’t forget to like and share with someone who might need this today.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Apr 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5ef85fc4/6c60517e.mp3" length="19147054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1194</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m speaking directly to the discouraged, the tired, and the questioning. If you’ve ever wrestled with self-doubt, imposter syndrome, or wondered if you’re really cut out for this - this episode is for you.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers. September 26 - 28, 2025.</p><p>Entrepreneurship isn’t just about business - it’s about you. It challenges you personally and professionally. I open up about the pain, discomfort, and decision fatigue that so often show up on this path, and I’m here to tell you: it’s normal. It’s survivable. And it’s worth it.</p><p>You do have what it takes. You can keep going. Your success is not an accident - it’s a result of conviction, commitment, and courage. Let’s talk about how to stay grounded in that truth.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ This one’s for anyone who’s ever asked, “Why does this feel so hard?”<br>✅ Entrepreneurship will challenge every part of you - emotionally, mentally, spiritually.<br>✅ Self-doubt is normal - but it’s not your truth.<br>✅ You already have the skills to build success - yes, again.<br>✅ Pain and discomfort are part of the growth process.<br>✅ Success is built on conviction, not convenience.<br>✅ Clarity in decision-making leads to confidence.<br>✅ You can’t lose if you don’t quit.<br>✅ Sometimes it’s good and hard at the same time - and that’s okay.</p><p>🎯 Key Quotes:<br>⭐ “You have the skills to do it again.”<br>⭐ “Do you believe you can do it?”<br>⭐ “Your success is not an accident.”</p><p>📢 Subscribe for weekly insights on scaling your pet care business - and yourself.<br>🐾 And don’t forget to like and share with someone who might need this today.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Can’t Afford to NOT Plan | Ep. 3</title>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>You Can’t Afford to NOT Plan | Ep. 3</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69e2deac-39fb-4d39-a3e3-a67d4bfad139</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c21639c4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing something that might just change the way you run your business: the critical importance of planning.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers</p><p>If you’re constantly caught in the daily grind, feeling like there’s never enough time to step back and strategize—you’re not alone. But here’s the truth: if you don’t feel like you have time to plan, you can’t afford NOT to.</p><p>I break down why planning is non-negotiable for sustainable business success in the pet care industry, and I walk you through 3 practical strategies to reclaim your time and build a stronger future.</p><p>These aren’t lofty ideas—these are tried-and-true frameworks I’ve used personally in my own pet care business (including launching DogCo!). They’ve helped me grow, delegate, build strategy, and step into the role of a true business owner—not just a daily operator.</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 The Importance of Planning for Business Success<br>10:51 Strategies for Effective Time Management<br>17:52 Quarterly Planning Retreats for Business Growth</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Planning isn’t a luxury—it’s a lifeline for business growth<br>✅ 1 hour per week: Track your metrics, reflect, stay data-informed<br>✅ 1 half-day per month: Zoom out for clarity and deep thinking<br>✅ 1 weekend per quarter: Step away fully—this is where breakthroughs happen<br>✅ Your future business self is counting on you to show up now<br>✅ Metrics and data provide clarity—don’t run your business blind<br>✅ Greatness comes from intention, not just hustle<br>✅ Emotional, reactive decisions will slow your growth<br>✅ Small, consistent planning windows compound over time<br>✅ You owe yourself this time—stop giving it all away</p><p>🎯 Key Quotes:<br>⭐ “We are so quick to give time to everyone but ourselves.”<br>⭐ “If you don’t have time to give to strategy and planning, it means you can’t afford not to.”<br>⭐ “Metrics and data define the reality.”<br>⭐ “Your business needs this of you.”<br>⭐ “We need to give ourselves this time.”</p><p>📚 Resources Mentioned:<br>📖 Atomic Habits by James Clear – https://amzn.to/41SNTtE</p><p>Remember: new episodes dropped every Monday.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing something that might just change the way you run your business: the critical importance of planning.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers</p><p>If you’re constantly caught in the daily grind, feeling like there’s never enough time to step back and strategize—you’re not alone. But here’s the truth: if you don’t feel like you have time to plan, you can’t afford NOT to.</p><p>I break down why planning is non-negotiable for sustainable business success in the pet care industry, and I walk you through 3 practical strategies to reclaim your time and build a stronger future.</p><p>These aren’t lofty ideas—these are tried-and-true frameworks I’ve used personally in my own pet care business (including launching DogCo!). They’ve helped me grow, delegate, build strategy, and step into the role of a true business owner—not just a daily operator.</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 The Importance of Planning for Business Success<br>10:51 Strategies for Effective Time Management<br>17:52 Quarterly Planning Retreats for Business Growth</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Planning isn’t a luxury—it’s a lifeline for business growth<br>✅ 1 hour per week: Track your metrics, reflect, stay data-informed<br>✅ 1 half-day per month: Zoom out for clarity and deep thinking<br>✅ 1 weekend per quarter: Step away fully—this is where breakthroughs happen<br>✅ Your future business self is counting on you to show up now<br>✅ Metrics and data provide clarity—don’t run your business blind<br>✅ Greatness comes from intention, not just hustle<br>✅ Emotional, reactive decisions will slow your growth<br>✅ Small, consistent planning windows compound over time<br>✅ You owe yourself this time—stop giving it all away</p><p>🎯 Key Quotes:<br>⭐ “We are so quick to give time to everyone but ourselves.”<br>⭐ “If you don’t have time to give to strategy and planning, it means you can’t afford not to.”<br>⭐ “Metrics and data define the reality.”<br>⭐ “Your business needs this of you.”<br>⭐ “We need to give ourselves this time.”</p><p>📚 Resources Mentioned:<br>📖 Atomic Habits by James Clear – https://amzn.to/41SNTtE</p><p>Remember: new episodes dropped every Monday.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 07:53:47 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c21639c4/0582c519.mp3" length="27673452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1726</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m sharing something that might just change the way you run your business: the critical importance of planning.</p><p>📢 DON'T MISS THIS: we’re gearing up for the DogCo Summit! https://dogcosummit.com/speakers</p><p>If you’re constantly caught in the daily grind, feeling like there’s never enough time to step back and strategize—you’re not alone. But here’s the truth: if you don’t feel like you have time to plan, you can’t afford NOT to.</p><p>I break down why planning is non-negotiable for sustainable business success in the pet care industry, and I walk you through 3 practical strategies to reclaim your time and build a stronger future.</p><p>These aren’t lofty ideas—these are tried-and-true frameworks I’ve used personally in my own pet care business (including launching DogCo!). They’ve helped me grow, delegate, build strategy, and step into the role of a true business owner—not just a daily operator.</p><p>⏱️ Chapters:<br>00:00 The Importance of Planning for Business Success<br>10:51 Strategies for Effective Time Management<br>17:52 Quarterly Planning Retreats for Business Growth</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Planning isn’t a luxury—it’s a lifeline for business growth<br>✅ 1 hour per week: Track your metrics, reflect, stay data-informed<br>✅ 1 half-day per month: Zoom out for clarity and deep thinking<br>✅ 1 weekend per quarter: Step away fully—this is where breakthroughs happen<br>✅ Your future business self is counting on you to show up now<br>✅ Metrics and data provide clarity—don’t run your business blind<br>✅ Greatness comes from intention, not just hustle<br>✅ Emotional, reactive decisions will slow your growth<br>✅ Small, consistent planning windows compound over time<br>✅ You owe yourself this time—stop giving it all away</p><p>🎯 Key Quotes:<br>⭐ “We are so quick to give time to everyone but ourselves.”<br>⭐ “If you don’t have time to give to strategy and planning, it means you can’t afford not to.”<br>⭐ “Metrics and data define the reality.”<br>⭐ “Your business needs this of you.”<br>⭐ “We need to give ourselves this time.”</p><p>📚 Resources Mentioned:<br>📖 Atomic Habits by James Clear – https://amzn.to/41SNTtE</p><p>Remember: new episodes dropped every Monday.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5 Beliefs that Will Break Your Business | Ep. 2</title>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>5 Beliefs that Will Break Your Business | Ep. 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ca1096e-786e-4935-9b0a-35c5e76382d4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/31895407</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m diving into a topic that’s close to the heart of every business owner: beliefs—and how the wrong ones can quietly break your business.</p><p>Over the last few years coaching and consulting in the pet care industry, I’ve seen it again and again: it’s not just strategy that holds people back—it’s mindset. In this conversation, I’m unpacking the limiting beliefs I hear most often from pet care pros just like you, and offering ways to recognize, challenge, and replace them with healthier ones.</p><p>Whether it’s your self-perception, your assumptions about clients, competition, team members, or money, this episode will help you rewire the way you think—so you can grow with confidence.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Beliefs—positive or negative—directly impact your growth.<br>✅ How you see yourself matters. You’re not “just” a pet care provider—you’re a business owner.<br>✅ Clients can adapt to team-based care models.<br>✅ Competition signals a healthy market, not a threat.<br>✅ Client understanding - certifications when it comes to value.<br>✅ You must manage your money to grow sustainably.<br>✅ Service area limitations are real—but they’re not deal-breakers.<br>✅ Long-term success in this industry is possible.<br>✅ Your beliefs deserve regular inspection.<br>✅ If your beliefs aren’t aligned with your actions, something has to shift.</p><p>🎙️ Favorite Quotes:<br>⭐ “Growth doesn’t solve money problems.”<br>⭐ “You are a business owner, own it!”<br>⭐ “The market can sustain your prices.”<br>⭐ “Your beliefs inform your actions.”<br>⭐ “Examine beliefs that hold you back.”</p><p>📢 Subscribe for more weekly insights to help you scale your pet care business with clarity and intention.<br>🐾 Don’t forget to like, comment, and share with others in the industry who need to hear this.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m diving into a topic that’s close to the heart of every business owner: beliefs—and how the wrong ones can quietly break your business.</p><p>Over the last few years coaching and consulting in the pet care industry, I’ve seen it again and again: it’s not just strategy that holds people back—it’s mindset. In this conversation, I’m unpacking the limiting beliefs I hear most often from pet care pros just like you, and offering ways to recognize, challenge, and replace them with healthier ones.</p><p>Whether it’s your self-perception, your assumptions about clients, competition, team members, or money, this episode will help you rewire the way you think—so you can grow with confidence.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Beliefs—positive or negative—directly impact your growth.<br>✅ How you see yourself matters. You’re not “just” a pet care provider—you’re a business owner.<br>✅ Clients can adapt to team-based care models.<br>✅ Competition signals a healthy market, not a threat.<br>✅ Client understanding - certifications when it comes to value.<br>✅ You must manage your money to grow sustainably.<br>✅ Service area limitations are real—but they’re not deal-breakers.<br>✅ Long-term success in this industry is possible.<br>✅ Your beliefs deserve regular inspection.<br>✅ If your beliefs aren’t aligned with your actions, something has to shift.</p><p>🎙️ Favorite Quotes:<br>⭐ “Growth doesn’t solve money problems.”<br>⭐ “You are a business owner, own it!”<br>⭐ “The market can sustain your prices.”<br>⭐ “Your beliefs inform your actions.”<br>⭐ “Examine beliefs that hold you back.”</p><p>📢 Subscribe for more weekly insights to help you scale your pet care business with clarity and intention.<br>🐾 Don’t forget to like, comment, and share with others in the industry who need to hear this.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 07:40:27 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/31895407/911a58a7.mp3" length="26194267" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1634</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I’m diving into a topic that’s close to the heart of every business owner: beliefs—and how the wrong ones can quietly break your business.</p><p>Over the last few years coaching and consulting in the pet care industry, I’ve seen it again and again: it’s not just strategy that holds people back—it’s mindset. In this conversation, I’m unpacking the limiting beliefs I hear most often from pet care pros just like you, and offering ways to recognize, challenge, and replace them with healthier ones.</p><p>Whether it’s your self-perception, your assumptions about clients, competition, team members, or money, this episode will help you rewire the way you think—so you can grow with confidence.</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ Beliefs—positive or negative—directly impact your growth.<br>✅ How you see yourself matters. You’re not “just” a pet care provider—you’re a business owner.<br>✅ Clients can adapt to team-based care models.<br>✅ Competition signals a healthy market, not a threat.<br>✅ Client understanding - certifications when it comes to value.<br>✅ You must manage your money to grow sustainably.<br>✅ Service area limitations are real—but they’re not deal-breakers.<br>✅ Long-term success in this industry is possible.<br>✅ Your beliefs deserve regular inspection.<br>✅ If your beliefs aren’t aligned with your actions, something has to shift.</p><p>🎙️ Favorite Quotes:<br>⭐ “Growth doesn’t solve money problems.”<br>⭐ “You are a business owner, own it!”<br>⭐ “The market can sustain your prices.”<br>⭐ “Your beliefs inform your actions.”<br>⭐ “Examine beliefs that hold you back.”</p><p>📢 Subscribe for more weekly insights to help you scale your pet care business with clarity and intention.<br>🐾 Don’t forget to like, comment, and share with others in the industry who need to hear this.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pivot vs. Push - Navigating your Pet Care Company in 2025</title>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Pivot vs. Push - Navigating your Pet Care Company in 2025</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">79900fae-d616-4331-91a6-ca2c3e3c432e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d4a945a5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>🐶 Welcome to the very first episode of DogCo Secrets! 🚀</p><p>I'm Michelle Kline and I help pet care businesses grow, thrive, and scale.</p><p>In my first episode, I dive deep into the fast-evolving pet care industry, exploring how business owners can make data-driven decisions to grow and scale successfully. I'll also break down the balance between pivoting strategies vs. doubling down, revealing why a structured 90-day testing cycle is key to evaluating business success.</p><p>You’ll learn how to leverage market trends, refine existing strategies, and avoid decision-making based on fear—all while maintaining operational stability and testing new marketing opportunities.</p><p>🔗 Sources/Resources to link:<br>🐾 Pawsome Metrics Spreadsheet Suite - https://pawsomemetrics.com/products/complete-team-spreadsheet-bundle<br>4 Disciplines of Execution - https://amzn.to/4kycMTL<br>^^ just FYI, amazon is an affiliate link</p><p>✍️ Citation on $500 billion stat: https://www.bloomberg.com/company/press/global-pet-industry-to-grow-to-500-billion-by-2030-bloomberg-intelligence-finds/</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ The pet care industry is booming—growth is happening now!<br>✅ Data is your best friend—use it to guide decisions, not guesswork.<br>✅ A 90-day testing cycle helps determine what’s working (and what’s not).<br>✅ Before making changes, define where your business currently stands.<br>✅ Pivoting should be intentional—not driven by panic or uncertainty.<br>✅ Marketing strategies can be tested and adjusted quickly.<br>✅ Refining what already works is often more powerful than chasing the next big thing.<br>✅ The ‘murky middle’ of entrepreneurship is normal—keep going!<br>✅ Every pivot has a cost—understand the trade-offs before making a move.<br>✅ Historical data holds the key to unlocking your next big win.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>🐶 Welcome to the very first episode of DogCo Secrets! 🚀</p><p>I'm Michelle Kline and I help pet care businesses grow, thrive, and scale.</p><p>In my first episode, I dive deep into the fast-evolving pet care industry, exploring how business owners can make data-driven decisions to grow and scale successfully. I'll also break down the balance between pivoting strategies vs. doubling down, revealing why a structured 90-day testing cycle is key to evaluating business success.</p><p>You’ll learn how to leverage market trends, refine existing strategies, and avoid decision-making based on fear—all while maintaining operational stability and testing new marketing opportunities.</p><p>🔗 Sources/Resources to link:<br>🐾 Pawsome Metrics Spreadsheet Suite - https://pawsomemetrics.com/products/complete-team-spreadsheet-bundle<br>4 Disciplines of Execution - https://amzn.to/4kycMTL<br>^^ just FYI, amazon is an affiliate link</p><p>✍️ Citation on $500 billion stat: https://www.bloomberg.com/company/press/global-pet-industry-to-grow-to-500-billion-by-2030-bloomberg-intelligence-finds/</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ The pet care industry is booming—growth is happening now!<br>✅ Data is your best friend—use it to guide decisions, not guesswork.<br>✅ A 90-day testing cycle helps determine what’s working (and what’s not).<br>✅ Before making changes, define where your business currently stands.<br>✅ Pivoting should be intentional—not driven by panic or uncertainty.<br>✅ Marketing strategies can be tested and adjusted quickly.<br>✅ Refining what already works is often more powerful than chasing the next big thing.<br>✅ The ‘murky middle’ of entrepreneurship is normal—keep going!<br>✅ Every pivot has a cost—understand the trade-offs before making a move.<br>✅ Historical data holds the key to unlocking your next big win.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Mar 2025 22:05:04 -0400</pubDate>
      <author>Michelle Kline</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d4a945a5/5f22c166.mp3" length="28593787" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Michelle Kline</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1784</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>🐶 Welcome to the very first episode of DogCo Secrets! 🚀</p><p>I'm Michelle Kline and I help pet care businesses grow, thrive, and scale.</p><p>In my first episode, I dive deep into the fast-evolving pet care industry, exploring how business owners can make data-driven decisions to grow and scale successfully. I'll also break down the balance between pivoting strategies vs. doubling down, revealing why a structured 90-day testing cycle is key to evaluating business success.</p><p>You’ll learn how to leverage market trends, refine existing strategies, and avoid decision-making based on fear—all while maintaining operational stability and testing new marketing opportunities.</p><p>🔗 Sources/Resources to link:<br>🐾 Pawsome Metrics Spreadsheet Suite - https://pawsomemetrics.com/products/complete-team-spreadsheet-bundle<br>4 Disciplines of Execution - https://amzn.to/4kycMTL<br>^^ just FYI, amazon is an affiliate link</p><p>✍️ Citation on $500 billion stat: https://www.bloomberg.com/company/press/global-pet-industry-to-grow-to-500-billion-by-2030-bloomberg-intelligence-finds/</p><p>💡 Key Takeaways:<br>✅ The pet care industry is booming—growth is happening now!<br>✅ Data is your best friend—use it to guide decisions, not guesswork.<br>✅ A 90-day testing cycle helps determine what’s working (and what’s not).<br>✅ Before making changes, define where your business currently stands.<br>✅ Pivoting should be intentional—not driven by panic or uncertainty.<br>✅ Marketing strategies can be tested and adjusted quickly.<br>✅ Refining what already works is often more powerful than chasing the next big thing.<br>✅ The ‘murky middle’ of entrepreneurship is normal—keep going!<br>✅ Every pivot has a cost—understand the trade-offs before making a move.<br>✅ Historical data holds the key to unlocking your next big win.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>business, entrepreneurship, pet care business, dog walking business, pet care</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
